upgrade tcl/tk

39 files changed, 45784 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in b/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6f8c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1710 @@
+#
+# This file is a Makefile for Tk.  If it has the name "Makefile.in"
+# then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the actual Makefile,
+# run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the
+# "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the
+# actual Makefile.
+
+# Current Tk version;  used in various names.
+
+TCLVERSION		= @TCL_VERSION@
+TCLPATCHL		= @TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@
+VERSION 		= @TK_VERSION@
+MAJOR_VERSION		= @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@
+MINOR_VERSION		= @TK_MINOR_VERSION@
+PATCH_LEVEL		= @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
+LOCALES			= @LOCALES@
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own
+# site (you can make these changes in either Makefile.in or
+# Makefile, but changes to Makefile will get lost if you re-run
+# the configuration script).
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Default top-level directories in which to install architecture-
+# specific files (exec_prefix) and machine-independent files such
+# as scripts (prefix).  The values specified here may be overridden
+# at configure-time with the --exec-prefix and --prefix options
+# to the "configure" script.  The *dir vars are standard configure
+# substitutions that are based off prefix and exec_prefix.
+
+prefix			= @prefix@
+exec_prefix		= @exec_prefix@
+bindir			= @bindir@
+libdir			= @libdir@
+includedir		= @includedir@
+datarootdir		= @datarootdir@
+runstatedir		= @runstatedir@
+mandir			= @mandir@
+
+# The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems
+# like AFS with replication.  It allows the pathnames used for installation
+# to be different than those used for actually reference files at
+# run-time.  INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix
+# when installing files.
+INSTALL_ROOT		= $(DESTDIR)
+
+# Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tcl
+# scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at
+# run-time to override the compiled-in location):
+TK_LIBRARY		= @TK_LIBRARY@
+
+# Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR:
+LIB_RUNTIME_DIR		= @LIB_RUNTIME_DIR@
+
+# Directory in which to install the program wish:
+BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(bindir)
+
+# Directory in which to install the .a or .so binary for the Tk library:
+LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)
+DLL_INSTALL_DIR		= @DLL_INSTALL_DIR@
+
+# Path name to use when installing library scripts.
+SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)
+
+# Directory in which to install the include file tk.h:
+INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(includedir)
+
+# Path to the private tk header dir:
+PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR	= @PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR@
+
+# Directory in which to (optionally) install the private tk headers:
+PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+# Top-level directory in which to install manual entries:
+MAN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(mandir)
+
+# Directory in which to install manual entry for wish:
+MAN1_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man1
+
+# Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library
+# procedures:
+MAN3_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3
+
+# Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in
+# Tcl commands implemented by Tk:
+MANN_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann
+
+# Path to the html documentation dir:
+HTML_DIR		= @HTML_DIR@
+
+# Directory in which to install html documentation:
+HTML_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR)
+
+# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh:
+CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)
+
+# Directory in which to install the demo files:
+DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos
+
+# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
+# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
+# been replaced by the configure script):
+TCL_GENERIC_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/generic
+
+# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers
+# appropriate for this version of Tk:
+TCL_PLATFORM_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/unix
+
+# The directory containing the Tcl library archive file appropriate
+# for this version of Tk:
+TCL_BIN_DIR		= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
+
+# The linker flags needed to link in the Tcl library (ex: -ltcl8.2)
+TCL_LIB_FLAG		= @TCL_LIB_FLAG@
+
+# Flag, 1: we're building a shared lib, 0 we're not
+TK_SHARED_BUILD		= @TK_SHARED_BUILD@
+
+# Subdirectory of $(libdir) containing the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk
+TK_PKG_DIR		= @TK_PKG_DIR@
+
+# Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk
+PKG_INSTALL_DIR		= $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(TK_PKG_DIR)
+
+# Package index file for loadable Tk
+PKG_INDEX		= $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgIndex.tcl
+
+# warning flags
+CFLAGS_WARNING		= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
+
+# The default switches for optimization or debugging
+CFLAGS_DEBUG		= @CFLAGS_DEBUG@
+CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE		= @CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
+
+# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
+# debugging symbols, change the following line:
+#CFLAGS			= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
+#CFLAGS			= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+#CFLAGS			= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+CFLAGS			= @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ @CFLAGS@
+
+# Flags to pass to the linker
+LDFLAGS_DEBUG		= @LDFLAGS_DEBUG@
+LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE	= @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
+LDFLAGS			= @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@ @LDFLAGS@
+
+# A "-I" switch that can be used when compiling to make all of the
+# X11 include files accessible (the configure script will try to
+# set this value, and will cause it to be an empty string if the
+# include files are accessible via /usr/include).
+X11_INCLUDES		= @XINCLUDES@
+
+AQUA_INCLUDES		= -I$(MAC_OSX_DIR) -I$(XLIB_DIR)
+
+# Linker switch(es) to use to link with the X11 library archive (the
+# configure script will try to set this value automatically, but you
+# can override it).
+X11_LIB_SWITCHES	= $(XFT_LIBS) @XLIBSW@
+
+
+# To turn off the security checks that disallow incoming sends when
+# the X server appears to be insecure, reverse the comments on the
+# following lines:
+SECURITY_FLAGS		=
+#SECURITY_FLAGS		= -DTK_NO_SECURITY
+
+# To disable ANSI-C procedure prototypes reverse the comment characters
+# on the following lines:
+PROTO_FLAGS		=
+#PROTO_FLAGS		= -DNO_PROTOTYPE
+
+# To enable memory debugging reverse the comment characters on the following
+# lines or call configure with --enable-symbols=mem
+# Warning:  if you enable memory debugging, you must do it *everywhere*,
+# including all the code that calls Tcl, and you must use ckalloc and
+# ckfree everywhere instead of malloc and free.
+MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS		=
+#MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS	= -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
+
+# If your X server is X11R4 or earlier, then you may wish to reverse
+# the comment characters on the following two lines.  This will enable
+# extra code to speed up XStringToKeysym.  In X11R5 and later releases
+# XStringToKeysym is plenty fast, so you needn't define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP.
+KEYSYM_FLAGS		=
+#KEYSYM_FLAGS		= -DREDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
+
+# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
+# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
+# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
+NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
+#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED
+
+# Some versions of make, like SGI's, use the following variable to
+# determine which shell to use for executing commands:
+SHELL			= @SHELL@
+
+# BUILD_TCLSH is the fully qualified path name of the tclsh shell
+# in the Tcl build directory. Test that need to be run in the
+# version of tclsh that we are building against should use this
+# path. Targets that need an installed tclsh should not depend
+# on this variable.
+
+BUILD_TCLSH		= @BUILD_TCLSH@
+
+# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
+# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
+# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
+# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
+# make dist. This variable is set to "" if no tclsh is available.
+EXE_SUFFIX		= @EXEEXT@
+TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@
+WISH_EXE		= wish${EXE_SUFFIX}
+TKTEST_EXE		= tktest${EXE_SUFFIX}
+
+# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use
+# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of
+# "install" around;  better to use the install-sh script that comes
+# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work.
+
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM   = -s
+INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY   = -S -x
+
+INSTALL			= $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM		= ${INSTALL}
+INSTALL_LIBRARY		= ${INSTALL}
+INSTALL_DATA		= ${INSTALL} -m 644
+INSTALL_DATA_DIR	= ${INSTALL} -d -m 755
+
+# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
+# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what it means.
+# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.
+
+SHLIB_CFLAGS		= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk
+
+# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
+STUB_LIB_FILE		= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+TK_STUB_LIB_FILE	= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+#TK_STUB_LIB_FILE	= libtkstub.a
+
+# Generic stub lib name used in rules that apply to tcl and tk
+STUB_LIB_FILE		= ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+
+TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG	= @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@
+#TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG	= -ltkstub
+
+TK_LIB_FILE		= @TK_LIB_FILE@
+#TK_LIB_FILE		= libtk.a
+
+# Generic lib name used in rules that apply to tcl and tk
+LIB_FILE		= ${TK_LIB_FILE}
+
+TK_LIB_FLAG		= @TK_LIB_FLAG@
+#TK_LIB_FLAG		= -ltk
+
+TCL_LIB_SPEC		= @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
+TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC	= @TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@
+TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG	= @TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@
+TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE	= @TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+TCL_STUB_FLAGS		= @TCL_STUB_FLAGS@
+
+# Libraries to use when linking.  This definition is determined by the
+# configure script.
+LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@
+WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@
+
+# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared
+# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what the
+# symbols mean.  The values of the symbols are normally set by the
+# configure script.  You shouldn't normally need to modify any of
+# these definitions by hand.
+
+STLIB_LD		= @STLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD		= @SHLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS		= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
+TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS	= @TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@
+
+# Additional search flags needed to find the various shared libraries
+# at run-time.  The first symbol is for use when creating a binary
+# with cc, and the second is for use when running ld directly.
+CC_SEARCH_FLAGS	= @CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@
+LD_SEARCH_FLAGS	= @LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@
+
+# support for embedded libraries on Darwin / Mac OS X
+DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR	= ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}
+
+# support for building the Aqua resource file
+TK_RSRC_FILE		= @TK_RSRC_FILE@
+WISH_RSRC_FILE		= @WISH_RSRC_FILE@
+REZ			= @REZ@
+REZ_SWITCHES = @REZ_FLAGS@ -i $(GENERIC_DIR) -i $(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)
+
+# support for Xft:
+XFT_CFLAGS		= @XFT_CFLAGS@
+XFT_LIBS		= @XFT_LIBS@
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+# The information below is modified by the configure script when
+# Makefile is generated from Makefile.in.  You shouldn't normally
+# modify any of this stuff by hand.
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_FLAGS		= @DEFS@
+AR			= @AR@
+RANLIB			= @RANLIB@
+SRC_DIR			= @srcdir@
+TOP_DIR			= $(SRC_DIR)/..
+GENERIC_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/generic
+TTK_DIR			= $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk
+UNIX_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/unix
+BMAP_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/bitmaps
+TOOL_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/tools
+TEST_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/tests
+MAC_OSX_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/macosx
+XLIB_DIR		= $(TOP_DIR)/xlib
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+# The information below should be usable as is.  The configure
+# script won't modify it and you shouldn't need to modify it
+# either.
+#----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Flags to be passed to installManPage to control how the manpages
+# should be installed (symlinks, compression, package name suffix).
+MAN_FLAGS               = @MAN_FLAGS@
+
+CC			= @CC@
+
+CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
+-I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} -I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} \
+-I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} ${AC_FLAGS} \
+${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} ${KEYSYM_FLAGS} \
+${NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@
+
+CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) @TCL_STUB_FLAGS@
+
+APP_CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) @EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES@
+
+DEPEND_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} -I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} \
+-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} \
+${AC_FLAGS} ${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} \
+${KEYSYM_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@
+
+WISH_OBJS = tkAppInit.o
+
+TKTEST_OBJS = tkTestInit.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o tkOldTest.o \
+	$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_TKTEST_OBJS)
+
+WIDG_OBJS = tkButton.o tkEntry.o tkFrame.o tkListbox.o \
+	tkMenu.o tkMenubutton.o tkMenuDraw.o tkMessage.o \
+	tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o
+
+CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \
+	tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \
+	tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o
+
+IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \
+	tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o
+
+TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \
+	tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o
+
+# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft)
+#
+FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@
+
+GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkBusy.o \
+	tkClipboard.o \
+	tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \
+	tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \
+	tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o tkPlace.o \
+	tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o tkVisual.o tkWindow.o
+
+TTK_OBJS = \
+	ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \
+	ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \
+	ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \
+	ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \
+	ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \
+	ttkTagSet.o ttkTheme.o ttkTrace.o ttkTrack.o ttkTreeview.o \
+	ttkWidget.o ttkStubInit.o
+
+STUB_OBJS = tkStubInit.o
+
+STUB_LIB_OBJS = tkStubLib.o ttkStubLib.o
+
+X11_OBJS = tkUnix.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixButton.o tkUnixColor.o tkUnixConfig.o \
+	tkUnixCursor.o tkUnixDraw.o tkUnixEmbed.o tkUnixEvent.o \
+	tkUnixFocus.o  $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \
+	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
+	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o
+
+AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
+	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
+	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
+	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \
+	tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o \
+	tkMacOSXMenu.o \
+	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
+	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
+	tkMacOSXServices.o tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
+	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
+	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
+	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
+	ttkMacOSXTheme.o
+
+AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o
+
+OBJS =  $(GENERIC_OBJS) $(WIDG_OBJS) $(CANV_OBJS) $(IMAGE_OBJS) $(TEXT_OBJS) \
+	$(STUB_OBJS) $(TTK_OBJS) \
+	$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_OBJS) @PLAT_OBJS@
+
+TK_DECLS = \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
+
+TTK_DECLS = \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls
+
+GENERIC_SRCS = \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c	\
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c
+
+TTK_SRCS = \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c
+
+TTK_STUB_SRCS = \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c
+
+X11_SRCS = \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c
+
+AQUA_SRCS = \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \
+	$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c \
+	$(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c \
+	$(TTK_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
+
+SRCS = $(GENERIC_SRCS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_SRCS) @PLAT_SRCS@
+
+AQUA_RESOURCES = \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkAboutDlg.r $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursors.r \
+	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXCursors.r
+
+AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXAETE.r
+
+AQUA_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSX.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h
+
+AQUA_XLIB_HDRS = $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(XLIB_DIR)/xbytes.h
+
+AQUA_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXPort.h $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInt.h
+
+X11_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixPort.h $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h
+
+# Currently private, eventually public
+TTK_HDRS = $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.h $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDecls.h
+
+PUBLIC_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_HDRS)
+
+# The private headers we want installed for install-private-headers
+PRIVATE_HDRS = $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h \
+	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h \
+	$(TTK_HDRS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_PRIVATE_HDRS)
+
+DEMOPROGS = browse hello ixset rmt rolodex square tcolor timer widget
+
+SHELL_ENV = \
+	@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}"; \
+	export @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@; \
+	TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL_SRC_DIR@/library; export TCL_LIBRARY; \
+	TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library; export TK_LIBRARY;
+
+all: binaries libraries doc
+
+binaries: ${LIB_FILE} ${WISH_EXE}
+
+libraries:
+
+$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros:
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) @TCL_SRC_DIR@/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
+
+doc: $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
+
+# The following target is configured by autoconf to generate either
+# a shared library or non-shared library for Tk.
+${LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_FILE} @LIB_RSRC_FILE@ ${OBJS}
+	rm -f $@
+	@MAKE_LIB@
+
+${STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}
+	@if test "x${LIB_FILE}" = "xlibtk${MAJOR_VERSION}.${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \
+	    (cd ${TOP_DIR}/win; ${MAKE} tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll); \
+	    cp "${TOP_DIR}/win/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" .; \
+	fi
+	rm -f $@
+	@MAKE_STUB_LIB@
+
+# Build Aqua resource files
+${TK_RSRC_FILE}: $(AQUA_RESOURCES)
+	rm -f $@
+	if test "$(REZ)" != ""; then \
+	    $(REZ) -o $@ $(REZ_SWITCHES) $(AQUA_RESOURCES); fi
+
+${WISH_RSRC_FILE}: $(AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES)
+	rm -f $@
+	if test "$(REZ)" != ""; then \
+	    $(REZ) -o $@ $(REZ_SWITCHES) $(AQUA_WISH_RESOURCES); fi
+
+# Make target which outputs the list of the .o contained in the Tk lib
+# usefull to build a single big shared library containing Tcl/Tk and other
+# extensions.  used for the Tcl Plugin.  -- dl
+tkLibObjs:
+	@echo ${OBJS}
+# This targets actually build the objects needed for the lib in the above
+# case
+objs: ${OBJS}
+
+
+${WISH_EXE}: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) @APP_RSRC_FILE@
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $(WISH_OBJS) @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \
+		$(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o ${WISH_EXE}
+
+# Resetting the LIB_RUNTIME_DIR below is required so that
+# the generated tktest executable gets the build directory
+# burned into its ld search path. This keeps tktest from
+# picking up an already installed version of the Tcl or
+# Tk shared libraries.
+
+$(TKTEST_EXE): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE)
+	$(MAKE) tktest-real LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="`pwd`:$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"
+
+tktest-real: ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $(TKTEST_OBJS) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \
+		$(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o $(TKTEST_EXE)
+
+# # FIXME: This xttest rule seems to be broken in a number of ways.  It should
+# # use CC_SEARCH_FLAGS, it does not include the shared lib location logic from
+# # tktest, and it is not clear where this test.o object file comes from.
+#
+# xttest: test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
+# 	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o \
+# 		@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}  ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} \
+# 		$(WISH_LIBS) $(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS) -lXt -o xttest
+
+# Note, in the target below TCL_LIBRARY needs to be set or else
+# "make test" won't work in the case where the compilation directory
+# isn't the same as the source directory.
+# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
+# args to tcltest, ie:
+#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"
+
+test: test-classic test-ttk
+
+test-classic: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 $(TESTFLAGS)
+
+test-ttk: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 \
+	$(TESTFLAGS)
+
+# Tests with different languages
+testlang: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) \
+	for lang in $(LOCALES) ;  \
+	do \
+	LANG=$(lang); export LANG; \
+	./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 \
+	$(TESTFLAGS); \
+	done
+
+# Useful target to launch a built tktest with the proper path,...
+runtest: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST_EXE)
+
+# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
+# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=/tmp/foo.tcl`
+shell: ${WISH_EXE}
+	$(SHELL_ENV) ./${WISH_EXE} $(SCRIPT)
+
+demo:
+	$(SHELL_ENV) ./${WISH_EXE} $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget
+
+# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
+gdb: ${WISH_EXE}
+	@echo "set env @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@=\"`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}\"" > gdb.run
+	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=@TCL_SRC_DIR@/library" >> gdb.run
+	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library" >> gdb.run
+	gdb ./${WISH_EXE} --command=gdb.run
+	rm gdb.run
+
+VALGRINDARGS=--tool=memcheck --num-callers=8 --leak-resolution=high --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v
+
+valgrind: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(TEST_DIR)/all.tcl -geometry +0+0 -singleproc 1 $(TESTFLAGS)
+
+valgrindshell: $(TKTEST_EXE)
+	$(SHELL_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) ./$(TKTEST_EXE) $(SCRIPT)
+
+INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS = install-binaries install-libraries
+INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS = install-doc
+INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS = install-headers
+INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS = install-demos
+INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS = @EXTRA_INSTALL@
+INSTALL_TARGETS = $(INSTALL_BASE_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DOC_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_DEV_TARGETS) \
+		$(INSTALL_DEMO_TARGETS) $(INSTALL_EXTRA_TARGETS)
+
+install: $(INSTALL_TARGETS)
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(INSTALL_TARGETS) \
+		INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM}" \
+		INSTALL_LIBRARY="$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) ${INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY}"
+
+install-binaries: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${WISH_EXE}
+	@for i in "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" \
+	    "$(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
+	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
+	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
+	    (\
+	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
+	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
+	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
+	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
+	    else \
+	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
+	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
+	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
+	    echo "} else {";\
+	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll]] Tk]";\
+	    echo "}";\
+	    fi \
+	    ) > "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
+	    fi
+	@echo "Installing $(LIB_FILE) to $(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/"
+	@@INSTALL_LIB@
+	@chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"
+	@if test -f "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \
+	    $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)";\
+	    chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll";\
+	    $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "../win/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.a" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)";\
+	    chmod 555 "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.a";\
+	fi
+	@echo "Installing ${WISH_EXE} as $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
+	@$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${WISH_EXE} "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
+	@echo "Installing tkConfig.sh to $(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/"
+	@$(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.sh "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/tkConfig.sh"
+	@if test "$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" != "" ; then \
+	    echo "Installing $(STUB_LIB_FILE) to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
+	    @INSTALL_STUB_LIB@ ; \
+	fi
+	@EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES@
+	@echo "Installing pkg-config file to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig/"
+	@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig
+	@$(INSTALL_DATA) tk.pc $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgconfig/tk.pc
+
+install-libraries: libraries
+	@for i in "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images" \
+		"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk"; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -n "$$i" -a ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing Tk library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl $(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c; \
+	    do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing Ttk library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk"; \
+	    fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing library image files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/images/*; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images"; \
+	    fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing message catalog files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/msgs/*.msg; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs"; \
+	    fi; \
+	    done;
+
+install-demos:
+	@for i in "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images" ; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing demo files to $(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		sed -e '3 s|exec wish|exec wish$(VERSION)|' \
+			$$i > "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"/`basename $$i`; \
+	    fi; \
+	    done;
+	@for i in $(DEMOPROGS); \
+	    do \
+	    if test $$i = "square"; then \
+	    rm -f  "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/$$i"; \
+	    else \
+	    chmod 755 "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/$$i"; \
+	    fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing demo image files to $(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/images/*; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)/images"; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+
+install-doc:
+	@for i in "$(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing and cross-linking top-level (.1) docs to $(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.1; do \
+	    $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MAN1_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	done
+	@echo "Installing and cross-linking C API (.3) docs to $(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.3; do \
+	    $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MAN3_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	done
+	@echo "Installing and cross-linking command (.n) docs to $(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.n; do \
+	    $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage $(MAN_FLAGS) $$i "$(MANN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	done
+
+install-headers:
+	@if test "$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_XLIB_HDRS)" != ""; then \
+	    XLIB_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR="$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"/X11; fi; \
+	for i in "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)" "$${XLIB_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}"; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ -n "$$i" -a ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing header files to $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(PUBLIC_HDRS); \
+	    do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	    done;
+	@list='$(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_XLIB_HDRS)'; for i in $$list ; \
+	    do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11"; \
+	    done;
+
+# Optional target to install private headers
+install-private-headers:
+	@for i in "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	    do \
+	    if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
+		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
+		else true; \
+		fi; \
+	    done;
+	@echo "Installing private header files to $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/";
+	@for i in $(PRIVATE_HDRS); \
+	    do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	    done;
+	@if test -f tkConfig.h; then\
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.h "$(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
+	    fi;
+
+Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) config.status
+#tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in
+#	$(SHELL) config.status
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \
+		errors ${WISH_EXE} $(TKTEST_EXE) lib.exp Tk *.rsrc
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -rf Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
+		tkConfig.h *.plist Tk.framework tk.pc
+
+depend:
+	makedepend -- $(DEPEND_SWITCHES) -- $(SRCS)
+
+# Test binaries.  The rule for tkTestInit.o is complicated because
+# it is is compiled from tkAppInit.c.  Can't use the "-o" option
+# because this doesn't work on some strange compilers (e.g. UnixWare).
+# To enable concurrent parallel make of wish and tktest, this target has to
+# depend on wish, this ensures that linking of wish with tkTestInit.o does not
+# execute concurrently with the renaming and recompiling of that same object
+# file in the target below.
+
+tkTestInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c ${WISH_EXE}
+	@if test -f tkAppInit.o ; then \
+	    rm -f tkAppInit.sav; \
+	    mv tkAppInit.o tkAppInit.sav; \
+	fi;
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_TEST $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c
+	rm -f tkTestInit.o
+	mv tkAppInit.o tkTestInit.o
+	@if test -f tkAppInit.sav ; then \
+	    mv tkAppInit.sav tkAppInit.o; \
+	fi;
+
+tkAppInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c
+
+tk3d.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c
+
+tkArgv.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c
+
+tkAtom.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c
+
+tkBind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c
+
+tkBitmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c
+
+tkBusy.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBusy.c
+
+tkClipboard.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c
+
+tkCmds.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c
+
+tkColor.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c
+
+tkConfig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c
+
+tkConsole.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c
+
+tkCursor.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c
+
+tkError.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c
+
+tkEvent.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c
+
+tkFocus.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c
+
+tkFont.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c
+
+tkGet.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c
+
+tkGC.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c
+
+tkGeometry.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c
+
+tkGrab.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c
+
+tkGrid.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c
+
+tkMain.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c
+
+tkObj.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c
+
+tkOldConfig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c
+
+tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c
+
+tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c
+
+tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c
+
+tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c
+
+tkStyle.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c
+
+tkUtil.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c
+
+tkVisual.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c
+
+tkWindow.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c
+
+tkButton.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c
+
+tkEntry.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c
+
+tkFrame.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c
+
+tkListbox.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c
+
+tkMenu.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c
+
+tkMenubutton.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c
+
+tkMenuDraw.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c
+
+tkMessage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c
+
+tkPanedWindow.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c
+
+tkScale.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c
+
+tkScrollbar.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c
+
+tkSquare.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c
+
+tkCanvas.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c
+
+tkCanvArc.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c
+
+tkCanvBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c
+
+tkCanvImg.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c
+
+tkCanvLine.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c
+
+tkCanvPoly.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c
+
+tkCanvPs.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c
+
+tkCanvText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c
+
+tkCanvUtil.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c
+
+tkCanvWind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c
+
+tkRectOval.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c
+
+tkTrig.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c
+
+tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
+
+tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
+
+tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
+
+tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
+
+tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c
+
+tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c
+
+tkImgPhInstance.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.h
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c
+
+tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c
+
+tkTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c
+
+tkText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c
+
+tkTextBTree.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c
+
+tkTextDisp.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c
+
+tkTextImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c
+
+tkTextIndex.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c
+
+tkTextMark.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c
+
+tkTextTag.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c
+
+tkTextWind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c
+
+tkStubInit.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c
+
+# Stub library binaries, these must be compiled for use in a shared library
+# even though they will be placed in a static archive
+
+tkStubLib.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c
+
+tkUndo.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c
+
+tkUnix.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix.c
+
+tkUnix3d.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c
+
+tkUnixButton.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixButton.c
+
+tkUnixColor.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixColor.c
+
+tkUnixConfig.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixConfig.c
+
+tkUnixCursor.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixCursor.c
+
+tkUnixDraw.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixDraw.c
+
+tkUnixEmbed.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEmbed.c
+
+tkUnixEvent.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixEvent.c
+
+tkUnixFocus.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFocus.c
+
+tkUnixFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c
+
+# NB: tkUnixRFont.o uses nondefault CFLAGS
+tkUnixRFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XFT_CFLAGS) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c
+
+tkUnixInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c tkConfig.sh
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
+	    $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c
+
+tkUnixKey.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c
+
+tkUnixMenu.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c
+
+tkUnixMenubu.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenubu.c
+
+tkUnixScale.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c
+
+tkUnixScrlbr.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScrlbr.c
+
+tkUnixSelect.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSelect.c
+
+tkUnixSend.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixSend.c
+
+tkUnixWm.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixWm.c
+
+tkUnixXId.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixXId.c
+
+tkMacOSXBitmap.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c
+
+tkMacOSXButton.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c
+
+tkMacOSXClipboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c
+
+tkMacOSXColor.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c
+
+tkMacOSXConfig.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c
+
+tkMacOSXCursor.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c
+
+tkMacOSXDebug.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c
+
+tkMacOSXDialog.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c
+
+tkMacOSXDraw.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c
+
+tkMacOSXEmbed.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
+
+tkMacOSXEntry.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c
+
+tkMacOSXEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c
+
+tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
+
+tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
+
+tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c
+
+tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
+	    $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c
+
+tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
+
+tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
+
+tkMacOSXMenu.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c
+
+tkMacOSXMenubutton.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c
+
+tkMacOSXMenus.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c
+
+tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c
+
+tkMacOSXNotify.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c
+
+tkMacOSXRegion.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c
+
+tkMacOSXScale.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScale.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScale.c
+
+tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
+
+tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c
+
+tkMacOSXServices.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c
+
+tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
+
+tkMacOSXTest.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c
+	$(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c
+
+tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
+
+tkMacOSXWm.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c
+
+tkMacOSXXStubs.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c
+
+tkFileFilter.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c
+
+tkMacWinMenu.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c
+
+tkPointer.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c
+
+xcolors.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c
+
+xdraw.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c
+
+xgc.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c
+
+ximage.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c
+
+xutil.o: $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c
+
+ttkBlink.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c
+
+ttkButton.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c
+
+ttkCache.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c
+
+ttkClamTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c
+
+ttkClassicTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c
+
+ttkDefaultTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkDefaultTheme.c
+
+ttkElements.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkElements.c
+
+ttkEntry.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkEntry.c
+
+ttkFrame.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkFrame.c
+
+ttkImage.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkImage.c
+
+ttkInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkInit.c
+
+ttkLabel.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLabel.c
+
+ttkLayout.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkLayout.c
+
+ttkManager.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkManager.c
+
+ttkNotebook.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkNotebook.c
+
+ttkPanedwindow.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkPanedwindow.c
+
+ttkProgress.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkProgress.c
+
+ttkScale.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScale.c
+
+ttkScroll.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScroll.c
+
+ttkScrollbar.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkScrollbar.c
+
+ttkSeparator.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSeparator.c
+
+ttkSquare.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkSquare.c
+
+ttkState.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkState.c
+
+ttkStubInit.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c
+
+ttkStubLib.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubLib.c
+
+ttkTagSet.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTagSet.c
+
+ttkTheme.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTheme.c
+
+ttkTrace.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrace.c
+
+ttkTrack.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTrack.c
+
+ttkTreeview.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkTreeview.c
+
+ttkWidget.o: $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkWidget.c
+
+ttkMacOSXTheme.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $<
+
+#
+# Target to regenerate header files and stub files from the *.decls tables.
+#
+
+$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \
+		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
+	@echo "Warning: tkStubInit.c may be out of date."
+	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
+	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"
+
+$(TTK_DIR)/ttkStubInit.c: $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls
+	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
+	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
+	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"
+
+genstubs:
+	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
+		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
+	$(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls
+
+#
+# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
+# tables.
+#
+
+checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)
+	-@for i in `nm -p $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
+		| awk '$$2 ~ /^[TDBCS]$$/ { sub("^_", "", $$3); print $$3 }' \
+		| sort -n`; do \
+		match=0; \
+		for j in $(TK_DECLS) $(TTK_DECLS); do \
+		    if [ `grep -c "$$i *(" $$j` -gt 0 ]; then \
+			match=1; \
+		    fi; \
+		done; \
+		if [ $$match -eq 0 ]; then echo $$i; fi \
+	done
+
+#
+# Target to check for proper usage of UCHAR macro.
+#
+
+checkuchar:
+	-egrep isalnum\|isalpha\|iscntrl\|isdigit\|islower\|isprint\|ispunct\|isspace\|isupper\|isxdigit\|toupper\|tolower $(SRCS) | grep -v UCHAR
+
+#
+# Target to make sure that only symbols with "Tk", "tk", "Ttk", "ttk" or "X"
+# prefixes are exported.
+#
+
+checkexports: $(TK_LIB_FILE)
+	-@nm -p $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
+	| awk '$$2 ~ /^[TDBCS]$$/ { sub("^_", "", $$3); print $$3 }' \
+	| sort -n | grep -E -v '^([Tt]t?k|_?X)' || true
+
+#
+# Target to create a Tk RPM for Linux.  Requires that you be on a Linux
+# system.
+#
+
+rpm: all
+	rm -f THIS.TCL.SPEC
+	echo "%define _builddir `pwd`" > THIS.TK.SPEC
+	echo "%define _rpmdir `pwd`/RPMS" >> THIS.TK.SPEC
+	cat tk.spec >> THIS.TK.SPEC
+	mkdir -p RPMS/i386
+	rpmbuild -bb THIS.TK.SPEC
+	mv RPMS/i386/*.rpm .
+	rm -rf RPMS THIS.TK.SPEC
+
+#
+# Target to create a proper Tk distribution from information in the
+# master source directory.  DISTDIR must be defined to indicate where
+# to put the distribution.  DISTDIR must be an absolute path name.
+#
+
+DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
+DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
+ZIPNAME	 = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
+DISTDIR	 = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
+TCLDIR   = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
+$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4
+	cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf
+$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
+	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
+$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
+	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@
+
+dist:   $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs
+	rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
+	mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix
+	cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
+	cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
+	chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in
+	cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
+		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
+	chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure.in
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
+	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
+		       $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;)
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic
+	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
+	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
+	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README.md \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
+	rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
+	cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
+		$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
+		$(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
+	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \
+		$(DISTDIR)/macosx
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
+	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
+		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
+	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
+		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
+		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TCLDIR)/compat/unistd.h \
+		$(TCLDIR)/compat/stdlib.h \
+		$(DISTDIR)/compat
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib
+	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
+	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
+		$(DISTDIR)/library
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images
+	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;)
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
+	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;)
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
+	cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
+		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
+	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
+		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;)
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
+		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
+	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
+		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
+		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
+	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
+	cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
+
+alldist: dist
+	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
+	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
+		gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)
+
+#
+# This target creates the HTML folder for Tcl & Tk and places it
+# in DISTDIR/html.  It uses the tcltk-man2html.tcl tool from
+# the Tcl group's tool workspace.  It depends on the Tcl & Tk being
+# in directories called tcl8.3 & tk8.3 up two directories from the
+# TOOL_DIR.
+#
+
+html:
+	$(BUILD_HTML)
+	@EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@
+html-tcl:
+	$(BUILD_HTML) --tcl
+	@EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@
+html-tk:
+	$(BUILD_HTML) --tk
+	@EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@
+
+BUILD_HTML = \
+	@if test -f "$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; then \
+	$(SHELL_ENV) TCLSH="$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; else \
+	TCLSH="$(TCL_EXE)"; fi ;\
+	"$${TCLSH}" $(TOOL_DIR)/tcltk-man2html.tcl --htmldir="$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)" \
+		--srcdir=$(TOP_DIR)/.. $(BUILD_HTML_FLAGS)
+
+#
+# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
+# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
+#
+
+.PHONY: all binaries libraries objs doc html html-tcl html-tk test runtest
+.PHONY: install install-strip install-binaries install-libraries
+.PHONY: install-headers install-private-headers install-doc
+.PHONY: clean distclean depend genstubs checkstubs checkexports checkuchar
+.PHONY: shell gdb valgrind valgrindshell dist alldist rpm
+.PHONY: tkLibObjs tktest-real test-classic test-ttk testlang
+.PHONY: demo install-demos
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- make depend depends on it.
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/README b/tk8.6/unix/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea5c8fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/README
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+Tk UNIX README
+--------------
+
+This is the directory where you configure, compile, test, and install UNIX
+versions of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk that are
+specific to UNIX.
+
+The information in this file is maintained at:
+	http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
+
+For information on platforms where Tcl/Tk is known to compile, along with any
+porting notes for getting it to work on those platforms, see:
+	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/platforms.html
+
+The rest of this file contains instructions on how to do this. The release
+should compile and run either "out of the box" or with trivial changes on any
+UNIX-like system that approximates POSIX, BSD, or System V. We know that it
+runs on workstations from Sun, H-P, DEC, IBM, and SGI, as well as PCs running
+Linux, BSDI, and SCO UNIX. To compile for a PC running Windows, see the README
+file in the directory ../win. To compile for MacOSX, see the README file in
+the directory ../macosx.
+
+How To Compile And Install Tk:
+------------------------------
+
+(a) Make sure that the Tcl release is present in the directory
+    ../../tcl<version> (or else use the "--with-tcl" switch described below).
+    This release of Tk will only work with the equivalently versioned Tcl
+    release. Also, be sure that you have configured Tcl before you configure
+    Tk.
+
+(b) Check for patches as described in ../README.
+
+(c) If you have already compiled Tk once in this directory and are now
+    preparing to compile again in the same directory but for a different
+    platform, or if you have applied patches, type "make distclean" to discard
+    all the configuration information computed previously.
+
+(d) Type "./configure". This runs a configuration script created by GNU
+    autoconf, which configures Tk for your system and creates a Makefile. The
+    configure script allows you to customize the Tk configuration for your
+    site; for details on how you can do this, type "./configure -help" or
+    refer to the autoconf documentation (not included here). Tk's "configure"
+    script supports the following special switches in addition to the standard
+    ones:
+
+	--with-tcl=DIR		Specifies the directory containing the Tcl
+				binaries and Tcl's platform-dependent
+				configuration information. By default the Tcl
+				directory is assumed to be in the location
+				given by (a) above.
+	--with-x=DIR		Tells configure where to find an installation
+				of the X Window System. Not normally needed.
+	--enable-threads	If this switch is set, Tk will compile itself
+				with multithreading support.
+	--enable-shared		If this switch is specified, Tk will compile
+				itself as a shared library if it can figure
+				out how to do that on this platform. This is
+				the default on platforms where we know how to
+				build shared libraries.
+	--disable-shared	If this switch is specified, Tk will compile
+				itself as a static library.
+	--disable-rpath		Turns off use of the rpath link option on
+				platforms that would otherwise use it.
+	--enable-symbols	Build with debugging symbols. By default
+				standard debugging symbols are used. You can
+				specify the value "mem" to include
+				TCL_MEM_DEBUG memory debugging.
+	--disable-symbols	Build without debugging symbols
+	--enable-64bit		Enable 64bit support (where applicable)
+	--disable-64bit		Disable 64bit support (where applicable)
+	--enable-64bit-vis	Enable 64bit Sparc VIS support
+	--disable-64bit-vis	Disable 64bit Sparc VIS support
+	--disable-xft		Disable support for antialiased fonts via the
+				Freetype/xft library. By default, this is
+				switched on whenever the configure script can
+				detect the required libraries.
+	--enable-man-symlinks	Use symlinks for linking the manpages that
+				should be reachable under several names.
+	--enable-man-compression=PROG
+				Compress the manpages using PROG.
+	--enable-man-suffix=STRING
+				Add STRING to the name of each of the manual
+				pages. If specified without giving STRING, the
+				suffix will be "tk".
+
+    Mac OS X only:
+
+	--enable-framework	Package Tk as a framework.
+	--disable-corefoundation Disable use of CoreFoundation API.
+	--enable-aqua		Use Aqua windowingsystem rather than X11,
+				requires --enable-corefoundation with Tcl and
+				Tk.
+
+    Note: by default gcc will be used if it can be located on the PATH. If you
+    want to use cc instead of gcc, set the CC environment variable to "cc"
+    before running configure. It is not safe to change the Makefile to use gcc
+    after configure is run.
+
+    Note: be sure to use only absolute path names (those starting with "/") in
+    the --prefix and --exec-prefix options.
+
+(e) Type "make". This will create a library archive called "libtk<version>.a"
+    or "libtk<version>.so" and an interpreter application called "wish" that
+    allows you to type Tcl/Tk commands interactively or execute script files.
+    It will also create a stub library archive "libtkstub<version>.a" that
+    developers may link against other C code to produce loadable extensions
+    that call into Tk's public interface routines.
+
+(f) If the make fails then you'll have to personalize the Makefile for your
+    site or possibly modify the distribution in other ways. First check the
+    porting Web page above to see if there are hints for compiling on your
+    system. If you need to modify Makefile, there are comments at the
+    beginning of it that describe the things you might want to change and how
+    to change them.
+
+(g) Type "make install" to install Tk's binaries and script files in standard
+    places. You'll need write permission on the installation directories to do
+    this. The installation directories are determined by the "configure"
+    script and may be specified with the --prefix and --exec-prefix options to
+    "configure". See the Makefile for information on what directories were
+    chosen. You should not override these choices by modifying the Makefile,
+    or by copying files post-install. The installed binaries have embedded
+    within them path values relative to the install directory. If you change
+    your mind about where Tk should be installed, start this procedure over
+    again from step (a) so that the path embedded in the binaries agrees with
+    the install location.
+
+(h) At this point you can play with Tk by running the installed "wish"
+    executable, or via the "make shell" target, and typing Tcl/Tk commands at
+    the interactive prompt.
+
+If you have trouble compiling Tk, see the URL noted above about working
+platforms. It contains information that people have provided about changes
+they had to make to compile Tk in various environments. We're also interested
+in hearing how to change the configuration setup so that Tk compiles on
+additional platforms "out of the box".
+
+Note: Do not specify either of the TCL_LIBRARY and TK_LIBRARY environment
+variables in a production installation, as this can cause conflicts between
+different versions of the libraries. Instead, the libraries should have the
+correct locations of their associated script directories built into them.
+
+Test suite
+----------
+
+Tk has a substantial self-test suite, consisting of a set of scripts in the
+subdirectory "tests". To run the test suite just type "make test" in this
+directory. You should then see a printout of the test files processed. If any
+errors occur, you'll see a much more substantial printout for each error. In
+order to avoid false error reports, be sure to run the tests with an empty
+resource database (e.g., remove your .Xdefaults file or delete any entries
+starting with *). Also, don't try to do anything else with your display or
+keyboard while the tests are running, or you may get false violations. See the
+README file in the "tests" directory for more information on the test suite.
+
+If the test suite generates errors, most likely they are due to non-portable
+tests that are interacting badly with your system configuration. We are
+gradually eliminating the non-portable tests, but this release includes many
+new tests so there will probably be some portability problems. As long as the
+test suite doesn't core dump, it's probably safe to conclude that any errors
+represent portability problems in the test suite and not fundamental flaws
+with Tk.
+
+There are also a number of visual tests for things such as screen layout,
+Postscript generation, etc. These tests all have to be run by manually
+enabling the "userInteraction" constraint when testing, and the results have
+to be verified visually. This can be done with:
+
+    make test TESTFLAGS="-constraints userInteraction"
+
+Some tests will present a main window with a bunch of menus, which you can use
+to select various tests.
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4 b/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90d2e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+builtin(include,../unix/tcl.m4)
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/configure b/tk8.6/unix/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..074636b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,12293 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for tk 8.6.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='tk'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='tk'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='8.6'
+PACKAGE_STRING='tk 8.6'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS TCL_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCLSH_PROG BUILD_TCLSH MAN_FLAGS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP TCL_THREADS RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB AR ac_ct_AR LIBOBJS TCL_LIBS DL_LIBS DL_OBJS PLAT_OBJS PLAT_SRCS LDAIX_SRC CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CC_SEARCH_FLAGS LD_SEARCH_FLAGS STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB INSTALL_LIB DLL_INSTALL_DIR INSTALL_STUB_LIB CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT XFT_CFLAGS XFT_LIBS UNIX_FONT_OBJS TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_YEAR TK_LIB_FILE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_INCLUDE_SPEC TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_SRC_DIR TK_SHARED_BUILD LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_FLAGS XINCLUDES XLIBSW LOCALES TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM TK_PKG_DIR TK_LIBRARY LIB_RUNTIME_DIR PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR HTML_DIR EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES EXTRA_INSTALL EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES EXTRA_BUILD_HTML EXTRA_WISH_LIBS CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS TK_RSRC_FILE WISH_RSRC_FILE LIB_RSRC_FILE APP_RSRC_FILE REZ REZ_FLAGS LTLIBOBJS'
+ac_subst_files=''
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_option in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$0" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures tk 8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+			  [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+			  [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+X features:
+  --x-includes=DIR    X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR   X library files are in DIR
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tk 8.6:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-man-symlinks   use symlinks for the manpages (default: off)
+  --enable-man-compression=PROG
+                          compress the manpages with PROG (default: off)
+  --enable-man-suffix=STRING
+                          use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names
+                          (default: no, tk if enabled without
+                          specifying STRING)
+  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)
+  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
+  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (default: off)
+  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
+  --disable-rpath         disable rpath support (default: on)
+  --enable-corefoundation use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on)
+  --enable-load           allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default:
+                          on)
+  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
+  --enable-aqua=yes|no    use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)
+  --enable-xft            use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)
+  --enable-xss            use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)
+  --enable-framework      package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks
+                          (default: off)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
+                          (tclConfig.sh)
+  --with-x                use the X Window System
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
+              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  ac_popdir=`pwd`
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d $ac_dir || continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+    cd $ac_dir
+    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
+      echo
+      $ac_configure --help
+    else
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi
+    cd $ac_popdir
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+tk configure 8.6
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by tk $as_me 8.6, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_sep=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+      # Get rid of the leading space.
+      ac_sep=" "
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
+# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+}
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------- ##
+## Output files. ##
+## ------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core &&
+  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+     ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+	ac_cache_corrupted=:
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+TK_VERSION=8.6
+TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
+TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
+TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10"
+VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
+LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+
+# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
+if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_tcl"
+  with_tclconfig="${withval}"
+fi;
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
+			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+fi
+
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
+	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
+    else
+        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
+	for dir in $search_path ; do
+	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]* 2> /dev/null` \
+		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
+		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
+		    if test -f "$j" ; then
+			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
+			break
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    done
+	done
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
+	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
+    else
+	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
+	TCLSH_PROG=""
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
+    fi
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    BUILD_TCLSH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/tclsh
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6
+
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
+fi
+if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+    exec_prefix=$prefix
+fi
+# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
+srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
+TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use symlinks for manpages" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use symlinks for manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-man-symlinks or --disable-man-symlinks was given.
+if test "${enable_man_symlinks+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_man_symlinks"
+  test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks"
+else
+  enableval="no"
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to compress the manpages" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to compress the manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-man-compression or --disable-man-compression was given.
+if test "${enable_man_compression+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_man_compression"
+  case $enableval in
+	    yes) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: missing argument to --enable-man-compression" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to --enable-man-compression" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+	    no)  ;;
+	    *)   MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";;
+	esac
+else
+  enableval="no"
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6
+    if test "$enableval" != "no"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for compressed file suffix" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for compressed file suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	touch TeST
+	$enableval TeST
+	Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'`
+	rm -f TeST*
+	MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z"
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $Z" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$Z" >&6
+    fi
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-man-suffix or --disable-man-suffix was given.
+if test "${enable_man_suffix+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_man_suffix"
+  case $enableval in
+	    yes) enableval="tk" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
+	    no)  ;;
+	    *)   MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
+	esac
+else
+  enableval="no"
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enableval" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enableval" >&6
+
+
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
+# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
+if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+    CFLAGS=""
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
+# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
+# resort.
+
+# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
+# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
+ac_cv_exeext=
+# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
+for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    conftest.$ac_ext )
+	# This is the source file.
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
+	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
+	# maintain Libtool? --akim.
+	export ac_cv_exeext
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
+
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  export ac_cv_exeext
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std1.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
+# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
+# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+  x|xno)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  for ac_declaration in \
+   '' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+typedef int foo_t;
+static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
+$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6
+
+
+case $ac_cv_c_inline in
+  inline | yes) ;;
+  *)
+    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
+      no) ac_val=;;
+      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
+    esac
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#define inline $ac_val
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
+# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
+    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
+    fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
+ EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      exit(2);
+  exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <stdlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stdlib.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking stdlib.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: stdlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------------------- ##
+## Report this to the tk lists.  ##
+## ----------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdlib.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdlib_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdlib_h = yes; then
+  tk_ok=1
+else
+  tk_ok=0
+fi
+
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtol" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tk_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtoul" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tk_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "strtod" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  tk_ok=0
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $tk_ok = 0; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_STDLIB_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
+# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_pipe+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&6
+    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+    fi
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_threads"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	tcl_threaded_core=1;
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	    # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+	    # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+	    # defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+	    # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+	    # exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char __pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+__pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	fi
+
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    # The space is needed
+	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthreads  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+	    else
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lc_r  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_mutex_init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_mutex_init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			# The space is needed
+			THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+		    else
+			TCL_THREADS=0
+			{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile..." >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile..." >&2;}
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+	# Does the pthread-implementation provide
+	# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?
+
+	ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
+
+
+for ac_func in pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+	LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_THREADS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (threaded core)" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes (threaded core)" >&6
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+	fi
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    fi
+
+
+
+
+# Add the threads support libraries
+LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STATIC_BUILD 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
+# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
+# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64bit"
+  do64bit=$enableval
+else
+  do64bit=no
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis or --disable-64bit-vis was given.
+if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64bit_vis"
+  do64bitVIS=$enableval
+else
+  do64bitVIS=no
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bitVIS" >&6
+    # Force 64bit on with VIS
+    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then
+  do64bit=yes
+fi
+
+
+    # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
+    # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+	    extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
+	    void f(void) {}
+int
+main ()
+{
+f();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6
+    if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if rpath support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-rpath or --disable-rpath was given.
+if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_rpath"
+  doRpath=$enableval
+else
+  doRpath=yes
+fi;
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doRpath" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$doRpath" >&6
+
+    # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking system version" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking system version... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_sys_version+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
+		# results, and the version is kept in special file).
+
+		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $3}' /etc/.relid`
+		fi
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+
+
+    # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library.  This is needed because
+    # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  have_dl=yes
+else
+  have_dl=no
+fi
+
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+
+
+    # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+    LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS"
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
+
+else
+
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
+  ac_ct_AR=$AR
+  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  AR=$ac_ct_AR
+else
+  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+fi
+
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    PLAT_OBJS=""
+    PLAT_SRCS=""
+    LDAIX_SRC=""
+    if test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x; then
+  SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0"
+else
+  SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}"
+fi
+
+    case $system in
+	AIX-*)
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
+
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r|*_r\ *)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
+		    	CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([^ ]*\)/\1_r/'`
+			;;
+		esac
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6
+
+fi
+
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # ldAix No longer needed with use of -bexpall/-brtl
+	    # but some extensions may still reference it
+	    LDAIX_SRC='$(UNIX_DIR)/ldAix'
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then
+
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		# AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so
+		DL_LIBS=""
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+else
+
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+fi
+
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+else
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
+
+else
+
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
+
+fi
+
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lbind  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char inet_ntoa ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+inet_ntoa ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
+	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
+	    TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.dll.a'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$@.a"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Cygwin version of gcc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for Cygwin version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_cygwin+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+		#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+		    #error cygwin
+		#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_cygwin=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_cygwin=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cygwin" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cygwin" >&6
+	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
+		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} is not a cygwin compiler." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} is not a cygwin compiler." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	    fi
+	    if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
+		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	    fi
+	    do64bit_ok=yes
+	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
+		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
+		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
+		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
+		then :
+		else
+		    { echo "configure: error: configure failed for ../win" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	dgux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	Haiku*)
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-lroot"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnetwork  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char inet_ntoa ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+inet_ntoa ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then
+
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+else
+
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+
+fi
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+
+fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+else
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
+
+fi
+
+
+	    # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+	    #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes"; then
+
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		    case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+			    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+				CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;}
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+
+else
+
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+ ;;
+	HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*)
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+
+fi
+ ;;
+	IRIX-5.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    case $LIBOBJS in
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;;
+esac
+
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    case $LIBOBJS in
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;;
+esac
+
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+
+else
+
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    case $LIBOBJS in
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext"   | \
+    "mkstemp.$ac_objext "* | \
+  *" mkstemp.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mkstemp.$ac_objext" ;;
+esac
+
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then
+
+	        if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+	            { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
+	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
+	    # get rid of the warnings.
+	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+fi
+
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then
+
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_m64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_m64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&6
+		if test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes; then
+
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
+	    # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
+	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
+	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+
+	    if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-02*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    arch=`arch -s`
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    alpha|sparc64)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+
+		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
+		#		Don't link with -lpthread
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*)
+	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
+	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$@"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS=""
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
+
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
+fi
+
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
+		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
+	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
+	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
+	    CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if ($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"$i}'`"
+	    CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if (!($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"$i}'`"
+	    if test $do64bit = yes; then
+
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&6
+			if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes; then
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi
+;;
+		    i386)
+			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&6
+			if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes; then
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+
+fi
+;;
+		    *)
+			{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;};;
+		esac
+
+else
+
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		if echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
+		    && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '; then
+
+		    fat_32_64=yes
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"
+fi
+
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+
+fi
+
+	    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MODULE_SCOPE __private_extern__
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MAC_OSX_TCL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}'
+	    PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}'
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use CoreFoundation" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use CoreFoundation... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	    # Check whether --enable-corefoundation or --disable-corefoundation was given.
+if test "${enable_corefoundation+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_corefoundation"
+  tcl_corefoundation=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_corefoundation=yes
+fi;
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_corefoundation" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_corefoundation" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_corefoundation = yes; then
+
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for CoreFoundation.framework" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for CoreFoundation.framework... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		    hold_libs=$LIBS
+		    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
+
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    # On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit
+			    # archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for
+			    # presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in
+			    # tclUnixPort.h if necessary.
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+			done
+fi
+
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
+		    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
+
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+		        done
+fi
+
+		    LIBS=$hold_libs
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation" >&6
+		if test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes; then
+
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_COREFOUNDATION 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+else
+  tcl_corefoundation=no
+fi
+
+		if test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes; then
+
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit CoreFoundation" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit CoreFoundation... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64" >&6
+		    if test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	NEXTSTEP-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _OE_SOCKETS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
+	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
+	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export :'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.*)
+	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then
+  SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
+else
+
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then
+
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+
+else
+
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    if test $doRpath = yes; then
+
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+fi
+
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"
+else
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"
+fi
+
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+
+else
+
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    # dlopen is in -lc on QNX
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However,
+	    # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and
+	    # below.
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+else
+
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SINIX*5.4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
+	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
+	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
+	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
+
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[0-6])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+else
+
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    if test "$do64bit" = yes; then
+
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then
+
+		    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+			if test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 3; then
+
+			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;}
+
+else
+
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+
+fi
+
+
+else
+
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			if test "$do64bitVIS" = yes; then
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+
+else
+
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+
+fi
+
+			# Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			#LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+
+fi
+
+
+else
+  if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then
+
+		    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;};;
+			esac
+
+else
+
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
+			esac
+
+fi
+
+
+else
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;}
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+	    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	    # On Solaris 5.x i386 with the sunpro compiler we need to link
+	    # with sunmath to get floating point rounding control
+	    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  use_sunmath=no
+else
+
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control... $ECHO_C" >&6
+		if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" -o "$arch" = "i386"; then
+
+			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+			MATH_LIBS="-lsunmath $MATH_LIBS"
+			if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sunmath.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sunmath.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sunmath.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking sunmath.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <sunmath.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking sunmath.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking sunmath.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sunmath.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: sunmath.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: sunmath.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------------------- ##
+## Report this to the tk lists.  ##
+## ----------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sunmath.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sunmath.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sunmath_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_sunmath_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sunmath_h" >&6
+
+fi
+
+
+			use_sunmath=yes
+
+else
+
+			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+			use_sunmath=no
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		if test "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then
+
+		    if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then
+
+			# We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+			# add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+			# for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+			# path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+			#v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+			#CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+
+else
+  if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then
+
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+else
+
+		if test "$use_sunmath" = yes; then
+  textmode=textoff
+else
+  textmode=text
+fi
+
+		case $system in
+		    SunOS-5.[1-9][0-9]*|SunOS-5.[7-9])
+			SHLIB_LD="\${CC} -G -z $textmode \${LDFLAGS}";;
+		    *)
+			SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z $textmode";;
+		esac
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+
+fi
+
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+int i;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6
+	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then
+
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+
+fi
+
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no; then
+
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;}
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+    # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
+
+    # Check whether --enable-load or --disable-load was given.
+if test "${enable_load+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_load"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=yes
+fi;
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = no; then
+  DL_OBJS=""
+fi
+
+
+    if test "x$DL_OBJS" != x; then
+  BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"
+else
+
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system." >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system." >&2;}
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	SHLIB_LD=""
+	SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+	DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o"
+	DL_LIBS=""
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG"
+	CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	BUILD_DLTEST=""
+
+fi
+
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    if test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes; then
+
+	case $system in
+	    AIX-*) ;;
+	    BSD/OS*) ;;
+	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
+	    IRIX*) ;;
+	    NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
+	    Darwin-*) ;;
+	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
+	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
+	esac
+fi
+
+
+    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then
+
+	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
+fi
+
+    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then
+
+	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a'
+fi
+
+    DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
+
+        LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
+        MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o $@ ${OBJS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}'
+        if test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"; then
+
+            INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)";if test -f $(LIB_FILE).a; then $(INSTALL_DATA) $(LIB_FILE).a "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; fi;'
+            DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+else
+
+            INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
+
+fi
+
+
+else
+
+        LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
+
+        if test "$RANLIB" = ""; then
+
+            MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) $@ ${OBJS}'
+
+else
+
+            MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} $@'
+
+fi
+
+        INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
+
+fi
+
+
+    # Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration
+    if test "$RANLIB" = ""; then
+
+        MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}'
+
+else
+
+        MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} $@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} $@'
+
+fi
+
+    INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"'
+
+    # Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is.
+    # The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if
+    # it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk.
+    if test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x; then
+
+        TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}"
+fi
+
+
+
+	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
+	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
+	# warning when initializing a union member.
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+		  union foo { int i; double d; };
+		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
+	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+    # FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS
+    # entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone
+    # would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCL_SHLIB_EXT "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
+if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_symbols"
+  tcl_ok=$enableval
+else
+  tcl_ok=no
+fi;
+# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NDEBUG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for required early compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    tcl_flags=""
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE"
+    fi
+
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *)open64;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64"
+    fi
+
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none" >&6
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_flags}" >&6
+    fi
+
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+__int64 value = (__int64) 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_type_64bit=__int64
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_type_64bit="long long"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+switch (0) {
+            case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
+        }
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using long" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}using long" >&6
+    else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}
+_ACEOF
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct dirent64" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct dirent64... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct dirent64 p;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for DIR64" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for DIR64... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_DIR64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64(".");
+            p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_DIR64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_DIR64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_DIR64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_DIR64" >&6
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DIR64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct stat64" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct stat64... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct stat64 p;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+
+
+
+for ac_func in open64 lseek64
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for off64_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for off64_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	if test "${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+off64_t offset;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+			if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+	else
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+	fi
+    fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_bigendian+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if !BYTE_ORDER || !BIG_ENDIAN || !LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ bogus endian macros
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
+ not big endian
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+# It does not; compile a test program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  # try to guess the endianness by grepping values into an object file
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+short ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
+short ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
+void _ascii () { char *s = (char *) ascii_mm; s = (char *) ascii_ii; }
+short ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
+short ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
+void _ebcdic () { char *s = (char *) ebcdic_mm; s = (char *) ebcdic_ii; }
+int
+main ()
+{
+ _ascii (); _ebcdic ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+  if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
+    ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+  else
+    # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
+    ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+  fi
+fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+int
+main ()
+{
+  /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
+  union
+  {
+    long l;
+    char c[sizeof (long)];
+  } u;
+  u.l = 1;
+  exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6
+case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in
+  yes)
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+_ACEOF
+ ;;
+  no)
+     ;;
+  *)
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unknown endianness
+presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unknown endianness
+presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
+# search path to reflect this.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'
+
+if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
+fi
+
+if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
+        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
+        [package require Tk] may not work correctly in tclsh." >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
+        [package require Tk] may not work correctly in tclsh." >&2;}
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
+#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
+#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
+#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
+#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
+#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
+#	special flag.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fd_set in sys/types" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for fd_set in sys/types... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_type_fd_set+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+fd_set readMask, writeMask;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_type_fd_set" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_type_fd_set" >&6
+tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
+if test $tk_ok = no; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fd_mask in sys/select" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for fd_mask in sys/select... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "fd_mask" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present
+else
+  tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask" >&6
+    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	tk_ok=yes
+    fi
+fi
+if test $tk_ok = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define NO_FD_SET 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#       Find out all about time handling differences.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/time.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------------------- ##
+## Report this to the tk lists.  ##
+## ----------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((struct tm *) 0)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_time=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_time=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_time" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
+#	they don't exist.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mode_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for mode_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_mode_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((mode_t *) 0)
+  return 0;
+if (sizeof (mode_t))
+  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_type_mode_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_mode_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_mode_t = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define mode_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pid_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pid_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_pid_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((pid_t *) 0)
+  return 0;
+if (sizeof (pid_t))
+  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_pid_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define pid_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for size_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for size_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_size_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((size_t *) 0)
+  return 0;
+if (sizeof (size_t))
+  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_type_size_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_size_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_size_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_size_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define size_t unsigned
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uid_t in sys/types.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for uid_t in sys/types.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_uid_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "uid_t" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_type_uid_t=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_type_uid_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_uid_t = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define uid_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define gid_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intptr_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((intptr_t *) 0)
+  return 0;
+if (sizeof (intptr_t))
+  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_intptr_t = yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size signed integer type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size signed integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
+	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t))];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_ok=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
+    done
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&6
+    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define intptr_t $tcl_cv_intptr_t
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uintptr_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for uintptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((uintptr_t *) 0)
+  return 0;
+if (sizeof (uintptr_t))
+  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t = yes; then
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
+	    none; do
+	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t))];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_ok=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_ok=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
+    done
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&6
+    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define uintptr_t $tcl_cv_uintptr_t
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+
+fi
+
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
+#-------------------------------------------
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking pw_gecos in struct pwd" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking pw_gecos in struct pwd... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <pwd.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos" >&6
+if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_PW_GECOS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use Aqua" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use Aqua... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-aqua or --disable-aqua was given.
+if test "${enable_aqua+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_aqua"
+  tk_aqua=$enableval
+else
+  tk_aqua=no
+fi;
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
+	tk_aqua=yes
+	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&2;}
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available" >&2;}
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 9; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later" >&2;}
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+    fi
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tk_aqua" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tk_aqua" >&6
+    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
+	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for 64-bit X11" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for 64-bit X11... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_lib_x11_64+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+		done
+		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
+		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+XrmInitialize();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+		done
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&6
+	fi
+	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
+	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
+	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
+	    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&5
+echo "$as_me: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&6;}
+	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+	    done
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -weak-l flag" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -weak-l flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_ld_weak_l+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <math.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+double f = sin(1.0);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" >&6
+    fi
+
+for ac_header in AvailabilityMacros.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------------------- ##
+## Report this to the tk lists.  ##
+## ----------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if weak import is available" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if weak import is available... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_weak_import+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
+		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
+		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
+		    #endif
+		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
+		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
+		    #endif
+		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+rand();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_weak_import" >&6
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
+		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
+		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
+		    #endif
+		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+		    #endif
+		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
+		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source" >&6
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+	fi
+    fi
+else
+    tk_aqua=no
+fi
+
+if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MAC_OSX_TK 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
+    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
+    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
+    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TK_MAC_DEBUG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+else
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
+    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
+    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
+    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
+    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
+    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+
+# Check whether --with-x or --without-x was given.
+if test "${with_x+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_x"
+
+fi;
+# $have_x is `yes', `no', `disabled', or empty when we do not yet know.
+if test "x$with_x" = xno; then
+  # The user explicitly disabled X.
+  have_x=disabled
+else
+  if test "x$x_includes" != xNONE && test "x$x_libraries" != xNONE; then
+    # Both variables are already set.
+    have_x=yes
+  else
+    if test "${ac_cv_have_x+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # One or both of the vars are not set, and there is no cached value.
+ac_x_includes=no ac_x_libraries=no
+rm -fr conftest.dir
+if mkdir conftest.dir; then
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # Make sure to not put "make" in the Imakefile rules, since we grep it out.
+  cat >Imakefile <<'_ACEOF'
+acfindx:
+	@echo 'ac_im_incroot="${INCROOT}"; ac_im_usrlibdir="${USRLIBDIR}"; ac_im_libdir="${LIBDIR}"'
+_ACEOF
+  if (xmkmf) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then
+    # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+    eval `${MAKE-make} acfindx 2>/dev/null | grep -v make`
+    # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR.
+    for ac_extension in a so sl; do
+      if test ! -f $ac_im_usrlibdir/libX11.$ac_extension &&
+	 test -f $ac_im_libdir/libX11.$ac_extension; then
+	ac_im_usrlibdir=$ac_im_libdir; break
+      fi
+    done
+    # Screen out bogus values from the imake configuration.  They are
+    # bogus both because they are the default anyway, and because
+    # using them would break gcc on systems where it needs fixed includes.
+    case $ac_im_incroot in
+	/usr/include) ;;
+	*) test -f "$ac_im_incroot/X11/Xos.h" && ac_x_includes=$ac_im_incroot;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_im_usrlibdir in
+	/usr/lib | /lib) ;;
+	*) test -d "$ac_im_usrlibdir" && ac_x_libraries=$ac_im_usrlibdir ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  cd ..
+  rm -fr conftest.dir
+fi
+
+# Standard set of common directories for X headers.
+# Check X11 before X11Rn because it is often a symlink to the current release.
+ac_x_header_dirs='
+/usr/X11/include
+/usr/X11R6/include
+/usr/X11R5/include
+/usr/X11R4/include
+
+/usr/include/X11
+/usr/include/X11R6
+/usr/include/X11R5
+/usr/include/X11R4
+
+/usr/local/X11/include
+/usr/local/X11R6/include
+/usr/local/X11R5/include
+/usr/local/X11R4/include
+
+/usr/local/include/X11
+/usr/local/include/X11R6
+/usr/local/include/X11R5
+/usr/local/include/X11R4
+
+/usr/X386/include
+/usr/x386/include
+/usr/XFree86/include/X11
+
+/usr/include
+/usr/local/include
+/usr/unsupported/include
+/usr/athena/include
+/usr/local/x11r5/include
+/usr/lpp/Xamples/include
+
+/usr/openwin/include
+/usr/openwin/share/include'
+
+if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then
+  # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Intrinsic.h.
+  # First, try using that file with no special directory specified.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # We can compile using X headers with no special include directory.
+ac_x_includes=
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do
+  if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Intrinsic.h"; then
+    ac_x_includes=$ac_dir
+    break
+  fi
+done
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+fi # $ac_x_includes = no
+
+if test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then
+  # Check for the libraries.
+  # See if we find them without any special options.
+  # Don't add to $LIBS permanently.
+  ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+  LIBS="-lXt $LIBS"
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+XtMalloc (0)
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+# We can link X programs with no special library path.
+ac_x_libraries=
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+for ac_dir in `echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g`
+do
+  # Don't even attempt the hair of trying to link an X program!
+  for ac_extension in a so sl; do
+    if test -r $ac_dir/libXt.$ac_extension; then
+      ac_x_libraries=$ac_dir
+      break 2
+    fi
+  done
+done
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi # $ac_x_libraries = no
+
+if test "$ac_x_includes" = no || test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then
+  # Didn't find X anywhere.  Cache the known absence of X.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=no"
+else
+  # Record where we found X for the cache.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \
+		ac_x_includes=$ac_x_includes ac_x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries"
+fi
+fi
+
+  fi
+  eval "$ac_cv_have_x"
+fi # $with_x != no
+
+if test "$have_x" != yes; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $have_x" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$have_x" >&6
+  no_x=yes
+else
+  # If each of the values was on the command line, it overrides each guess.
+  test "x$x_includes" = xNONE && x_includes=$ac_x_includes
+  test "x$x_libraries" = xNONE && x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries
+  # Update the cache value to reflect the command line values.
+  ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes \
+		ac_x_includes=$x_includes ac_x_libraries=$x_libraries"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&6
+fi
+
+    not_really_there=""
+    if test "$no_x" = ""; then
+	if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
+	    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  not_really_there="yes"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+	else
+	    if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		not_really_there="yes"
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	found_xincludes="no"
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  found_xincludes="yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  found_xincludes="no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+	if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	    dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
+	    for i in $dirs ; do
+		if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6
+		    XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
+		    found_xincludes="yes"
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    else
+	if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
+	    XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
+	    found_xincludes="yes"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: couldn't find any!" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}couldn't find any!" >&6
+    fi
+
+    if test "$no_x" = yes; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11 libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11 libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	XLIBSW=nope
+	dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
+	for i in $dirs ; do
+	    if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $i" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$i" >&6
+		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
+		x_libraries="$i"
+		break
+	    fi
+	done
+    else
+	if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
+	    XLIBSW=-lX11
+	else
+	    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXwindow  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XCreateWindow ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XCreateWindow ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow = yes; then
+  XLIBSW=-lXwindow
+fi
+
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find any!  Using -lX11." >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}could not find any!  Using -lX11." >&6
+	XLIBSW=-lX11
+    fi
+
+    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
+#	find shared libraries:
+#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
+#	   add the X library location into that search path.
+#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
+#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
+#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
+#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
+#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
+#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
+#	   be replaced by spaces.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
+  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
+  fi
+fi
+if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
+#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
+#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
+#	require a couple of special tricks:
+#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for main in -lXbsd" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for main in -lXbsd... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXbsd  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+main ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xbsd_main = yes; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
+# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
+# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
+# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
+# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
+#
+# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
+# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking MIT X libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking MIT X libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	XOpenDisplay(0);
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
+	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use xft" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use xft... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-xft or --disable-xft was given.
+if test "${enable_xft+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_xft"
+  enable_xft=$enableval
+else
+  enable_xft="default"
+fi;
+    XFT_CFLAGS=""
+    XFT_LIBS=""
+    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xft" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xft" >&6
+    else
+	found_xft="yes"
+			XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
+	    found_xft=yes
+	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	fi
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $found_xft" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$found_xft" >&6
+		if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/Xft/Xft.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/Xft/Xft.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_X11_Xft_Xft_h = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+		found_xft=no
+
+fi
+
+
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+		if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XftFontOpen in -lXft" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XftFontOpen in -lXft... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXft  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XftFontOpen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XftFontOpen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xft_XftFontOpen = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBXFT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  LIBS="-lXft $LIBS"
+
+else
+
+		found_xft=no
+
+fi
+
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+		if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for FcFontSort in -lfontconfig" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for FcFontSort in -lfontconfig... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lfontconfig  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char FcFontSort ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+FcFontSort ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_fontconfig_FcFontSort = yes; then
+
+		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
+
+fi
+
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+		if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
+	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable" >&2;}
+	    fi
+	    enable_xft=no
+	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
+	    XFT_LIBS=""
+	else
+            enable_xft=yes
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
+	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_XFT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    else
+	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
+    fi
+
+
+
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/XKBlib.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/XKBlib.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+#include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_X11_XKBlib_h = yes; then
+
+	xkblib_header_found=yes
+
+else
+
+	xkblib_header_found=no
+
+fi
+
+
+    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XkbKeycodeToKeysym in -lX11" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XkbKeycodeToKeysym in -lX11... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lX11  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XkbKeycodeToKeysym ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XkbKeycodeToKeysym ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_X11_XkbKeycodeToKeysym = yes; then
+
+	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
+
+else
+
+	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
+
+fi
+
+    else
+	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
+    fi
+    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# XXX Do this last.
+# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
+#
+# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
+# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
+# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
+    xss_header_found=no
+    xss_lib_found=no
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to try to use XScreenSaver" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to try to use XScreenSaver... $ECHO_C" >&6
+    # Check whether --enable-xss or --disable-xss was given.
+if test "${enable_xss+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_xss"
+  enable_xss=$enableval
+else
+  enable_xss=yes
+fi;
+    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xss" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xss" >&6
+    else
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_xss" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_xss" >&6
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+#include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_X11_extensions_scrnsaver_h = yes; then
+
+	    xss_header_found=yes
+
+fi
+
+
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define XScreenSaverQueryInfo to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares XScreenSaverQueryInfo.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define XScreenSaverQueryInfo innocuous_XScreenSaverQueryInfo
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char XScreenSaverQueryInfo (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef XScreenSaverQueryInfo
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XScreenSaverQueryInfo ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_XScreenSaverQueryInfo) || defined (__stub___XScreenSaverQueryInfo)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = XScreenSaverQueryInfo;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != XScreenSaverQueryInfo;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXext" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXext... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXext  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XScreenSaverQueryInfo ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XScreenSaverQueryInfo ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xext_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then
+
+		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
+		xss_lib_found=yes
+
+else
+
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXss" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for XScreenSaverQueryInfo in -lXss... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lXss -lXext $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char XScreenSaverQueryInfo ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+XScreenSaverQueryInfo ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_Xss_XScreenSaverQueryInfo = yes; then
+
+		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
+			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
+			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
+			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
+		    else
+			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
+		    fi
+		    xss_lib_found=yes
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    fi
+    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_XSS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    fi
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
+#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether char is unsigned" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether char is unsigned... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_char_unsigned+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((char) -1) < 0)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_char_unsigned=no
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_c_char_unsigned=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_char_unsigned" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_char_unsigned" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_c_char_unsigned = yes && test "$GCC" != yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
+#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"
+
+# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
+# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.
+
+eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+
+if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
+fi
+
+TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
+PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
+HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
+TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
+TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
+WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'
+
+# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
+# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
+# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
+# up the Tcl library.
+
+if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to package libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to package libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+	# Check whether --enable-framework or --disable-framework was given.
+if test "${enable_framework+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_framework"
+  enable_framework=$enableval
+else
+  enable_framework=no
+fi;
+	if test $enable_framework = yes; then
+	    if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes" >&2;}
+		enable_framework=no
+	    fi
+	    if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
+		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available" >&2;}
+		enable_framework=no
+	    fi
+	fi
+	if test $enable_framework = yes; then
+	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: framework" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}framework" >&6
+	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=1
+	else
+	    if test $SHARED_BUILD = 1; then
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared library" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}shared library" >&6
+	    else
+		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static library" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}static library" >&6
+	    fi
+	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk '{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}'`"
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[0-9a-f]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[^_] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
+    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
+    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
+    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
+                        ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in"
+
+    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
+    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
+fi
+
+if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define TK_FRAMEWORK 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
+    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
+              ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands Tk.framework"
+
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
+    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
+        # override libdir default
+        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
+    fi
+    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
+    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
+    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
+    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
+    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
+    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
+    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
+    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
+    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
+    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
+    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
+    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
+    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
+    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
+	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
+    fi
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
+    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
+    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
+    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
+    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
+    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
+else
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
+    fi
+    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
+    eval libdir="$libdir"
+    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
+	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+    else
+	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
+	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
+	else
+	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+	fi
+	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+    fi
+    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
+#       stub support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
+eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"
+
+if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
+    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
+else
+    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+fi
+
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+
+# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
+eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                              ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+} |
+  sed '
+     t clear
+     : clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     : end' >>confcache
+if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+d
+: quote
+s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
+s,\[,\\&,g
+s,\],\\&,g
+s,\$,$$,g
+p
+_ACEOF
+# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
+# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
+# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
+# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
+# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
+# would break.
+ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
+DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
+rm -f confdef2opt.sed
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
+	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
+  # 2. Add them.
+  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by tk $as_me 8.6, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+		   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+tk config.status 8.6
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+     # arguments.
+     ac_option=$1
+     ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --vers* | -V )
+    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  --debug | --d* | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS section.
+#
+
+VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case "$ac_config_target" in
+  # Handling of arguments.
+  "Tk-Info.plist" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in" ;;
+  "Wish-Info.plist" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in" ;;
+  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in" ;;
+  "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in" ;;
+  "tk.pc" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in" ;;
+  "Tk.framework" ) CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS Tk.framework" ;;
+  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
+s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
+s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
+s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
+s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
+s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
+s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
+s,@MAN_FLAGS@,$MAN_FLAGS,;t t
+s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
+s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
+s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
+s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
+s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
+s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t
+s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
+s,@AR@,$AR,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
+s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIBS@,$TCL_LIBS,;t t
+s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t
+s,@DL_OBJS@,$DL_OBJS,;t t
+s,@PLAT_OBJS@,$PLAT_OBJS,;t t
+s,@PLAT_SRCS@,$PLAT_SRCS,;t t
+s,@LDAIX_SRC@,$LDAIX_SRC,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
+s,@CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
+s,@LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
+s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t
+s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
+s,@TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@,$TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS,;t t
+s,@TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@,$TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS,;t t
+s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
+s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
+s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
+s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_LIB@,$INSTALL_LIB,;t t
+s,@DLL_INSTALL_DIR@,$DLL_INSTALL_DIR,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_STUB_LIB@,$INSTALL_STUB_LIB,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
+s,@XFT_CFLAGS@,$XFT_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@XFT_LIBS@,$XFT_LIBS,;t t
+s,@UNIX_FONT_OBJS@,$UNIX_FONT_OBJS,;t t
+s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
+s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
+s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
+s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
+s,@TK_YEAR@,$TK_YEAR,;t t
+s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
+s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
+s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
+s,@TK_INCLUDE_SPEC@,$TK_INCLUDE_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
+s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t
+s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
+s,@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@,$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR,;t t
+s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_FLAGS@,$TCL_STUB_FLAGS,;t t
+s,@XINCLUDES@,$XINCLUDES,;t t
+s,@XLIBSW@,$XLIBSW,;t t
+s,@LOCALES@,$LOCALES,;t t
+s,@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@,$TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM,;t t
+s,@TK_PKG_DIR@,$TK_PKG_DIR,;t t
+s,@TK_LIBRARY@,$TK_LIBRARY,;t t
+s,@LIB_RUNTIME_DIR@,$LIB_RUNTIME_DIR,;t t
+s,@PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR@,$PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR,;t t
+s,@HTML_DIR@,$HTML_DIR,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@,$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES@,$EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_INSTALL@,$EXTRA_INSTALL,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES@,$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_BUILD_HTML@,$EXTRA_BUILD_HTML,;t t
+s,@EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@,$EXTRA_WISH_LIBS,;t t
+s,@CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS@,$CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS,;t t
+s,@TK_RSRC_FILE@,$TK_RSRC_FILE,;t t
+s,@WISH_RSRC_FILE@,$WISH_RSRC_FILE,;t t
+s,@LIB_RSRC_FILE@,$LIB_RSRC_FILE,;t t
+s,@APP_RSRC_FILE@,$APP_RSRC_FILE,;t t
+s,@REZ@,$REZ,;t t
+s,@REZ_FLAGS@,$REZ_FLAGS,;t t
+s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
+CEOF
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+  ac_max_sed_lines=48
+  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+  ac_more_lines=:
+  ac_sed_cmds=
+  while $ac_more_lines; do
+    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    else
+      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    fi
+    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+      ac_more_lines=false
+    else
+      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+      (echo ':t
+  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      else
+	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      fi
+      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+      ac_beg=$ac_end
+      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+    fi
+  done
+  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+    ac_sed_cmds=cat
+  fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+	cat >$tmp/stdin
+	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  else
+    as_dir="$ac_dir"
+    as_dirs=
+    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    done
+    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+
+
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    rm -f "$ac_file"
+  fi
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+    configure_input=
+  else
+    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
+  fi
+  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 echo "$f";;
+      *) # Relative
+	 if test -f "$f"; then
+	   # Build tree
+	   echo "$f"
+	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+	   # Source tree
+	   echo "$srcdir/$f"
+	 else
+	   # /dev/null tree
+	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+  sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/stdin
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+  else
+    cat $tmp/out
+    rm -f $tmp/out
+  fi
+
+done
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_COMMANDS section.
+#
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_COMMANDS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  ac_dest=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
+  ac_source=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_dest") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_dest" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  else
+    as_dir="$ac_dir"
+    as_dirs=
+    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    done
+    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_dest commands" >&5
+echo "$as_me: executing $ac_dest commands" >&6;}
+  case $ac_dest in
+    Tk.framework ) n=Tk &&
+        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
+        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
+        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
+        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
+        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
+        unset n f v
+     ;;
+  esac
+done
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/configure.in b/tk8.6/unix/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7bdf6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+#! /bin/bash -norc
+dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
+dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
+dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.
+
+AC_INIT([tk],[8.6])
+AC_PREREQ(2.59)
+
+dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
+m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
+    AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
+    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H  -imacros tkConfig.h"])
+    AH_TOP([
+    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
+    #define _TKCONFIG])
+    AH_BOTTOM([
+    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
+     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
+])
+
+TK_VERSION=8.6
+TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
+TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
+TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10"
+VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
+LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
+SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+
+if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
+fi
+if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
+Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
+fi
+
+SC_PROG_TCLSH
+SC_BUILD_TCLSH
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
+fi
+if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
+    exec_prefix=$prefix
+fi
+# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
+srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
+TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
+# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
+if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
+    CFLAGS=""
+fi
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_C_INLINE
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
+# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
+if test $tk_ok = 0; then
+    AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
+# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
+	tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+    fi
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SC_ENABLE_THREADS
+
+# Add the threads support libraries
+LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"
+
+SC_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
+# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
+# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+
+SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
+# search path to reflect this.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'
+
+if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
+fi
+
+if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([
+        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
+        [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
+#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
+#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
+#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
+#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
+#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
+#	special flag.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
+	tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)])
+tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
+if test $tk_ok = no; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
+	AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
+	     tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
+	tk_ok=yes
+    fi
+fi
+if test $tk_ok = no; then
+    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
+fi
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#       Find out all about time handling differences.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
+#	they don't exist.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_TYPE_UID_T
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
+    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
+	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
+	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
+		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
+		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
+	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
+    done])
+    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
+	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
+    fi
+])
+AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
+    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
+	    none; do
+	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
+	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
+		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
+		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
+	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
+    done])
+    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
+	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
+    fi
+])
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
+#-------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
+	    [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;],
+	    tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)])
+if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
+	    [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
+	[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
+	tk_aqua=yes
+	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
+	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
+	    tk_aqua=no
+	fi
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
+    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
+	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
+		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+		done
+		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
+		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
+		    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
+		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+		done])
+	fi
+	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
+	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
+	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
+	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
+	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+	    done
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
+	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
+	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
+		tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no)
+	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
+    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	    AC_TRY_LINK([
+		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
+		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
+		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
+		    #endif
+		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
+		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
+		    #endif
+		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
+		], [rand();],
+		tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no)
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
+	fi
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
+	    tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
+	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
+		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
+		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
+		    #endif
+		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+		    #endif
+		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
+		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
+		],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no)
+	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
+		    [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
+	fi
+    fi
+else
+    tk_aqua=no
+fi
+
+if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
+    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
+    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
+    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
+    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
+        AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
+    fi
+else
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
+    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
+    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
+    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
+    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
+    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    SC_PATH_X
+    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
+#	find shared libraries:
+#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
+#	   add the X library location into that search path.
+#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
+#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
+#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
+#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
+#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
+#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
+#	   be replaced by spaces.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
+  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
+  fi
+fi
+if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
+    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
+#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
+#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
+#	require a couple of special tricks:
+#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
+# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
+# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
+# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
+# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
+#
+# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
+# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([
+	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+    ], [
+	XOpenDisplay(0);
+    ], [
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
+	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
+    ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
+	    [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
+	[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
+    XFT_CFLAGS=""
+    XFT_LIBS=""
+    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
+    else
+	found_xft="yes"
+	dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
+	dnl says that xft is present.
+	XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
+	    found_xft=yes
+	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
+	dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
+	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
+	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
+		found_xft=no
+	    ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+	dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
+	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
+		found_xft=no
+	    ])
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+	dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
+	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
+	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
+	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
+		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
+	    ], [])
+	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+	fi
+	dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
+	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
+	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
+	    fi
+	    enable_xft=no
+	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
+	    XFT_LIBS=""
+	else
+            enable_xft=yes
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
+	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
+    else
+	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
+	xkblib_header_found=yes
+    ], [
+	xkblib_header_found=no
+    ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
+    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
+	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
+	], [
+	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
+	])
+    else
+	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
+    fi
+    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
+    fi
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([
+	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+    ], [
+	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
+    ], [
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ], [
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
+	])
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# XXX Do this last.
+# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
+#
+# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
+# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
+# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if test $tk_aqua = no; then
+    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
+    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
+    xss_header_found=no
+    xss_lib_found=no
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
+	    [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
+	[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
+    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
+	    xss_header_found=yes
+	],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
+		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
+		xss_lib_found=yes
+	    ], [
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
+		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
+			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
+			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
+			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
+		    else
+			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
+		    fi
+		    xss_lib_found=yes
+		],, -lXext)
+	    ])
+	])
+    fi
+    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
+    fi
+    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
+    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
+#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
+#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"
+
+# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
+# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.
+
+eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+
+if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
+fi
+
+TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
+PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
+HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
+TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
+TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
+WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'
+
+# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
+# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
+# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
+# up the Tcl library.
+
+if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+    SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
+    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
+    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
+    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
+    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
+    AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
+    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
+    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
+fi
+
+if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
+    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
+    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
+    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
+        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
+        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
+        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
+        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
+        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
+        unset n f v
+    ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
+    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
+        # override libdir default
+        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
+    fi
+    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
+    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
+    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
+    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
+    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
+    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
+    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
+    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
+    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
+    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
+    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
+    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
+    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
+    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
+	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
+	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
+    fi
+    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
+    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
+    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
+    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
+    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
+    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
+else
+    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
+        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
+    fi
+    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
+    eval libdir="$libdir"
+    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
+	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+    else
+	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
+	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
+	else
+	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+	fi
+	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+    fi
+    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
+#       stub support.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
+eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
+eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"
+
+if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
+    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
+else
+    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
+fi
+
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+
+# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
+eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
+AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
+AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
+AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
+AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
+
+AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
+AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
+AC_SUBST(LOCALES)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
+AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
+AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
+AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
+AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
+AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)
+
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)
+
+AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
+AC_SUBST(REZ)
+AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([
+    Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
+    tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
+    tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
+])
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+dnl Local Variables:
+dnl mode: autoconf
+dnl End:
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/install-sh b/tk8.6/unix/install-sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c34c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -S            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/installManPage b/tk8.6/unix/installManPage
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4d615bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/installManPage
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+########################################################################
+### Parse Options
+###
+
+Gzip=:
+SymOrLoc=""
+Gz=""
+Suffix=""
+
+while true; do
+    case $1 in
+        -s | --symlinks  ) SymOrLoc="-s "      ;;
+        -z | --compress  )     Gzip=$2;  shift ;;
+	-e | --extension )       Gz=$2;  shift ;;
+	-x | --suffix    )   Suffix=$2;  shift ;;
+	-*) cat <<EOF
+Unknown option "$1". Supported options:
+    -s         Use symbolic links for manpages with multiple names.
+    -z PROG    Use PROG to compress manual pages.
+    -e EXT     Defines the extension added by -z PROG when compressing.
+    -x SUFF    Defines an extra extension suffix to use.
+Option names may not be combined getopt-style.
+EOF
+	    exit 1 ;;
+	*)  break ;;
+    esac
+    shift
+done
+if test "$#" != 2; then
+    echo "Usage: installManPages <options> file dir"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+########################################################################
+### Parse Required Arguments
+###
+
+ManPage=$1
+Dir=$2
+if test -f $ManPage ; then : ; else
+    echo "source manual page file must exist"
+    exit 1
+fi
+if test -d $Dir ; then : ; else
+    echo "target directory must exist"
+    exit 1
+fi
+test -z "$SymOrLoc" && SymOrLoc="$Dir/"
+
+########################################################################
+### Extract Target Names from Manual Page
+###
+
+# A sed script to parse the alternative names out of a man page.
+#
+# Backslashes are trippled in the sed script, because it is in
+# backticks which doesn't pass backslashes literally.
+#
+Names=`sed -n '
+#                               Look for a line that starts with .SH NAME
+    /^\.SH NAME/{
+#                               Read next line
+	n
+#                               Remove all commas ...
+	s/,//g
+#                               ... and backslash-escaped spaces.
+	s/\\\ //g
+#                               Delete from \- to the end of line
+	s/ \\\-.*//
+#                               Convert all non-space non-alphanum sequences
+#                               to single underscores.
+	s/[^ A-Za-z0-9][^ A-Za-z0-9]*/_/g
+#                               print the result and exit
+	p;q
+    }' $ManPage`
+
+if test -z "$Names" ; then
+    echo "warning: no target names found in $ManPage"
+fi
+
+########################################################################
+### Remaining Set Up
+###
+
+case $ManPage in
+    *.1) Section=1 ;;
+    *.3) Section=3 ;;
+    *.n) Section=n ;;
+    *)	echo "unknown section for $ManPage"
+	exit 2 ;;
+esac
+
+SrcDir=`dirname $ManPage`
+
+########################################################################
+### Process Page to Create Target Pages
+###
+
+First=""
+for Target in $Names; do
+    Target=$Target.$Section$Suffix
+    rm -f $Dir/$Target $Dir/$Target.*
+    if test -z "$First" ; then
+	First=$Target
+	sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \
+	    $ManPage > $Dir/$First
+	chmod 444 $Dir/$First
+	$Gzip $Dir/$First
+    else
+	ln $SymOrLoc$First$Gz $Dir/$Target$Gz
+    fi
+done
+
+########################################################################
+exit 0
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4 b/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1953798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tcl.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,3074 @@
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
+#	the Tcl compile flags
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tcl=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tclConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
+	no_tcl=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
+		[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tclconfig="${withval}")
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
+		    */tclConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tcl \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh])
+	else
+	    no_tcl=
+	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_PATH_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Locate the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--with-tk=...
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
+#				the tkConfig.sh file
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TKCONFIG], [
+    #
+    # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
+    # First, look for one uninstalled.
+    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
+    #
+
+    if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
+	# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
+	no_tk=true
+	AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
+		[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
+	    with_tkconfig="${withval}")
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
+
+	    # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
+	    if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
+		case "${with_tkconfig}" in
+		    */tkConfig.sh )
+			if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself])
+			    with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`"
+			fi ;;
+		esac
+		if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+		    ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`"
+		else
+		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
+		fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # then check for a private Tk library
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			../../../tk \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
+	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few common install locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \
+			; do
+		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+
+	    # check in a few other private locations
+	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+		for i in \
+			${srcdir}/../tk \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
+		    if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
+			break
+		    fi
+		done
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh])
+	else
+	    no_tk=
+	    TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}"
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCL_BIN_DIR
+#		TCL_SRC_DIR
+#		TCL_LIB_FILE
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TCL_DEFS} in
+	    *TCL_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
+#
+#	Load the tkConfig.sh file
+#
+# Arguments:
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
+#		TK_BIN_DIR
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+	. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
+    else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+
+    # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
+        TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
+        TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}"
+    elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then
+	# If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries
+	# from the framework at the given location so that linking works
+	# against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location.
+	case ${TK_DEFS} in
+	    *TK_FRAMEWORK*)
+		if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \
+			     "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do
+			if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then
+			    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}"
+			    break
+			fi
+		    done
+		fi
+		if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}"  | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
+		    TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
+    eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
+
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_PROG_TCLSH
+#	Locate a tclsh shell installed on the system path. This macro
+#	will only find a Tcl shell that already exists on the system.
+#	It will not find a Tcl shell in the Tcl build directory or
+#	a Tcl shell that has been installed from the Tcl build directory.
+#	If a Tcl shell can't be located on the PATH, then TCLSH_PROG will
+#	be set to "". Extensions should take care not to create Makefile
+#	rules that are run by default and depend on TCLSH_PROG. An
+#	extension can't assume that an executable Tcl shell exists at
+#	build time.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Substitutes the following vars:
+#		TCLSH_PROG
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_PROG_TCLSH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_tclsh, [
+	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
+	for dir in $search_path ; do
+	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[[8-9]]* 2> /dev/null` \
+		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
+		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
+		    if test -f "$j" ; then
+			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
+			break
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    done
+	done
+    ])
+
+    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
+	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$TCLSH_PROG])
+    else
+	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
+	TCLSH_PROG=""
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([No tclsh found on PATH])
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_BUILD_TCLSH
+#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable
+#	in the Tcl build directory. This macro will correctly determine
+#	the name of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet
+#	been built in the build directory. The build tclsh must be used
+#	when running tests from an extension build directory. It is not
+#	correct to use the TCLSH_PROG in cases like this.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Substitutes the following values:
+#		BUILD_TCLSH
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory])
+    BUILD_TCLSH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/tclsh
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILD_TCLSH])
+    AC_SUBST(BUILD_TCLSH)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_ENABLE_SHARED --
+#
+#	Allows the building of shared libraries
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-shared=yes|no
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		STATIC_BUILD	Used for building import/export libraries
+#				on Windows.
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		SHARED_BUILD	Value of 1 or 0
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
+	    [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+	enableval="$enable_shared"
+	tcl_ok=$enableval
+    else
+	tcl_ok=yes
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
+	SHARED_BUILD=1
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
+	SHARED_BUILD=0
+	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
+#
+#	Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-framework=yes|no
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		FRAMEWORK_BUILD	Value of 1 or 0
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [
+    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries])
+	AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework,
+	    AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-framework],
+		[package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks (default: off)]),
+	    [enable_framework=$enableval], [enable_framework=no])
+	if test $enable_framework = yes; then
+	    if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes])
+		enable_framework=no
+	    fi
+	    if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
+		enable_framework=no
+	    fi
+	fi
+	if test $enable_framework = yes; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([framework])
+	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=1
+	else
+	    if test $SHARED_BUILD = 1; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([shared library])
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
+	    fi
+	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
+#
+#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-threads
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		TCL_THREADS
+#		_REENTRANT
+#		_THREAD_SAFE
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
+	    [build with threads (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	tcl_threaded_core=1;
+    fi
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	TCL_THREADS=1
+	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
+	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
+	    [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
+	AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		    [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+	fi
+	AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	    # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
+	    # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
+	    # defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
+	    # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
+	    # exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
+		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	fi
+
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    # The space is needed
+	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
+	else
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
+		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+		# The space is needed
+		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
+	    else
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
+		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+		    AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
+			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+			# The space is needed
+			THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
+		    else
+			TCL_THREADS=0
+			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
+		    fi
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+	# Does the pthread-implementation provide
+	# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?
+
+	ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
+	LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
+    else
+	TCL_THREADS=0
+    fi
+    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
+    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
+	if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	fi
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    fi
+
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
+#
+#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
+#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
+#	can also be enabled.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
+#		CFLAGS_DEBUG
+#		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
+#		LDFLAGS_DEBUG
+#		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-symbols
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
+#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
+#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
+#		DBGX		Formerly used as debug library extension;
+#				always blank now.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
+	    [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
+# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
+    DBGX=""
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
+	AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED, 1, [Is this an optimized build?])
+    else
+	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
+	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
+	fi
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?])
+    fi
+
+    ifelse($1,bccdebug,dnl Only enable 'compile' for the Tcl core itself
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG, 1, [Is bytecode debugging enabled?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_STATS, 1, [Are bytecode statistics enabled?])
+	fi)
+
+    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem ]ifelse($1,bccdebug,[compile ])[debugging])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO --
+#
+#	Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n.
+#	This is only relevant for Unix.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes)
+#
+#	Defines the following vars:
+#		HAVE_LANGINFO	Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
+	    [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
+	[langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
+
+    HAVE_LANGINFO=0
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
+    if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+		    [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
+	if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
+	fi
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES
+#
+#	Decide whether to use symlinks for linking the manpages,
+#	whether to compress the manpages after installation, and
+#	whether to add a package name suffix to the installed
+#	manpages to avoidfile name clashes.
+#	If compression is enabled also find out what file name suffix
+#	the given compression program is using.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
+#		--enable-man-symlinks
+#		--enable-man-compression=PROG
+#		--enable-man-suffix[=STRING]
+#
+#	Defines the following variable:
+#
+#	MAN_FLAGS -	The apropriate flags for installManPage
+#			according to the user's selection.
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-symlinks],
+	    [use symlinks for the manpages (default: off)]),
+	test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks",
+	enableval="no")
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to compress the manpages])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-compression,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-compression=PROG],
+	    [compress the manpages with PROG (default: off)]),
+	[case $enableval in
+	    yes) AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument to --enable-man-compression]);;
+	    no)  ;;
+	    *)   MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";;
+	esac],
+	enableval="no")
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
+    if test "$enableval" != "no"; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for compressed file suffix])
+	touch TeST
+	$enableval TeST
+	Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'`
+	rm -f TeST*
+	MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([$Z])
+    fi
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-suffix,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-suffix=STRING],
+	    [use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names (default: no, AC_PACKAGE_NAME if enabled without specifying STRING)]),
+	[case $enableval in
+	    yes) enableval="AC_PACKAGE_NAME" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
+	    no)  ;;
+	    *)   MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
+	esac],
+	enableval="no")
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
+
+    AC_SUBST(MAN_FLAGS)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+#
+#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
+#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
+#	"uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
+#	this doesn't work.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#	Defines the following var:
+#
+#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
+	if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
+	else
+	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
+	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
+		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
+		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
+	    else
+		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
+		# results, and the version is kept in special file).
+
+		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
+		fi
+		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
+		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
+		fi
+	    fi
+	fi
+    ])
+    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+#
+#	Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler
+#	for building shared libraries and other such nonsense.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines and substitutes the following vars:
+#
+#       DL_OBJS -       Name of the object file that implements dynamic
+#                       loading for Tcl on this system.
+#       DL_LIBS -       Library file(s) to include in tclsh and other base
+#                       applications in order for the "load" command to work.
+#       LDFLAGS -      Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object
+#                       files into an executable application binary such
+#                       as tclsh.
+#       LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could
+#                       be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link.
+#       CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib",
+#                       that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look
+#                       for shared libraries such as libtcl.so.  Depends on
+#                       the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile.
+#       MAKE_LIB -      Command to execute to build the a library;
+#                       differs when building shared or static.
+#       MAKE_STUB_LIB -
+#                       Command to execute to build a stub library.
+#       INSTALL_LIB -   Command to execute to install a library;
+#                       differs when building shared or static.
+#       INSTALL_STUB_LIB -
+#                       Command to execute to install a stub library.
+#       STLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
+#                       into a static library.
+#       SHLIB_CFLAGS -  Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components
+#                       of a shared library (may request position-independent
+#                       code, among other things).
+#       SHLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
+#                       into a shared library.
+#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
+#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
+#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
+#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
+#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
+#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
+#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
+#                       SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
+#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
+#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
+#                       as its value.
+#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
+#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
+#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
+# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS
+#  TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS   for the build of Tcl and Tk, but not recorded in the
+#                       tclConfig.sh, since they are only used for the build
+#                       of Tcl and Tk.
+#                       Examples: MacOS X records the library version and
+#                       compatibility version in the shared library.  But
+#                       of course the Tcl version of this is only used for Tcl.
+#       LIB_SUFFIX -    Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo"
+#                       in a static or shared library name, using the $VERSION variable
+#                       to put the version in the right place.  This is used
+#                       by platforms that need non-standard library names.
+#                       Examples:  ${VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs
+#                       to have a version after the .so, and ${VERSION}.a
+#                       on AIX, since a shared library needs to have
+#                       a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable
+#                       extensions have a .so extension.  Defaults to
+#                       ${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}.
+#       TCL_LIBS -
+#                       Libs to use when linking Tcl shell or some other
+#                       shell that includes Tcl libs.
+#	CFLAGS_DEBUG -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode
+#	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE -
+#			Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode
+#	CFLAGS -	Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit)
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
+
+    # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
+	    [enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
+
+    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
+	    [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
+	[do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
+    # Force 64bit on with VIS
+    AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes])
+
+    # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
+    # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"],
+	tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [
+	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
+	AC_TRY_LINK([
+	    extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
+	    void f(void) {}], [f();], tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes,
+	    tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no)
+	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [
+	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE,
+	    [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))],
+	    [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+    ])
+
+    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested])
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath],
+	    [disable rpath support (default: on)]),
+	[doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath])
+
+    # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
+    # for the system.
+
+    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+
+    # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library.  This is needed because
+    # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, have_dl=yes, have_dl=no)
+
+    # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
+
+    AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
+
+    # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.
+
+    do64bit_ok=no
+    # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
+    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
+    LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS"
+    # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
+    # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
+    # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
+    LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
+    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
+    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
+    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
+    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
+    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
+    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
+	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
+    ], [
+	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
+	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
+    ])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+    PLAT_OBJS=""
+    PLAT_SRCS=""
+    LDAIX_SRC=""
+    AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=".1.0"],[SHLIB_VERSION=".${SHLIB_VERSION}"])
+    case $system in
+	AIX-*)
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
+		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
+		case "${CC}" in
+		    *_r|*_r\ *)
+			# ok ...
+			;;
+		    *)
+			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
+		    	CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'`
+			;;
+		esac
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads])
+	    ])
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH"
+
+	    # ldAix No longer needed with use of -bexpall/-brtl
+	    # but some extensions may still reference it
+	    LDAIX_SRC='$(UNIX_DIR)/ldAix'
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+		], [
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64"
+		    RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64"
+		    AR="${AR} -X64"
+		    SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64"
+		])
+	    ])
+
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
+		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		# AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so
+		DL_LIBS=""
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		], [
+		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		])
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall'
+		], [
+		    SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl"
+		])
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	BeOS*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs
+	    # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which
+	    # is always linked to, for compatibility.
+	    #-----------------------------------------------------------
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"])
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	BSD/OS-4.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
+	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
+	    TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.dll.a'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$[@].a"
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK(for Cygwin version of gcc,
+		ac_cv_cygwin,
+		AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+		#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+		    #error cygwin
+		#endif
+		], [],
+		ac_cv_cygwin=no,
+		ac_cv_cygwin=yes)
+	    )
+	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
+	    fi
+	    if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads])
+	    fi
+	    do64bit_ok=yes
+	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
+		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
+		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
+		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
+		then :
+		else
+		    { echo "configure: error: configure failed for ../win" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+		fi
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	dgux*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	Haiku*)
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-lroot"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"])
+	    ;;
+	HP-UX-*.11.*)
+	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
+	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet"               # Use the XOPEN network library
+
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    ], [
+		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    ])
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    ])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z"
+	    ])
+
+	    # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
+	    #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
+			hppa64*)
+			    # 64-bit gcc in use.  Fix flags for GNU ld.
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+			    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+				CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+			    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+			    ;;
+			*)
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
+			    ;;
+		    esac
+		], [
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64"
+		    LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64"
+		])
+	    ]) ;;
+	HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*)
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
+	    AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
+		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
+		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
+		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
+		LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
+	    ]) ;;
+	IRIX-5.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp)
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    ;;
+	IRIX-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp)
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
+	    ], [
+		case $system in
+		    IRIX-6.3)
+			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
+			;;
+		    *)
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32"
+			;;
+		esac
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32"
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	IRIX64-6.*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp)
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+	        AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	            AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
+	        ], [
+	            do64bit_ok=yes
+	            SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
+	            CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
+	            LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
+	        ])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
+	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
+	    # get rid of the warnings.
+	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
+
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
+	    AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
+		AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [
+		    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes, tcl_cv_cc_m64=no)
+		    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+		AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+		    do64bit_ok=yes
+		])
+	   ])
+
+	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
+	    # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
+	    # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
+	    # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
+	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
+
+	    AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
+	    ;;
+	Lynx*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
+	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-02*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	MP-RAS-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OpenBSD-*)
+	    arch=`arch -s`
+	    case "$arch" in
+	    alpha|sparc64)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+		;;
+	    *)
+		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
+		#		Don't link with -lpthread
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    ])
+	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	NetBSD-*)
+	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
+	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    LDFLAGS=""
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
+		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
+	    case $system in
+	    FreeBSD-3.*)
+		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
+		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
+		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
+		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	Darwin-*)
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
+	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
+	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
+	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
+	    CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`"
+	    CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \
+		awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \
+		if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`"
+	    AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
+		case `arch` in
+		    ppc)
+			AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag],
+				tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes,
+				    tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no)
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+			AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			]);;
+		    i386)
+			AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag],
+				tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [
+			    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes,
+				    tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no)
+			    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
+			AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			]);;
+		    *)
+			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);;
+		esac
+	    ], [
+		# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
+		AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
+		    && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [
+		    fat_32_64=yes])
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
+	    AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
+		"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"])
+	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
+		    tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes,
+			tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no)
+		LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
+	    ])
+	    AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
+		AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__],
+		    [Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+	    ])
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+	    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TCL, 1, [Is this a Mac I see before me?])
+	    PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}'
+	    PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}'
+	    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use CoreFoundation])
+	    AC_ARG_ENABLE(corefoundation,
+		AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-corefoundation],
+		    [use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on)]),
+		[tcl_corefoundation=$enableval], [tcl_corefoundation=yes])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_corefoundation])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_corefoundation = yes], [
+		AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CoreFoundation.framework],
+			tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation, [
+		    hold_libs=$LIBS
+		    AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    # On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit
+			    # archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for
+			    # presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in
+			    # tclUnixPort.h if necessary.
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
+			done])
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
+		    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>],
+			[CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();],
+			tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes,
+			tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no)
+		    AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+		        done])
+		    LIBS=$hold_libs])
+		AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes], [
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
+		    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_COREFOUNDATION, 1,
+			[Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework?])
+		], [tcl_corefoundation=no])
+		AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes],[
+		    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit CoreFoundation],
+			    tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64, [
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
+			done
+			AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>],
+			    [CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();],
+			    tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes,
+			    tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no)
+			for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
+			    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
+			done])
+		    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no], [
+			AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
+			    [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
+                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
+		    ])
+		])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	NEXTSTEP-*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OS/390-*)
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
+	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
+		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
+	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
+	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-1.*)
+	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [
+	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	OSF1-V*)
+	    # Digital OSF/1
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    ], [
+	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
+	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
+	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
+		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
+		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
+		], [
+		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
+		])
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	QNX-6*)
+	    # QNX RTP
+	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    # dlopen is in -lc on QNX
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SCO_SV-3.2*)
+	    # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However,
+	    # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and
+	    # below.
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ], [
+	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
+	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS=""
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SINIX*5.4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+
+	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
+	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
+	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
+	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
+
+	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'
+	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
+	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
+	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
+
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ], [
+		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-5*)
+	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
+	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.
+
+	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
+	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
+		[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
+
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+
+	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
+	    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+			AS_IF([test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 3], [
+			    AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system])
+			], [
+			    do64bit_ok=yes
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9"
+			    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
+			])
+		    ], [
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = yes], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a"
+			], [
+			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9"
+			    LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9"
+			])
+			# Solaris 64 uses this as well
+			#LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"
+		    ])
+		], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
+				do64bit_ok=yes
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]);;
+			esac
+		    ], [
+			do64bit_ok=yes
+			case $system in
+			    SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";;
+			    *)
+				CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64"
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";;
+			esac
+		    ])
+		], [AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])])])
+	    ])
+
+	    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	    # On Solaris 5.x i386 with the sunpro compiler we need to link
+	    # with sunmath to get floating point rounding control
+	    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes],[use_sunmath=no],[
+		arch=`isainfo`
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use -lsunmath for fp rounding control])
+		AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386" -o "$arch" = "i386"], [
+			AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+			MATH_LIBS="-lsunmath $MATH_LIBS"
+			AC_CHECK_HEADER(sunmath.h)
+			use_sunmath=yes
+			], [
+			AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+			use_sunmath=no
+		])
+	    ])
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
+		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
+		AS_IF([test "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [
+		    AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [
+			# We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to
+			# add the path to the sparv9 libgcc.
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc"
+			# for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc
+			# path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9'
+			#v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..."
+			#CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir"
+		    ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [
+			SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc"
+		    ])])
+		])
+	    ], [
+		AS_IF([test "$use_sunmath" = yes], [textmode=textoff],[textmode=text])
+		case $system in
+		    SunOS-5.[[1-9]][[0-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[7-9]])
+			SHLIB_LD="\${CC} -G -z $textmode \${LDFLAGS}";;
+		    *)
+			SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z $textmode";;
+		esac
+		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
+	    ])
+	    ;;
+	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
+	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
+	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
+	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
+	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
+	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
+	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
+	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
+	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [
+		hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no)
+	        LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
+	    AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
+	    ])
+	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	    ;;
+    esac
+
+    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no], [
+	AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform])
+    ])
+
+    AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT, 1, [Is this a 64-bit build?])
+    ])
+
+dnl # Add any CPPFLAGS set in the environment to our CFLAGS, but delay doing so
+dnl # until the end of configure, as configure's compile and link tests use
+dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
+dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
+    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
+
+    # Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
+
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-load],
+	    [allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: on)]),
+	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
+    AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = no], [DL_OBJS=""])
+
+    AS_IF([test "x$DL_OBJS" != x], [BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"], [
+	AC_MSG_WARN([Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system.])
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
+	SHLIB_LD=""
+	SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
+	DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o"
+	DL_LIBS=""
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS_ORIG"
+	CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
+	BUILD_DLTEST=""
+    ])
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH"
+
+    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
+    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
+    # standard manufacturer compiler.
+
+    AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
+	case $system in
+	    AIX-*) ;;
+	    BSD/OS*) ;;
+	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
+	    IRIX*) ;;
+	    NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
+	    Darwin-*) ;;
+	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
+	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
+	esac])
+
+    AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
+	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern],
+	    [No Compiler support for module scope symbols])
+    ])
+
+    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
+	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'])
+    AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
+	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a'])
+    DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+    AS_IF([test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""], [
+        LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
+        MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o [$]@ ${OBJS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}'
+        AS_IF([test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"], [
+            INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)";if test -f $(LIB_FILE).a; then $(INSTALL_DATA) $(LIB_FILE).a "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; fi;'
+            DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
+        ], [
+            INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
+        ])
+    ], [
+        LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
+
+        AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
+            MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) [$]@ ${OBJS}'
+        ], [
+            MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
+        ])
+        INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
+    ])
+
+    # Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration
+    AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
+        MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}'
+    ], [
+        MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
+    ])
+    INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"'
+
+    # Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is.
+    # The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if
+    # it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk.
+    AS_IF([test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x], [
+        TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}"])
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+
+	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
+	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
+	# warning when initializing a union member.
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
+	    [
+		  union foo { int i; double d; };
+		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
+	    ],
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes,
+	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no)
+	)
+	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
+		    [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
+	fi
+
+    # FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS
+    # entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone
+    # would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS.
+    AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
+
+    AC_SUBST(DL_OBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(PLAT_OBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(PLAT_SRCS)
+    AC_SUBST(LDAIX_SRC)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
+
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
+    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
+    AC_SUBST(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)
+
+    AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS)
+    AC_SUBST(TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
+    AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_SHLIB_EXT,"${SHLIB_SUFFIX}",
+	[What is the default extension for shared libraries?])
+
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTALL_STUB_LIB)
+    AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
+#
+#	Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files.  Special
+#	notes:
+#	    - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
+#	      strtod insome versions of SunOS
+#	    - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
+#	      as strstr
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		NO_DIRENT_H
+#		NO_VALUES_H
+#		NO_STDLIB_H
+#		NO_STRING_H
+#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
+#		NO_DLFCN_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#
+#		HAVE_STRING_H ?
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>], [
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#   ifdef __Lynx__
+	/*
+	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
+	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
+	 */
+
+	missing_procedure();
+#   endif
+#endif
+DIR *d;
+struct dirent *entryPtr;
+char *p;
+d = opendir("foobar");
+entryPtr = readdir(d);
+p = entryPtr->d_name;
+closedir(d);
+], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])
+
+    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
+
+    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
+    # set and why.
+
+    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])])
+
+    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
+    AC_HAVE_HEADERS(sys/param.h)
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_PATH_X
+#
+#	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
+#	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
+#	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
+#	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
+#	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
+#	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Sets the following vars:
+#		XINCLUDES
+#		XLIBSW
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [
+    AC_PATH_X
+    not_really_there=""
+    if test "$no_x" = ""; then
+	if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
+	    AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], , not_really_there="yes")
+	else
+	    if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		not_really_there="yes"
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
+	found_xincludes="no"
+	AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no")
+	if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	    dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
+	    for i in $dirs ; do
+		if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
+		    AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		    XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
+		    found_xincludes="yes"
+		    break
+		fi
+	    done
+	fi
+    else
+	if test "$x_includes" != ""; then
+	    XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes"
+	    found_xincludes="yes"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!])
+    fi
+
+    if test "$no_x" = yes; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries])
+	XLIBSW=nope
+	dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib"
+	for i in $dirs ; do
+	    if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
+		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
+		x_libraries="$i"
+		break
+	    fi
+	done
+    else
+	if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then
+	    XLIBSW=-lX11
+	else
+	    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow)
+    fi
+    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any!  Using -lX11.])
+	XLIBSW=-lX11
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_BLOCKING_STYLE
+#
+#	The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style
+#	non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented.
+#	On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style
+#	FIONBIO approach instead.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+#		HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H
+#		USE_FIONBIO
+#		O_NONBLOCK
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
+    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
+    case $system in
+	OSF*)
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
+	    ;;
+	SunOS-4*)
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
+	    ;;
+    esac
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TIME_HANLDER
+#
+#	Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures
+#	are used on the system, and what fields the structures have.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	none
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Defines some of the following vars:
+#		USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ
+#		HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+#		HAVE_TM_TZADJ
+#		HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
+    AC_HEADER_TIME
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime)
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;],
+	    tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
+    fi
+
+    #
+    # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
+    # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
+    #
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+	    [extern long timezone;
+	    timezone += 1;
+	    exit (0);],
+	    tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)])
+    if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+    else
+	#
+	# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
+	#
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+		[extern time_t timezone;
+		timezone += 1;
+		exit (0);],
+		tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)])
+	if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
+#
+#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
+#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
+#	-lnsl) are dealt with here.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might append to the following vars:
+#		LIBS
+#		MATH_LIBS
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
+    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
+    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(net/errno.h, [
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H, 1, [Do we have <net/errno.h>?])])
+
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
+    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
+    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
+    #	special considerations:
+    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
+    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
+    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
+    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
+    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
+    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
+    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
+    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
+    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
+    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
+    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
+    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    tcl_checkBoth=0
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, tcl_checkSocket=0, tcl_checkSocket=1)
+    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(setsockopt, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, setsockopt,
+	    LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket", tcl_checkBoth=1)])
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
+	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
+	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
+#	features are available.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		_ISOC99_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+#		_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
+    AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1
+]$2], $3,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
+		[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)))
+    if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
+	AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
+	tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags])
+    tcl_flags=""
+    SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;])
+    SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);])
+    SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>],
+	[char *p = (char *)open64;])
+    if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([none])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
+#
+#	Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+#		TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, HAVE_DIR64
+#		HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
+#		HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
+	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
+	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
+	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
+	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
+	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
+	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
+            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
+        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
+    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
+	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
+
+	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
+		tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DIR64], tcl_cv_DIR64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64(".");
+            p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);],
+		tcl_cv_DIR64=yes,tcl_cv_DIR64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIR64, 1, [Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
+],
+		tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
+	AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset;
+],
+		tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)])
+	dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
+	dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
+	if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
+	        test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING	TIP #59
+#
+#	Declare the encoding to use for embedded configuration information.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None.
+#
+# Results:
+#	Might append to the following vars:
+#		DEFS	(implicit)
+#
+#	Will define the following vars:
+#		TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
+    AC_ARG_WITH(encoding,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-encoding],
+	    [encoding for configuration values (default: iso8859-1)]),
+	with_tcencoding=${withval})
+
+    if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}",
+	    [What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"iso8859-1",
+	    [What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC
+#
+#	Check for broken function.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	funcName - function to test for
+#	advancedTest - the advanced test to run if the function is present
+#
+# Results:
+#	Might cause compatibility versions of the function to be used.
+#	Might affect the following vars:
+#		USE_COMPAT	(implicit)
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
+    if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken],
+	    AC_TRY_RUN([[int main() {]$2[}]],[tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=ok,
+		[tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=broken,[tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken]=unknown))
+	if test ["$tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken"] = "ok"; then
+	    tcl_ok=1
+	else
+	    tcl_ok=0
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 0; then
+	AC_LIBOBJ($1)
+	USE_COMPAT=1
+    fi
+])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R
+#
+#	Check if we have MT-safe variant of gethostbyaddr().
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <netdb.h>
+    ], [
+	char *addr;
+	int length;
+	int type;
+	struct hostent *result;
+	char buffer[2048];
+	int buflen = 2048;
+	int h_errnop;
+
+	(void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
+			       &h_errnop);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 7 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 8 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <netdb.h>
+	], [
+	    char *addr;
+	    int length;
+	    int type;
+	    struct hostent *result, *resultp;
+	    char buffer[2048];
+	    int buflen = 2048;
+	    int h_errnop;
+
+	    (void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
+				   &resultp, &h_errnop);
+	], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 8 args.])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R
+#
+#	Check to see what variant of gethostbyname_r() we have.
+#	Based on David Arnold's example from the comp.programming.threads
+#	FAQ Q213
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_3
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_5
+#		HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_6
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <netdb.h>
+    ], [
+	char *name;
+	struct hostent *he, *res;
+	char buffer[2048];
+	int buflen = 2048;
+	int h_errnop;
+
+	(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &res, &h_errnop);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 6 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <netdb.h>
+	], [
+	    char *name;
+	    struct hostent *he;
+	    char buffer[2048];
+	    int buflen = 2048;
+	    int h_errnop;
+
+	    (void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &h_errnop);
+	], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 5 args.])
+	else
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 3 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3, [
+	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+		#include <netdb.h>
+	    ], [
+		char *name;
+		struct hostent *he;
+		struct hostent_data data;
+
+		(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, &data);
+	    ], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=yes, tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=no)])
+	    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3
+	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3, 1,
+		    [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 3 args.])
+	    fi
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R
+#
+#	Check if we have MT-safe variant of getpwuid() and if yes,
+#	which one exactly.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETPWUID_R
+#		HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4
+#		HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <sys/types.h>
+	#include <pwd.h>
+    ], [
+	uid_t uid;
+	struct passwd pw, *pwp;
+	char buf[512];
+	int buflen = 512;
+
+	(void) getpwuid_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 5 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <sys/types.h>
+	    #include <pwd.h>
+	], [
+	    uid_t uid;
+	    struct passwd pw;
+	    char buf[512];
+	    int buflen = 512;
+
+	    (void)getpwnam_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen);
+	], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 4 args.])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getpwuid_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R
+#
+#	Check if we have MT-safe variant of getpwnam() and if yes,
+#	which one exactly.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETPWNAM_R
+#		HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4
+#		HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <sys/types.h>
+	#include <pwd.h>
+    ], [
+	char *name;
+	struct passwd pw, *pwp;
+	char buf[512];
+	int buflen = 512;
+
+	(void) getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 5 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <sys/types.h>
+	    #include <pwd.h>
+	], [
+	    char *name;
+	    struct passwd pw;
+	    char buf[512];
+	    int buflen = 512;
+
+	    (void)getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen);
+	], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 4 args.])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getpwnam_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R
+#
+#	Check if we have MT-safe variant of getgrgid() and if yes,
+#	which one exactly.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETGRGID_R
+#		HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4
+#		HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <sys/types.h>
+	#include <grp.h>
+    ], [
+	gid_t gid;
+	struct group gr, *grp;
+	char buf[512];
+	int buflen = 512;
+
+	(void) getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 5 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <sys/types.h>
+	    #include <grp.h>
+	], [
+	    gid_t gid;
+	    struct group gr;
+	    char buf[512];
+	    int buflen = 512;
+
+	    (void)getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen);
+	], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 4 args.])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getgrgid_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R
+#
+#	Check if we have MT-safe variant of getgrnam() and if yes,
+#	which one exactly.
+#
+# Arguments:
+#	None
+#
+# Results:
+#
+#	Might define the following vars:
+#		HAVE_GETGRNAM_R
+#		HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4
+#		HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5
+#
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	#include <sys/types.h>
+	#include <grp.h>
+    ], [
+	char *name;
+	struct group gr, *grp;
+	char buf[512];
+	int buflen = 512;
+
+	(void) getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
+    ], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=no)])
+    tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 5 args.])
+    else
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4, [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+	    #include <sys/types.h>
+	    #include <grp.h>
+	], [
+	    char *name;
+	    struct group gr;
+	    char buf[512];
+	    int buflen = 512;
+
+	    (void)getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen);
+	], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=yes, tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=no)])
+	tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4
+	if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 4 args.])
+	fi
+    fi
+    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R, 1,
+	    [Define to 1 if getgrnam_r is available.])
+    fi
+])])
+
+AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_IPV6],[
+	NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=0
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo getaddrinfo freeaddrinfo gai_strerror,,[NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=1])
+	AC_CHECK_TYPES([
+		struct addrinfo,
+		struct in6_addr,
+		struct sockaddr_in6,
+		struct sockaddr_storage],,[NEED_FAKE_RFC2553=1],[[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+]])
+if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then
+   AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1,
+        [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends])
+   AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy)
+fi
+])
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: autoconf
+# End:
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in b/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68f2130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tk.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# tk pkg-config source file
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: The Tk Toolkit
+Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well.
+URL: http://www.tcl.tk/
+Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
+Requires: tcl >= 8.6
+Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@
+Libs.private: @XFT_LIBS@ @XLIBSW@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec b/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbee97f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tk.spec
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.
+
+%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}
+
+Name:          tk
+Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
+Version:       8.6.10
+Release:       2
+License:       BSD
+Group:         Development/Languages
+Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
+URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
+Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
+Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version
+Requires:      tcl >= %version
+
+%description
+The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
+creating integration applications that tie together diverse
+applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.  When paired with
+the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
+create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.  Tcl
+can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
+powerful command languages for applications.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q -n %{name}%{version}
+
+%build
+cd unix
+CFLAGS="%optflags" ./configure \
+	--prefix=%{directory} \
+	--exec-prefix=%{directory} \
+	--libdir=%{directory}/%{_lib}
+make
+
+%install
+cd unix
+make INSTALL_ROOT=%buildroot install
+
+%clean
+rm -rf %buildroot
+
+%files -n tk
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%if %{_lib} != lib
+%{directory}/%{_lib}
+%endif
+%{directory}/lib
+%{directory}/bin
+%{directory}/include
+%{directory}/man/man1
+%{directory}/man/man3
+%{directory}/man/mann
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13bcdde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkAppInit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ * tkAppInit.c --
+ *
+ *	Provides a default version of the main program and Tcl_AppInit
+ *	procedure for wish and other Tk-based applications.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#undef BUILD_tk
+#undef STATIC_BUILD
+#include "tk.h"
+
+#ifdef TK_TEST
+extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Tktest_Init;
+#endif /* TK_TEST */
+
+/*
+ * The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using
+ * a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The
+ * #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
+#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
+#endif
+#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
+#   define MODULE_SCOPE extern
+#endif
+MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *);
+MODULE_SCOPE int main(int, char **);
+
+/*
+ * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
+ * script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc.,
+ * without needing to rewrite Tk_Main()
+ */
+
+#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
+MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv);
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure the stubbed variants of those are never used. */
+#undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2
+#undef Tcl_NewStringObj
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * main --
+ *
+ *	This is the main program for the application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns
+ *	either.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Just about anything, since from here we call arbitrary Tcl code.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+main(
+    int argc,			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
+    char **argv)		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
+{
+#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
+    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
+#endif
+
+    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
+    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_AppInit --
+ *
+ *	This procedure performs application-specific initialization. Most
+ *	applications, especially those that incorporate additional packages,
+ *	will have their own version of this procedure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
+ *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on the startup script.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tcl_AppInit(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
+{
+    if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
+
+#ifdef TK_TEST
+    if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, 0);
+#endif /* TK_TEST */
+
+    /*
+     * Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
+     * like this:
+     *
+     * if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
+     *     return TCL_ERROR;
+     * }
+     *
+     * where "Mod" is the name of the module. (Dynamically-loadable packages
+     * should have the same entry-point name.)
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Call Tcl_CreateObjCommand for application-specific commands, if they
+     * weren't already created by the init procedures called above.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is
+     * run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app"
+     * is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user-
+     * specific startup file will be run under any conditions.
+     */
+
+    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("tcl_rcFileName", -1), NULL,
+	    Tcl_NewStringObj("~/.wishrc", -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72d97c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+
+    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
+    #define _TKCONFIG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H
+
+/* Defined when compiler supports casting to union type. */
+#undef HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION
+
+/* Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework? */
+#undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
+
+/* Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>? */
+#undef HAVE_DIR64
+
+/* Compiler support for module scope symbols */
+#undef HAVE_HIDDEN
+
+/* Do we have the intptr_t type? */
+#undef HAVE_INTPTR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `Xft' library (-lXft). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBXFT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lseek64' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LSEEK64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `open64' function. */
+#undef HAVE_OPEN64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_atfork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_attr_setstacksize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE
+
+/* Does struct password have a pw_gecos field? */
+#undef HAVE_PW_GECOS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>? */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
+
+/* Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>? */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
+
+/* Should we include <sys/select.h>? */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>? */
+#undef HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
+
+/* Do we have the uintptr_t type? */
+#undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Is weak import available? */
+#undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT
+
+/* Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)? */
+#undef HAVE_XFT
+
+/* Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym? */
+#undef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
+
+/* Is XScreenSaver available? */
+#undef HAVE_XSS
+
+/* Is this a Mac I see before me? */
+#undef MAC_OSX_TCL
+
+/* Are we building TkAqua? */
+#undef MAC_OSX_TK
+
+/* No Compiler support for module scope symbols */
+#undef MODULE_SCOPE
+
+/* Is no debugging enabled? */
+#undef NDEBUG
+
+/* Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit? */
+#undef NO_COREFOUNDATION_64
+
+/* Do we have fd_set? */
+#undef NO_FD_SET
+
+/* Do we have <stdlib.h>? */
+#undef NO_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Is this a static build? */
+#undef STATIC_BUILD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
+#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT
+
+/* Is this an optimized build? */
+#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
+
+/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
+#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
+
+/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
+#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
+
+/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
+#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
+
+/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
+#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT
+
+/* Are we building with threads enabled? */
+#undef TCL_THREADS
+
+/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
+#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+
+/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
+#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Is Tk built as a framework? */
+#undef TK_FRAMEWORK
+
+/* Are TkAqua debug messages enabled? */
+#undef TK_MAC_DEBUG
+
+/* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */
+#undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC
+
+/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
+   first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
+#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+
+/* Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated? */
+#undef XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED
+
+/* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */
+#undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+
+/* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */
+#undef _ISOC99_SOURCE
+
+/* Add the _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE flag when building */
+#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+
+/* Add the _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 flag when building */
+#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
+
+/* # needed in sys/socket.h Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets? */
+#undef _OE_SOCKETS
+
+/* Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do! */
+#undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+
+/* Do we want the reentrant OS API? */
+#undef _REENTRANT
+
+/* Do we want the thread-safe OS API? */
+#undef _THREAD_SAFE
+
+/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
+#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+
+/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
+#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+
+/* Define to 1 if type `char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc.  */
+#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
+# undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef gid_t
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#undef inline
+#endif
+
+/* Signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */
+#undef intptr_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef mode_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef uid_t
+
+/* Unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer. */
+#undef uintptr_t
+
+
+    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
+     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
+    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb85ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkConfig.sh.in
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# tkConfig.sh --
+#
+# This shell script (for sh) is generated automatically by Tk's
+# configure script.  It will create shell variables for most of
+# the configuration options discovered by the configure script.
+# This script is intended to be included by the configure scripts
+# for Tk extensions so that they don't have to figure this all
+# out for themselves.  This file does not duplicate information
+# already provided by tclConfig.sh, so you may need to use that
+# file in addition to this one.
+#
+# The information in this file is specific to a single platform.
+
+# Tk's version number.
+TK_VERSION='@TK_VERSION@'
+TK_MAJOR_VERSION='@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@'
+TK_MINOR_VERSION='@TK_MINOR_VERSION@'
+TK_PATCH_LEVEL='@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@'
+
+# -D flags for use with the C compiler.
+TK_DEFS='@DEFS@'
+
+# Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't
+TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@
+
+
+# TK_DBGX used to be used to distinguish debug vs. non-debug builds.
+# This was a righteous pain so the core doesn't do that any more.
+TK_DBGX=
+
+# The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library):
+TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@'
+
+# Additional libraries to use when linking Tk.
+TK_LIBS='@XLIBSW@ @XFT_LIBS@ @LIBS@ @TCL_LIBS@'
+
+# Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-independent files are
+# installed.
+TK_PREFIX='@prefix@'
+
+# Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-specific files (e.g.
+# executables) are installed.
+TK_EXEC_PREFIX='@exec_prefix@'
+
+# -I switch(es) to use to make all of the X11 include files accessible:
+TK_XINCLUDES='@XINCLUDES@'
+
+# Linker switch(es) to use to link with the X11 library archive.
+TK_XLIBSW='@XLIBSW@'
+
+# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk library
+TK_LIB_FLAG='@TK_LIB_FLAG@'
+
+# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its
+# build directory.
+TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@'
+
+# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its
+# installed directory.
+TK_LIB_SPEC='@TK_LIB_SPEC@'
+
+# String to pass to the compiler so that an extension can
+# find installed Tk headers.
+TK_INCLUDE_SPEC='@TK_INCLUDE_SPEC@'
+
+# Location of the top-level source directory from which Tk was built.
+# This is the directory that contains a README file as well as
+# subdirectories such as generic, unix, etc.  If Tk was compiled in a
+# different place than the directory containing the source files, this
+# points to the location of the sources, not the location where Tk was
+# compiled.
+TK_SRC_DIR='@TK_SRC_DIR@'
+
+# Needed if you want to make a 'fat' shared library library
+# containing tk objects or link a different wish.
+TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='@CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@'
+TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='@LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@'
+
+# The name of the Tk stub library (.a):
+TK_STUB_LIB_FILE='@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@'
+
+# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk stub library
+TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG='@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@'
+
+# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its
+# build directory.
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
+
+# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its
+# installed directory.
+TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
+
+# Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory.
+TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
+
+# Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory.
+TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6fff82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnix.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains procedures that are UNIX/X-specific, and will
+ *	probably have to be written differently for Windows or Macintosh
+ *	platforms.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#ifdef HAVE_XSS
+#   include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h>
+#   ifdef __APPLE__
+/* Support for weak-linked libXss. */
+#	define HaveXSSLibrary()	(XScreenSaverQueryInfo != NULL)
+#   else
+/* Other platforms always link libXss. */
+#	define HaveXSSLibrary()	(1)
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkGetServerInfo --
+ *
+ *	Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window
+ *	server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo
+ *	server" command.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets the interpreter result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkGetServerInfo(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The server information is returned in this
+				 * interpreter's result. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
+				 * display and server. */
+{
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("X%dR%d %s %d",
+	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
+	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
+	    ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
+	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin))));
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkGetDefaultScreenName --
+ *
+ *	Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
+ *	initialization.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the argument or a string that should not be freed by the
+ *	caller.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+const char *
+TkGetDefaultScreenName(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp used to find environment
+				 * variables. */
+    const char *screenName)	/* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */
+{
+    if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
+	screenName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+    return screenName;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_UpdatePointer --
+ *
+ *	Unused function in UNIX
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_UpdatePointer(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to which pointer event is reported.
+				 * May be NULL. */
+    int x, int y,		/* Pointer location in root coords. */
+    int state)			/* Modifier state mask. */
+{
+  /*
+   * This function intentionally left blank
+   */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData --
+ *
+ *	Set up a rectangle of the given region based on the supplied alpha
+ *	data.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(
+    TkRegion region,		/* Region to be updated. */
+    unsigned x, unsigned y,	/* Where in region to update. */
+    unsigned width, unsigned height,
+				/* Size of rectangle to update. */
+    unsigned char *dataPtr,	/* Data to read from. */
+    unsigned pixelStride,	/* Num bytes from one piece of alpha data to
+				 * the next in the line. */
+    unsigned lineStride)	/* Num bytes from one line of alpha data to
+				 * the next line. */
+{
+    unsigned char *lineDataPtr;
+    unsigned int x1, y1, end;
+    XRectangle rect;
+
+    for (y1 = 0; y1 < height; y1++) {
+	lineDataPtr = dataPtr;
+	for (x1 = 0; x1 < width; x1 = end) {
+	    /*
+	     * Search for first non-transparent pixel.
+	     */
+
+	    while ((x1 < width) && !*lineDataPtr) {
+		x1++;
+		lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
+	    }
+	    end = x1;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Search for first transparent pixel.
+	     */
+
+	    while ((end < width) && *lineDataPtr) {
+		end++;
+		lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
+	    }
+	    if (end > x1) {
+		rect.x = x + x1;
+		rect.y = y + y1;
+		rect.width = end - x1;
+		rect.height = 1;
+		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region);
+	    }
+	}
+	dataPtr += lineStride;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
+ *
+ *	Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The number of milliseconds since the user's latest interaction with
+ *	the system on the given display, or -1 if the XScreenSaver extension
+ *	is not supported by the client libraries or the X server
+ *	implementation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+long
+Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
+    Display *dpy)		/* The display for which to query the inactive
+				 * time. */
+{
+    long inactiveTime = -1;
+#ifdef HAVE_XSS
+    int eventBase, errorBase, major, minor;
+
+    /*
+     * Calling XScreenSaverQueryVersion seems to be needed to prevent a crash
+     * on some buggy versions of XFree86.
+     */
+
+    if (HaveXSSLibrary()
+	    && XScreenSaverQueryExtension(dpy, &eventBase, &errorBase)
+	    && XScreenSaverQueryVersion(dpy, &major, &minor)) {
+	XScreenSaverInfo *info = XScreenSaverAllocInfo();
+
+	if (info == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * We are out of memory.
+	     */
+
+	    Tcl_Panic("Out of memory: XScreenSaverAllocInfo failed in Tk_GetUserInactiveTime");
+	}
+	if (XScreenSaverQueryInfo(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), info)) {
+	    inactiveTime = info->idle;
+	}
+	XFree(info);
+    }
+#endif /* HAVE_XSS */
+    return inactiveTime;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime --
+ *
+ *	Reset the user inactivity timer
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset
+ *	to zero.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
+    Display *dpy)
+{
+    XResetScreenSaver(dpy);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea67a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnix3d.c
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnix3d.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3d
+ *	borders in the Motif style.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tk3d.h"
+
+#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Unix 3D
+ * borders.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    TkBorder info;
+    GC solidGC;		/* Used to draw solid relief. */
+} UnixBorder;
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetBorder --
+ *
+ *	This function allocates a new TkBorder structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkBorder.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkBorder *
+TkpGetBorder(void)
+{
+    UnixBorder *borderPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixBorder));
+
+    borderPtr->solidGC = NULL;
+    return (TkBorder *) borderPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpFreeBorder --
+ *
+ *	This function frees any colors allocated by the platform specific part
+ *	of this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May deallocate some colors.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpFreeBorder(
+    TkBorder *borderPtr)
+{
+    UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
+    Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+
+    if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(display, unixBorderPtr->solidGC);
+    }
+}
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_3DVerticalBevel --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws a vertical bevel along one side of an object. The
+ *	bevel is always rectangular in shape:
+ *			|||
+ *			|||
+ *			|||
+ *			|||
+ *			|||
+ *			|||
+ *	An appropriate shadow color is chosen for the bevel based on the
+ *	leftBevel and relief arguments. Normally this procedure is called
+ *	first, then Tk_3DHorizontalBevel is called next to draw neat corners.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Graphics are drawn in drawable.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_3DVerticalBevel(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which border was allocated. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    Tk_3DBorder border,		/* Token for border to draw. */
+    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+				/* Area of vertical bevel. */
+    int leftBevel,		/* Non-zero means this bevel forms the left
+				 * side of the object; 0 means it forms the
+				 * right side. */
+    int relief)			/* Kind of bevel to draw. For example,
+				 * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
+				 * should appear higher than exterior. */
+{
+    TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
+    GC left, right;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+
+    if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
+	TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
+    }
+
+    if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable,
+		(leftBevel) ? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC,
+		x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable,
+		(leftBevel) ? borderPtr->darkGC : borderPtr->lightGC,
+		x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RIDGE) {
+	int half;
+
+	left = borderPtr->lightGC;
+	right = borderPtr->darkGC;
+    ridgeGroove:
+	half = width/2;
+	if (!leftBevel && (width & 1)) {
+	    half++;
+	}
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, left, x, y, (unsigned) half,
+		(unsigned) height);
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, right, x+half, y,
+		(unsigned) (width-half), (unsigned) height);
+    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) {
+	left = borderPtr->darkGC;
+	right = borderPtr->lightGC;
+	goto ridgeGroove;
+    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, borderPtr->bgGC, x, y,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) {
+	UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
+	if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == NULL) {
+	    XGCValues gcValues;
+
+	    gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+	    unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+	}
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_3DHorizontalBevel --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws a horizontal bevel along one side of an object.
+ *	The bevel has mitered corners (depending on leftIn and rightIn
+ *	arguments).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which border was allocated. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    Tk_3DBorder border,		/* Token for border to draw. */
+    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+				/* Bounding box of area of bevel. Height gives
+				 * width of border. */
+    int leftIn, int rightIn,	/* Describes whether the left and right edges
+				 * of the bevel angle in or out as they go
+				 * down. For example, if "leftIn" is true, the
+				 * left side of the bevel looks like this:
+				 *	___________
+				 *	 __________
+				 *	  _________
+				 *	   ________
+				 */
+    int topBevel,		/* Non-zero means this bevel forms the top
+				 * side of the object; 0 means it forms the
+				 * bottom side. */
+    int relief)			/* Kind of bevel to draw. For example,
+				 * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
+				 * should appear higher than exterior. */
+{
+    TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta;
+    UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
+    GC topGC = NULL, bottomGC = NULL;
+				/* Initializations needed only to prevent
+				 * compiler warnings. */
+
+    if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) &&
+	    (relief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID)) {
+	TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the bottom half
+     * (they're the same in many cases).
+     */
+
+    switch (relief) {
+    case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
+	topGC = bottomGC = borderPtr->bgGC;
+	break;
+    case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
+	topGC = borderPtr->darkGC;
+	bottomGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
+	break;
+    case TK_RELIEF_RAISED:
+	topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC);
+	break;
+    case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
+	topGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
+	bottomGC = borderPtr->darkGC;
+	break;
+    case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
+	if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == NULL) {
+	    XGCValues gcValues;
+
+	    gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+	    unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+	}
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+	return;
+    case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
+	topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->darkGC : borderPtr->lightGC);
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Compute various other geometry-related stuff.
+     */
+
+    x1 = x;
+    if (!leftIn) {
+	x1 += height;
+    }
+    x2 = x+width;
+    if (!rightIn) {
+	x2 -= height;
+    }
+    x1Delta = (leftIn) ? 1 : -1;
+    x2Delta = (rightIn) ? -1 : 1;
+    halfway = y + height/2;
+    if (!topBevel && (height & 1)) {
+	halfway++;
+    }
+    bottom = y + height;
+
+    /*
+     * Draw one line for each y-coordinate covered by the bevel.
+     */
+
+    for ( ; y < bottom; y++) {
+	/*
+	 * X Dimensions are 16-bit, so avoid wraparound or display errors by
+	 * limiting these here.
+	 */
+
+	if (x1 < -32767) {
+	    x1 = -32767;
+	}
+	if (x2 > 32767) {
+	    x2 = 32767;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * In some weird cases (such as large border widths for skinny
+	 * rectangles) x1 can be >= x2. Don't draw the lines in these cases.
+	 */
+
+	if (x1 < x2) {
+	    XFillRectangle(display, drawable,
+		    (y < halfway) ? topGC : bottomGC, x1, y,
+		    (unsigned) (x2-x1), (unsigned) 1);
+	}
+	x1 += x1Delta;
+	x2 += x2Delta;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetShadows --
+ *
+ *	This procedure computes the shadow colors for a 3-D border and fills
+ *	in the corresponding fields of the Border structure. It's called
+ *	lazily, so that the colors aren't allocated until something is
+ *	actually drawn with them. That way, if a border is only used for flat
+ *	backgrounds the shadow colors will never be allocated.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The lightGC and darkGC fields in borderPtr get filled in, if they
+ *	weren't already.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetShadows(
+    TkBorder *borderPtr,	/* Information about border. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window where border will be used for
+				 * drawing. */
+{
+    XColor lightColor, darkColor;
+    int stressed, tmp1, tmp2;
+    int r, g, b;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+
+    if (borderPtr->lightGC != NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+    stressed = TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, borderPtr->colormap);
+
+    /*
+     * First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. The
+     * shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results in the
+     * greatest change in color:
+     * 1. Lighter shadow is half-way to white, darker shadow is half way to
+     *    dark.
+     * 2. Lighter shadow is 40% brighter than background, darker shadow is 40%
+     *    darker than background.
+     */
+
+    if (!stressed && (Tk_Depth(tkwin) >= 6)) {
+	/*
+	 * This is a color display with lots of colors. For the dark shadow,
+	 * cut 40% from each of the background color components. But if the
+	 * background is already very dark, make the dark color a little
+	 * lighter than the background by increasing each color component
+	 * 1/4th of the way to MAX_INTENSITY.
+	 *
+	 * For the light shadow, boost each component by 40% or half-way to
+	 * white, whichever is greater (the first approach works better for
+	 * unsaturated colors, the second for saturated ones). But if the
+	 * background is already very bright, instead choose a slightly darker
+	 * color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%.
+	 *
+	 * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.:
+	 * these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow.
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * Compute the dark shadow color.
+	 */
+
+	r = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->red;
+	g = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->green;
+	b = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->blue;
+
+	if (r*0.5*r + g*1.0*g + b*0.28*b < MAX_INTENSITY*0.05*MAX_INTENSITY) {
+	    darkColor.red = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*r)/4;
+	    darkColor.green = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*g)/4;
+	    darkColor.blue = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*b)/4;
+	} else {
+	    darkColor.red = (60 * r)/100;
+	    darkColor.green = (60 * g)/100;
+	    darkColor.blue = (60 * b)/100;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate the dark shadow color and its GC.
+	 */
+
+	borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &darkColor);
+	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel;
+	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+
+	/*
+	 * Compute the light shadow color.
+	 */
+
+	if (g > MAX_INTENSITY*0.95) {
+	    lightColor.red = (90 * r)/100;
+	    lightColor.green = (90 * g)/100;
+	    lightColor.blue = (90 * b)/100;
+	} else {
+	    tmp1 = (14 * r)/10;
+	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
+		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
+	    }
+	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + r)/2;
+	    lightColor.red = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
+	    tmp1 = (14 * g)/10;
+	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
+		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
+	    }
+	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + g)/2;
+	    lightColor.green = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
+	    tmp1 = (14 * b)/10;
+	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
+		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
+	    }
+	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2;
+	    lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate the light shadow color and its GC.
+	 */
+
+	borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor);
+	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
+	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
+	borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap(NULL, tkwin,
+		Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
+	if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border");
+	}
+    }
+    if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) {
+	/*
+	 * This isn't a monochrome display, but the colormap either ran out of
+	 * entries or didn't have very many to begin with. Generate the light
+	 * shadows with a white stipple and the dark shadows with a black
+	 * stipple.
+	 */
+
+	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel;
+	gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+	gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow;
+	gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled;
+	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
+		GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
+	gcValues.background = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
+		GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is just a measly monochrome display, hardly even worth its
+     * existence on this earth. Make one shadow a 50% stipple and the other
+     * the opposite of the background.
+     */
+
+    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+    gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+    gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow;
+    gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled;
+    borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
+	    GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
+    if (borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel
+	    == WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen)) {
+	gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
+	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+    } else {
+	borderPtr->darkGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
+	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a99124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixButton.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixButton.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the Unix specific portion of the button widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tkButton.h"
+#include "tk3d.h"
+
+/*
+ * Shared with menu widget.
+ */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y,
+			    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, XColor *indicatorColor,
+			    XColor *selectColor, XColor *disColor, int on,
+			    int disabled, int mode);
+
+/*
+ * Declaration of Unix specific button structure.
+ */
+
+typedef struct UnixButton {
+    TkButton info;		/* Generic button info. */
+} UnixButton;
+
+/*
+ * The class function table for the button widgets.
+ */
+
+const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
+    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
+    TkButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
+    NULL,					/* createProc */
+    NULL					/* modalProc */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The button image.
+ * The header info here is ignored, it's the image that's important. The
+ * colors will be applied as follows:
+ *   A = Background
+ *   B = Background
+ *   C = 3D light
+ *   D = selectColor
+ *   E = 3D dark
+ *   F = Background
+ *   G = Indicator Color
+ *   H = disabled Indicator Color
+ */
+
+/* XPM */
+static const char *const button_images[] = {
+    /* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+    "52 26 7 1",
+    /* colors */
+    "A c #808000000000",
+    "B c #000080800000",
+    "C c #808080800000",
+    "D c #000000008080",
+    "E c #808000008080",
+    "F c #000080808080",
+    "G c #000000000000",
+    "H c #000080800000",
+    /* pixels */
+    "AAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAAAAAAAB",
+    "AEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECBAEEEEEEEEEECB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFFFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFHFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDGGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFHHFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGDDDGGGDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHFFFHHHFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGGDGGGDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHHFHHHFFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDGGGGGDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFHHHHHFFFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDGGGDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFHHHFFFFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDGDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFHFFFFFCB",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDDCBAEDDDDDDDDDCBAEFFFFFFFFFCBAEFFFFFFFFFCB",
+    "ACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCBACCCCCCCCCCCB",
+    "BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB",
+    "FFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFFFFFFAAAAFFFFF",
+    "FFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFFFFAAEEEEAAFFF",
+    "FAEEDDDDEEBFFFAEEDDDDEEBFFFAEEFFFFEEBFFFAEEFFFFEEBFF",
+    "FAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFF",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDDGGDDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFFHHFFFCBF",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDGGGGDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFHHHHFFCBF",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDGGGGDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFHHHHFFCBF",
+    "AEDDDDDDDDCBFAEDDDGGDDDCBFAEFFFFFFFFCBFAEFFFHHFFFCBF",
+    "FAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEDDDDDDCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFFFAEFFFFFFCBFF",
+    "FACCDDDDCCBFFFACCDDDDCCBFFFACCFFFFCCBFFFACCFFFFCCBFF",
+    "FFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFFFFBBCCCCBBFFF",
+    "FFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFFFFFFBBBBFFFFF",
+    "FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF",
+};
+
+/*
+ * Sizes and offsets into above XPM file.
+ */
+
+#define CHECK_BUTTON_DIM    13
+#define CHECK_MENU_DIM       9
+#define CHECK_START          9
+#define CHECK_ON_OFFSET     13
+#define CHECK_OFF_OFFSET     0
+#define CHECK_DISON_OFFSET  39
+#define CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET 26
+#define RADIO_BUTTON_DIM    12
+#define RADIO_MENU_DIM       6
+#define RADIO_WIDTH         13
+#define RADIO_START         22
+#define RADIO_ON_OFFSET     13
+#define RADIO_OFF_OFFSET     0
+#define RADIO_DISON_OFFSET  39
+#define RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET 26
+
+/*
+ * Indicator Draw Modes
+ */
+
+#define CHECK_BUTTON 0
+#define CHECK_MENU   1
+#define RADIO_BUTTON 2
+#define RADIO_MENU   3
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDrawCheckIndicator -
+ *
+ *	Draws the checkbox image in the drawable at the (x,y) location, value,
+ *	and state given. This routine is use by the button and menu widgets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	An image is drawn in the drawable at the location given.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDrawCheckIndicator(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* handle for resource alloc */
+    Display *display,
+    Drawable d,			/* what to draw on */
+    int x, int y,		/* where to draw */
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,	/* colors of the border */
+    XColor *indicatorColor,	/* color of the indicator */
+    XColor *selectColor,	/* color when selected */
+    XColor *disableColor,	/* color when disabled */
+    int on,			/* are we on? */
+    int disabled,		/* are we disabled? */
+    int mode)			/* kind of indicator to draw */
+{
+    int ix, iy;
+    int dim;
+    int imgsel, imgstart;
+    TkBorder *bg_brdr = (TkBorder*)bgBorder;
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC copyGC;
+    unsigned long imgColors[8];
+    XImage *img;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int depth;
+
+    /*
+     * Sanity check.
+     */
+
+    if (tkwin == NULL || display == None || d == None || bgBorder == NULL
+	    || indicatorColor == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (disableColor == NULL) {
+	disableColor = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr;
+    }
+
+    if (selectColor == NULL) {
+	selectColor = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr;
+    }
+
+    depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Compute starting point and dimensions of image inside button_images to
+     * be used.
+     */
+
+    switch (mode) {
+    default:
+    case CHECK_BUTTON:
+	imgsel = on == 2 ? CHECK_DISON_OFFSET :
+		on == 1 ? CHECK_ON_OFFSET : CHECK_OFF_OFFSET;
+	imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0;
+	imgstart = CHECK_START;
+	dim = CHECK_BUTTON_DIM;
+	break;
+
+    case CHECK_MENU:
+	imgsel = on == 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET :
+		on == 1 ? CHECK_ON_OFFSET : CHECK_OFF_OFFSET;
+	imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? CHECK_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0;
+	imgstart = CHECK_START + 2;
+	imgsel += 2;
+	dim = CHECK_MENU_DIM;
+	break;
+
+    case RADIO_BUTTON:
+	imgsel = on == 2 ? RADIO_DISON_OFFSET :
+		on==1 ? RADIO_ON_OFFSET : RADIO_OFF_OFFSET;
+	imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0;
+	imgstart = RADIO_START;
+	dim = RADIO_BUTTON_DIM;
+	break;
+
+    case RADIO_MENU:
+	imgsel = on == 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET :
+		on==1 ? RADIO_ON_OFFSET : RADIO_OFF_OFFSET;
+	imgsel += disabled && on != 2 ? RADIO_DISOFF_OFFSET : 0;
+	imgstart = RADIO_START + 3;
+	imgsel += 3;
+	dim = RADIO_MENU_DIM;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate the drawing areas to use. Note that we use double-buffering
+     * here because not all code paths leading to this function do so.
+     */
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, dim, dim, depth);
+    if (pixmap == None) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    x -= dim/2;
+    y -= dim/2;
+
+    img = XGetImage(display, pixmap, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned int)dim, (unsigned int)dim, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
+    if (img == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the color mapping table.
+     */
+
+    TkpGetShadows(bg_brdr, tkwin);
+
+    imgColors[0 /*A*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel;
+    imgColors[1 /*B*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel;
+    imgColors[2 /*C*/] = (bg_brdr->lightColorPtr != NULL) ?
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->lightColorPtr)->pixel :
+	    WhitePixelOfScreen(bg_brdr->screen);
+    imgColors[3 /*D*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, selectColor)->pixel;
+    imgColors[4 /*E*/] = (bg_brdr->darkColorPtr != NULL) ?
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->darkColorPtr)->pixel :
+	    BlackPixelOfScreen(bg_brdr->screen);
+    imgColors[5 /*F*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, bg_brdr->bgColorPtr)->pixel;
+    imgColors[6 /*G*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, indicatorColor)->pixel;
+    imgColors[7 /*H*/] =
+	    Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, disableColor)->pixel;
+
+    /*
+     * Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time.
+     */
+
+    for (iy=0 ; iy<dim ; iy++) {
+	for (ix=0 ; ix<dim ; ix++) {
+	    XPutPixel(img, ix, iy,
+		    imgColors[button_images[imgstart+iy][imgsel+ix] - 'A']);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Copy onto our target drawable surface.
+     */
+
+    memset(&gcValues, 0, sizeof(gcValues));
+    gcValues.background = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr->pixel;
+    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    copyGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, 0, &gcValues);
+
+    XPutImage(display, pixmap, copyGC, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned)dim, (unsigned)dim);
+    XCopyArea(display, pixmap, d, copyGC, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned)dim, (unsigned)dim, x, y);
+
+    /*
+     * Tidy up.
+     */
+
+    Tk_FreeGC(display, copyGC);
+    XDestroyImage(img);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCreateButton --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a new TkButton structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkButton structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkButton *
+TkpCreateButton(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)
+{
+    UnixButton *butPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixButton));
+
+    return (TkButton *) butPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDisplayButton --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally
+ *	invoked as an idle handler.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode.
+ *	The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ShiftByOffset(
+    TkButton *butPtr,
+    int relief,
+    int *x,		/* shift this x coordinate */
+    int *y,		/* shift this y coordinate */
+    int width,		/* width of image/text */
+    int height)		/* height of image/text */
+{
+    if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RAISED
+	    && butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON
+	    && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) {
+	int shiftX;
+	int shiftY;
+
+	/*
+	 * This is an (unraised) button widget, so we offset the text to make
+	 * the button appear to move up and down as the relief changes.
+	 */
+
+	shiftX = shiftY = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) ? 2 : 1;
+
+	if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RIDGE) {
+	    /*
+	     * Take back one pixel if the padding is even, otherwise the
+	     * content will be displayed too far right/down.
+	     */
+
+	    if ((Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin) - width) % 2 == 0) {
+		shiftX -= 1;
+	    }
+	    if ((Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin) - height) % 2 == 0) {
+		shiftY -= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	*x += shiftX;
+	*y += shiftY;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TkpDisplayButton(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
+    GC gc;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
+				 * warning. */
+    int y, relief;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+    int width = 0, height = 0, fullWidth, fullHeight;
+    int textXOffset, textYOffset;
+    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+    int imageWidth, imageHeight;
+    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
+				/* image information that will be used to
+				 * restrict disabled pixmap as well */
+
+    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    border = butPtr->normalBorder;
+    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
+	gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
+    } else if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE)
+	    && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) {
+	gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
+	border = butPtr->activeBorder;
+    } else {
+	gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
+    }
+    if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)
+	    && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	border = butPtr->selectBorder;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton
+     * or radiobutton and there's no indicator. The new relief is as follows:
+     *      If the button is select  --> "sunken"
+     *      If relief==overrelief    --> relief
+     *      Otherwise                --> overrelief
+     *
+     * The effect we are trying to achieve is as follows:
+     *
+     *      value    mouse-over?   -->   relief
+     *     -------  ------------        --------
+     *       off        no               flat
+     *       off        yes              raised
+     *       on         no               sunken
+     *       on         yes              sunken
+     *
+     * This is accomplished by configuring the checkbutton or radiobutton like
+     * this:
+     *
+     *     -indicatoron 0 -overrelief raised -offrelief flat
+     *
+     * Bindings (see library/button.tcl) will copy the -overrelief into
+     * -relief on mouseover. Hence, we can tell if we are in mouse-over by
+     * comparing relief against overRelief. This is an aweful kludge, but it
+     * gives use the desired behavior while keeping the code backwards
+     * compatible.
+     */
+
+    relief = butPtr->relief;
+    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
+	    relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
+	} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
+	    relief = butPtr->offRelief;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a
+     * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
+     * This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has
+     * been cleared.
+     */
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(butPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+
+    /*
+     * Display image or bitmap or text for button.
+     */
+
+    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    }
+    imageWidth = width;
+    imageHeight = height;
+
+    haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
+
+    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
+	textXOffset = 0;
+	textYOffset = 0;
+	fullWidth = 0;
+	fullHeight = 0;
+
+	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
+	case COMPOUND_TOP:
+	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is above or below text.
+	     */
+
+	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
+		textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
+	    } else {
+		imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+	    }
+	    fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
+		    butPtr->textWidth);
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is left or right of text.
+	     */
+
+	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
+		textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
+	    } else {
+		imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
+	    }
+	    fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
+	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+		    butPtr->textHeight);
+	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+	    /*
+	     * Image and text are superimposed.
+	     */
+
+	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
+		    butPtr->textWidth);
+	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+		    butPtr->textHeight);
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_NONE:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
+		butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
+
+	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
+	ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);
+	imageXOffset += x;
+	imageYOffset += y;
+
+	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed valid
+	     * coordinates. [Bug 979239]
+	     */
+
+	    if (imageXOffset < 0) {
+		imageXOffset = 0;
+	    }
+	    if (imageYOffset < 0) {
+		imageYOffset = 0;
+	    }
+	    if (width > Tk_Width(tkwin)) {
+		width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
+	    }
+	    if (height > Tk_Height(tkwin)) {
+		height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
+	    }
+	    if ((width + imageXOffset) > Tk_Width(tkwin)) {
+		imageXOffset = Tk_Width(tkwin) - width;
+	    }
+	    if ((height + imageYOffset) > Tk_Height(tkwin)) {
+		imageYOffset = Tk_Height(tkwin) - height;
+	    }
+
+	    if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
+		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
+			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	    } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
+		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
+			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	    } else {
+		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
+			height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	    XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc,
+		    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
+	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
+	}
+
+	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
+		butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
+	Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
+		butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
+		butPtr->underline);
+	y += fullHeight/2;
+    } else {
+	if (haveImage) {
+	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
+		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
+	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
+	    ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);
+	    imageXOffset += x;
+	    imageYOffset += y;
+	    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed
+		 * valid coordinates. [Bug 979239]
+		 */
+
+		if (imageXOffset < 0) {
+		    imageXOffset = 0;
+		}
+		if (imageYOffset < 0) {
+		    imageYOffset = 0;
+		}
+		if (width > Tk_Width(tkwin)) {
+		    width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
+		}
+		if (height > Tk_Height(tkwin)) {
+		    height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
+		}
+		if ((width + imageXOffset) > Tk_Width(tkwin)) {
+		    imageXOffset = Tk_Width(tkwin) - width;
+		}
+		if ((height + imageYOffset) > Tk_Height(tkwin)) {
+		    imageYOffset = Tk_Height(tkwin) - height;
+		}
+
+		if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
+			(butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
+		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
+			    height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+		} else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
+			(butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
+		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
+			    height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+		} else {
+		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap,
+			    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, x, y);
+		XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc, 0, 0,
+			(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, x, y, 1);
+		XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
+	    }
+	    y += height/2;
+	} else {
+ 	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
+		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
+		    butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
+
+	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
+	    ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);
+	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout,
+		    x, y, 0, -1);
+	    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
+		    butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline);
+	    y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point,
+     * x and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap.
+     */
+
+    if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	if (butPtr->indicatorDiameter > 2*butPtr->borderWidth) {
+	    TkBorder *selBorder = (TkBorder *) butPtr->selectBorder;
+	    XColor *selColor = NULL;
+
+	    if (selBorder != NULL) {
+		selColor = selBorder->bgColorPtr;
+	    }
+	    x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace/2;
+	    y = Tk_Height(tkwin)/2;
+	    TkpDrawCheckIndicator(tkwin, butPtr->display, pixmap, x, y,
+		    border, butPtr->normalFg, selColor, butPtr->disabledFg,
+		    ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? 1 :
+			    (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) ? 2 : 0),
+		    (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED), CHECK_BUTTON);
+	}
+    } else if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	if (butPtr->indicatorDiameter > 2*butPtr->borderWidth) {
+	    TkBorder *selBorder = (TkBorder *) butPtr->selectBorder;
+	    XColor *selColor = NULL;
+
+	    if (selBorder != NULL) {
+		selColor = selBorder->bgColorPtr;
+	    }
+	    x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace/2;
+	    y = Tk_Height(tkwin)/2;
+	    TkpDrawCheckIndicator(tkwin, butPtr->display, pixmap, x, y,
+		    border, butPtr->normalFg, selColor, butPtr->disabledFg,
+		    ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? 1 :
+			    (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) ? 2 : 0),
+		    (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED), RADIO_BUTTON);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
+     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is
+     * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must
+     * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
+     */
+
+    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
+	    && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) {
+	if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
+		&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
+	    XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC,
+		    Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->selectBorder)->pixel);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise
+	 * restrict stippling only to displayed image
+	 */
+
+	if (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) {
+	    XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, 0, 0,
+		    (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin));
+	} else {
+	    XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset,
+		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
+	}
+	if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
+		&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
+	    XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC,
+		    Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->normalBorder)->pixel);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's
+     * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. This code is
+     * complicated by the possible combinations of focus highlight and default
+     * rings. We draw the focus and highlight rings using the highlight border
+     * and highlight foreground color.
+     */
+
+    if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
+	int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+	if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
+	    /*
+	     * Draw the default ring with 2 pixels of space between the
+	     * default ring and the button and the default ring and the focus
+	     * ring. Note that we need to explicitly draw the space in the
+	     * highlightBorder color to ensure that we overwrite any overflow
+	     * text and/or a different button background color.
+	     */
+
+	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset,
+		    inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset,
+		    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+	    inset += 2;
+	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset,
+		    inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset,
+		    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 1, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
+	    inset++;
+	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, inset,
+		    inset, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset,
+		    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, 2, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+
+	    inset += 2;
+	} else if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_NORMAL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Leave room for the default ring and write over any text or
+	     * background color.
+	     */
+
+	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0,
+		    0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 5, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+	    inset += 5;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Draw the button border.
+	 */
+
+	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, inset, inset,
+		Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
+		butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
+    }
+    if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
+	GC gc;
+
+	if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
+	} else {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder),
+		    pixmap);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Make sure the focus ring shrink-wraps the actual button, not the
+	 * padding space left for a default ring.
+	 */
+
+	if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_NORMAL) {
+	    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, butPtr->highlightWidth,
+		    pixmap, 5);
+	} else {
+	    Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, butPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then
+     * delete the pixmap.
+     */
+
+    XCopyArea(butPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    butPtr->copyGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin),
+	    (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(butPtr->display, pixmap);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
+ *
+ *	After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this function recomputes
+ *	the button's geometry and passes this information along to the
+ *	geometry manager for the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The button's window may change size.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
+    register TkButton *butPtr)	/* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
+{
+    int width, height, avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight;
+    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+    butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    /*
+     * Leave room for the default ring if needed.
+     */
+
+    if (butPtr->defaultState != DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
+	butPtr->inset += 5;
+    }
+    butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
+
+    width = 0;
+    height = 0;
+    txtWidth = 0;
+    txtHeight = 0;
+    avgWidth = 0;
+
+    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
+	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
+
+	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
+		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
+		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);
+
+	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
+	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
+	avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
+	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the
+     * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only
+     * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image,
+     * because otherwise it is not really a compound button.
+     */
+
+    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
+	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
+	case COMPOUND_TOP:
+	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is above or below text.
+	     */
+
+	    height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
+	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is left or right of text.
+	     */
+
+	    width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
+	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+	    /*
+	     * Image and text are superimposed.
+	     */
+
+	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_NONE:
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
+	    width = butPtr->width;
+	}
+	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
+	    height = butPtr->height;
+	}
+
+	if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	    butPtr->indicatorSpace = height;
+	    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
+		butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100;
+	    } else {
+		butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	width += 2*butPtr->padX;
+	height += 2*butPtr->padY;
+    } else {
+	if (haveImage) {
+	    if (butPtr->width > 0) {
+		width = butPtr->width;
+	    }
+	    if (butPtr->height > 0) {
+		height = butPtr->height;
+	    }
+
+	    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+		butPtr->indicatorSpace = height;
+		if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
+		    butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (65*height)/100;
+		} else {
+		    butPtr->indicatorDiameter = (75*height)/100;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    width = txtWidth;
+	    height = txtHeight;
+
+	    if (butPtr->width > 0) {
+		width = butPtr->width * avgWidth;
+	    }
+	    if (butPtr->height > 0) {
+		height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
+	    }
+	    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn) {
+		butPtr->indicatorDiameter = fm.linespace;
+		if (butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
+		    butPtr->indicatorDiameter =
+			(80*butPtr->indicatorDiameter)/100;
+		}
+		butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + avgWidth;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * When issuing the geometry request, add extra space for the indicator,
+     * if any, and for the border and padding, plus two extra pixels so the
+     * display can be offset by 1 pixel in either direction for the raised or
+     * lowered effect.
+     */
+
+    if ((butPtr->image == NULL) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
+	width += 2*butPtr->padX;
+	height += 2*butPtr->padY;
+    }
+    if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) {
+	width += 2;
+	height += 2;
+    }
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, (int) (width + butPtr->indicatorSpace
+	    + 2*butPtr->inset), (int) (height + 2*butPtr->inset));
+    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..512b20c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixColor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixColor.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X
+ *	support.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include "tkColor.h"
+
+/*
+ * If a colormap fills up, attempts to allocate new colors from that colormap
+ * will fail. When that happens, we'll just choose the closest color from
+ * those that are available in the colormap. One of the following structures
+ * will be created for each "stressed" colormap to keep track of the colors
+ * that are available in the colormap (otherwise we would have to re-query
+ * from the server on each allocation, which would be very slow). These
+ * entries are flushed after a few seconds, since other clients may release or
+ * reallocate colors over time.
+ */
+
+struct TkStressedCmap {
+    Colormap colormap;		/* X's token for the colormap. */
+    int numColors;		/* Number of entries currently active at
+				 * *colorPtr. */
+    XColor *colorPtr;		/* Pointer to malloc'ed array of all colors
+				 * that seem to be available in the colormap.
+				 * Some may not actually be available, e.g.
+				 * because they are read-write for another
+				 * client; when we find this out, we remove
+				 * them from the array. */
+    struct TkStressedCmap *nextPtr;
+				/* Next in list of all stressed colormaps for
+				 * the display. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		DeleteStressedCmap(Display *display,
+			    Colormap colormap);
+static void		FindClosestColor(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    XColor *desiredColorPtr, XColor *actualColorPtr);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpFreeColor --
+ *
+ *	Release the specified color back to the system.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with the
+ *	given color.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpFreeColor(
+    TkColor *tkColPtr)		/* Color to be released. Must have been
+				 * allocated by TkpGetColor or
+				 * TkpGetColorByValue. */
+{
+    Visual *visual;
+    Screen *screen = tkColPtr->screen;
+
+    /*
+     * Careful! Don't free black or white, since this will make some servers
+     * very unhappy. Also, there is a bug in some servers (such Sun's X11/NeWS
+     * server) where reference counting is performed incorrectly, so that if a
+     * color is allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, the
+     * second free generates an error (this bug existed as of 10/1/92). To get
+     * around this problem, ignore errors that occur during the free
+     * operation.
+     */
+
+    visual = tkColPtr->visual;
+    if ((visual->c_class != StaticGray) && (visual->c_class != StaticColor)
+	    && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != BlackPixelOfScreen(screen))
+	    && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != WhitePixelOfScreen(screen))) {
+	Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+	handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(DisplayOfScreen(screen),
+		-1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+	XFreeColors(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap,
+		&tkColPtr->color.pixel, 1, 0L);
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    }
+    DeleteStressedCmap(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetColor --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a new TkColor for the color with the given name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkColor, or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon
+ *	allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor structure.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkColor *
+TkpGetColor(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
+    Tk_Uid name)		/* Name of color to allocated (in form
+				 * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */
+{
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
+    XColor color;
+    TkColor *tkColPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Map from the name to a pixel value. Call XAllocNamedColor rather than
+     * XParseColor for non-# names: this saves a server round-trip for those
+     * names.
+     */
+
+    if (*name != '#') {
+	XColor screen;
+
+	if (((*name - 'A') & 0xdf) < sizeof(tkWebColors)/sizeof(tkWebColors[0])) {
+	    if (!((name[0] - 'G') & 0xdf) && !((name[1] - 'R') & 0xdf)
+		    && !((name[2] - 'A') & 0xdb) && !((name[3] - 'Y') & 0xdf)
+		    && !name[4]) {
+		name = "#808080808080";
+		goto gotWebColor;
+	    } else {
+		const char *p = tkWebColors[((*name - 'A') & 0x1f)];
+		if (p) {
+		    const char *q = name;
+		    while (!((*p - *(++q)) & 0xdf)) {
+			if (!*p++) {
+			    name = p;
+			    goto gotWebColor;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	}
+	}
+	if (strlen(name) > 99) {
+	/* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/
+	return NULL;
+    } else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) {
+	    DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a
+	     * color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or
+	     * a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an
+	     * approximation to the desired color.
+	     */
+
+	    if (XLookupColor(display, colormap, name, &color, &screen) == 0) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	    FindClosestColor(tkwin, &screen, &color);
+	}
+    } else {
+    gotWebColor:
+	if (TkParseColor(display, colormap, name, &color) == 0) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) {
+	    DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
+	} else {
+	    FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color);
+	}
+    }
+
+    tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
+    tkColPtr->color = color;
+
+    return tkColPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetColorByValue --
+ *
+ *	Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, locate
+ *	a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that indicates
+ *	the closest red, blue, and green intensities available to those
+ *	specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel value to use to draw
+ *	in that color.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. Allocates
+ *	a new TkColor structure.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkColor *
+TkpGetColorByValue(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
+    XColor *colorPtr)		/* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
+				 * desired color. */
+{
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
+    TkColor *tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
+
+    tkColPtr->color.red = colorPtr->red;
+    tkColPtr->color.green = colorPtr->green;
+    tkColPtr->color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
+    if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &tkColPtr->color) != 0) {
+	DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
+    } else {
+	FindClosestColor(tkwin, &tkColPtr->color, &tkColPtr->color);
+    }
+
+    return tkColPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FindClosestColor --
+ *
+ *	When Tk can't allocate a color because a colormap has filled up, this
+ *	function is called to find and allocate the closest available color in
+ *	the colormap.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	There is no return value, but *actualColorPtr is filled in with
+ *	information about the closest available color in tkwin's colormap.
+ *	This color has been allocated via X, so it must be released by the
+ *	caller when the caller is done with it.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A color is allocated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+FindClosestColor(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window where color will be used. */
+    XColor *desiredColorPtr,	/* RGB values of color that was wanted (but
+				 * unavailable). */
+    XColor *actualColorPtr)	/* Structure to fill in with RGB and pixel for
+				 * closest available color. */
+{
+    TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
+    double tmp, distance, closestDistance;
+    int i, closest, numFound;
+    XColor *colorPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
+    XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create a new
+     * one if needed.
+     */
+
+    for (stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; ; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (stressPtr == NULL) {
+	    stressPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkStressedCmap));
+	    stressPtr->colormap = colormap;
+	    template.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin));
+
+	    visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin),
+		    VisualIDMask, &template, &numFound);
+	    if (numFound < 1) {
+		Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor couldn't lookup visual");
+	    }
+
+	    stressPtr->numColors = visInfoPtr->colormap_size;
+	    XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
+	    stressPtr->colorPtr =
+		    ckalloc(stressPtr->numColors * sizeof(XColor));
+	    for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) {
+		stressPtr->colorPtr[i].pixel = (unsigned long) i;
+	    }
+
+	    XQueryColors(dispPtr->display, colormap, stressPtr->colorPtr,
+		    stressPtr->numColors);
+
+	    stressPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr;
+	    dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Find the color that best approximates the desired one, then try to
+     * allocate that color. If that fails, it must mean that the color was
+     * read-write (so we can't use it, since it's owner might change it) or
+     * else it was already freed. Try again, over and over again, until
+     * something succeeds.
+     */
+
+    while (1) {
+	if (stressPtr->numColors == 0) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor ran out of colors");
+	}
+	closestDistance = 1e30;
+	closest = 0;
+	for (colorPtr = stressPtr->colorPtr, i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors;
+		colorPtr++, i++) {
+	    /*
+	     * Use Euclidean distance in RGB space, weighted by Y (of YIQ) as
+	     * the objective function; this accounts for differences in the
+	     * color sensitivity of the eye.
+	     */
+
+	    tmp = .30*(((int) desiredColorPtr->red) - (int) colorPtr->red);
+	    distance = tmp*tmp;
+	    tmp = .61*(((int) desiredColorPtr->green) - (int) colorPtr->green);
+	    distance += tmp*tmp;
+	    tmp = .11*(((int) desiredColorPtr->blue) - (int) colorPtr->blue);
+	    distance += tmp*tmp;
+	    if (distance < closestDistance) {
+		closest = i;
+		closestDistance = distance;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (XAllocColor(dispPtr->display, colormap,
+		&stressPtr->colorPtr[closest]) != 0) {
+	    *actualColorPtr = stressPtr->colorPtr[closest];
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Couldn't allocate the color. Remove it from the table and go back
+	 * to look for the next best color.
+	 */
+
+	stressPtr->colorPtr[closest] =
+		stressPtr->colorPtr[stressPtr->numColors-1];
+	stressPtr->numColors -= 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DeleteStressedCmap --
+ *
+ *	This function releases the information cached for "colormap" so that
+ *	it will be refetched from the X server the next time it is needed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The TkStressedCmap structure for colormap is deleted; the colormap is
+ *	no longer considered to be "stressed".
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	This function is invoked whenever a color in a colormap is freed, and
+ *	whenever a color allocation in a colormap succeeds. This guarantees
+ *	that TkStressedCmap structures are always deleted before the
+ *	corresponding Colormap is freed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DeleteStressedCmap(
+    Display *display,		/* Xlib's handle for the display containing
+				 * the colormap. */
+    Colormap colormap)		/* Colormap to flush. */
+{
+    TkStressedCmap *prevPtr, *stressPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
+
+    for (prevPtr = NULL, stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; stressPtr != NULL;
+	    prevPtr = stressPtr, stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
+	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
+		dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
+	    } else {
+		prevPtr->nextPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
+	    }
+	    ckfree(stressPtr->colorPtr);
+	    ckfree(stressPtr);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCmapStressed --
+ *
+ *	Check to see whether a given colormap is known to be out of entries.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 is returned if "colormap" is stressed (i.e. it has run out of
+ *	entries recently), 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpCmapStressed(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that identifies the display
+				 * containing the colormap. */
+    Colormap colormap)		/* Colormap to check for stress. */
+{
+    TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
+
+    for (stressPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->stressPtr;
+	    stressPtr != NULL; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3584494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixConfig.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixConfig.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements the Unix system defaults for the configuration
+ *	package.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetSystemDefault --
+ *
+ *	Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a
+ *	string representation of the option.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a Tk_Uid that is the string identifier that identifies this
+ *	option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this
+ *	pair.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None, once the package is initialized.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Tcl_Obj *
+TkpGetSystemDefault(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window to use. */
+    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
+    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
+{
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8afb92d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixCursor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixCursor.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains X specific cursor manipulation routines.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following data structure is a superset of the TkCursor structure
+ * defined in tkCursor.c. Each system specific cursor module will define a
+ * different cursor structure. All of these structures must have the same
+ * header consisting of the fields in TkCursor.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    TkCursor info;		/* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */
+    Display *display;		/* Display for which cursor is valid. */
+} TkUnixCursor;
+
+/*
+ * The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its index in
+ * the official cursor font:
+ */
+
+static const struct CursorName {
+    const char *name;
+    unsigned int shape;
+} cursorNames[] = {
+    {"X_cursor",		XC_X_cursor},
+    {"arrow",			XC_arrow},
+    {"based_arrow_down",	XC_based_arrow_down},
+    {"based_arrow_up",		XC_based_arrow_up},
+    {"boat",			XC_boat},
+    {"bogosity",		XC_bogosity},
+    {"bottom_left_corner",	XC_bottom_left_corner},
+    {"bottom_right_corner",	XC_bottom_right_corner},
+    {"bottom_side",		XC_bottom_side},
+    {"bottom_tee",		XC_bottom_tee},
+    {"box_spiral",		XC_box_spiral},
+    {"center_ptr",		XC_center_ptr},
+    {"circle",			XC_circle},
+    {"clock",			XC_clock},
+    {"coffee_mug",		XC_coffee_mug},
+    {"cross",			XC_cross},
+    {"cross_reverse",		XC_cross_reverse},
+    {"crosshair",		XC_crosshair},
+    {"diamond_cross",		XC_diamond_cross},
+    {"dot",			XC_dot},
+    {"dotbox",			XC_dotbox},
+    {"double_arrow",		XC_double_arrow},
+    {"draft_large",		XC_draft_large},
+    {"draft_small",		XC_draft_small},
+    {"draped_box",		XC_draped_box},
+    {"exchange",		XC_exchange},
+    {"fleur",			XC_fleur},
+    {"gobbler",			XC_gobbler},
+    {"gumby",			XC_gumby},
+    {"hand1",			XC_hand1},
+    {"hand2",			XC_hand2},
+    {"heart",			XC_heart},
+    {"icon",			XC_icon},
+    {"iron_cross",		XC_iron_cross},
+    {"left_ptr",		XC_left_ptr},
+    {"left_side",		XC_left_side},
+    {"left_tee",		XC_left_tee},
+    {"leftbutton",		XC_leftbutton},
+    {"ll_angle",		XC_ll_angle},
+    {"lr_angle",		XC_lr_angle},
+    {"man",			XC_man},
+    {"middlebutton",		XC_middlebutton},
+    {"mouse",			XC_mouse},
+    {"pencil",			XC_pencil},
+    {"pirate",			XC_pirate},
+    {"plus",			XC_plus},
+    {"question_arrow",		XC_question_arrow},
+    {"right_ptr",		XC_right_ptr},
+    {"right_side",		XC_right_side},
+    {"right_tee",		XC_right_tee},
+    {"rightbutton",		XC_rightbutton},
+    {"rtl_logo",		XC_rtl_logo},
+    {"sailboat",		XC_sailboat},
+    {"sb_down_arrow",		XC_sb_down_arrow},
+    {"sb_h_double_arrow",	XC_sb_h_double_arrow},
+    {"sb_left_arrow",		XC_sb_left_arrow},
+    {"sb_right_arrow",		XC_sb_right_arrow},
+    {"sb_up_arrow",		XC_sb_up_arrow},
+    {"sb_v_double_arrow",	XC_sb_v_double_arrow},
+    {"shuttle",			XC_shuttle},
+    {"sizing",			XC_sizing},
+    {"spider",			XC_spider},
+    {"spraycan",		XC_spraycan},
+    {"star",			XC_star},
+    {"target",			XC_target},
+    {"tcross",			XC_tcross},
+    {"top_left_arrow",		XC_top_left_arrow},
+    {"top_left_corner",		XC_top_left_corner},
+    {"top_right_corner",	XC_top_right_corner},
+    {"top_side",		XC_top_side},
+    {"top_tee",			XC_top_tee},
+    {"trek",			XC_trek},
+    {"ul_angle",		XC_ul_angle},
+    {"umbrella",		XC_umbrella},
+    {"ur_angle",		XC_ur_angle},
+    {"watch",			XC_watch},
+    {"xterm",			XC_xterm},
+    {NULL,			0}
+};
+
+/*
+ * The table below is used to map from a cursor name to the data that defines
+ * the cursor. This table is used for cursors defined by Tk that don't exist
+ * in the X cursor table.
+ */
+
+#define CURSOR_NONE_DATA \
+"#define none_width 1\n" \
+"#define none_height 1\n" \
+"#define none_x_hot 0\n" \
+"#define none_y_hot 0\n" \
+"static unsigned char none_bits[] = {\n" \
+"  0x00};"
+
+/*
+ * Define test cursor to check that mask fg and bg color settings are working.
+ *
+ * . configure -cursor {center_ptr green red}
+ * . configure -cursor {@myarrow.xbm myarrow-mask.xbm green red}
+ * . configure -cursor {myarrow green red}
+ */
+
+/*#define DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR*/
+
+#ifdef DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR
+#define CURSOR_MYARROW_DATA \
+"#define myarrow_width 16\n" \
+"#define myarrow_height 16\n" \
+"#define myarrow_x_hot 7\n" \
+"#define myarrow_y_hot 0\n" \
+"static unsigned char myarrow_bits[] = {\n" \
+"   0x7f, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xdf, 0xfd, 0xef, 0xfb, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xfb, 0xef,\n" \
+"   0xfd, 0xdf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0x80, 0x00, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe,\n" \
+"   0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe};"
+
+#define CURSOR_MYARROW_MASK \
+"#define myarrow-mask_width 16\n" \
+"#define myarrow-mask_height 16\n" \
+"#define myarrow-mask_x_hot 7\n" \
+"#define myarrow-mask_y_hot 0\n" \
+"static unsigned char myarrow-mask_bits[] = {\n" \
+"   0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f,\n" \
+"   0xfe, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,\n" \
+"   0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01};"
+
+#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
+
+static const struct TkCursorName {
+    const char *name;
+    const char *data;
+    char *mask;
+} tkCursorNames[] = {
+    {"none",	CURSOR_NONE_DATA,	NULL},
+#ifdef DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR
+    {"myarrow",	CURSOR_MYARROW_DATA,	CURSOR_MYARROW_MASK},
+#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
+    {NULL,	NULL,			NULL}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Font to use for cursors:
+ */
+
+#ifndef CURSORFONT
+#define CURSORFONT "cursor"
+#endif
+
+static Cursor		CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, const char **argv,
+			    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkGetCursorByName --
+ *
+ *	Retrieve a cursor by name. Parse the cursor name into fields and
+ *	create a cursor, either from the standard cursor font or from bitmap
+ *	files.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Allocates a new cursor.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkCursor *
+TkGetCursorByName(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
+    Tk_Uid string)		/* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
+				 * details on legal syntax. */
+{
+    TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL;
+    Cursor cursor = None;
+    int argc;
+    const char **argv = NULL;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    int inTkTable = 0;
+    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr = NULL;
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (argc == 0) {
+	goto badString;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check Tk specific table of cursor names. The cursor names don't overlap
+     * with cursors defined in the X table so search order does not matter.
+     */
+
+    if (argv[0][0] != '@') {
+	for (tkCursorPtr = tkCursorNames; ; tkCursorPtr++) {
+	    if (tkCursorPtr->name == NULL) {
+		tkCursorPtr = NULL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ((tkCursorPtr->name[0] == argv[0][0]) &&
+		    (strcmp(tkCursorPtr->name, argv[0]) == 0)) {
+		inTkTable = 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) {
+	XColor fg, bg;
+	unsigned int maskIndex;
+	register const struct CursorName *namePtr;
+	TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * The cursor is to come from the standard cursor font. If one arg, it
+	 * is cursor name (use black and white for fg and bg). If two args,
+	 * they are name and fg color (ignore mask). If three args, they are
+	 * name, fg, bg. Some of the code below is stolen from the
+	 * XCreateFontCursor Xlib function.
+	 */
+
+	if (argc > 3) {
+	    goto badString;
+	}
+	for (namePtr = cursorNames; ; namePtr++) {
+	    if (namePtr->name == NULL) {
+		goto badString;
+	    }
+	    if ((namePtr->name[0] == argv[0][0])
+		    && (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	maskIndex = namePtr->shape + 1;
+	if (argc == 1) {
+	    fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0;
+	    bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535;
+	} else {
+	    if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"invalid color name \"%s\"", argv[1]));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL);
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0;
+		maskIndex = namePtr->shape;
+	    } else if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2],
+		    &bg) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"invalid color name \"%s\"", argv[2]));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL);
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	}
+	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+	if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) {
+	    dispPtr->cursorFont = XLoadFont(display, CURSORFONT);
+	    if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"couldn't load cursor font", -1));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "FONT", NULL);
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	}
+	cursor = XCreateGlyphCursor(display, dispPtr->cursorFont,
+		dispPtr->cursorFont, namePtr->shape, maskIndex,
+		&fg, &bg);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
+	 */
+
+	if (!inTkTable && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "can't get cursor from a file in a safe interpreter",
+		    -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "CURSOR_FILE", NULL);
+	    cursorPtr = NULL;
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the cursor is to be created from bitmap files, then there should
+	 * be either two elements in the list (source, color) or four (source
+	 * mask fg bg). A cursor defined in the Tk table accepts the same
+	 * arguments as an X cursor.
+	 */
+
+	if (inTkTable && (argc != 1) && (argc != 2) && (argc != 3)) {
+	    goto badString;
+	}
+
+	if (!inTkTable && (argc != 2) && (argc != 4)) {
+	    goto badString;
+	}
+
+	cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv,
+		tkCursorPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (cursor != None) {
+	cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
+	cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
+	cursorPtr->display = display;
+    }
+
+  cleanup:
+    if (argv != NULL) {
+	ckfree(argv);
+    }
+    return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
+
+  badString:
+    if (argv) {
+	ckfree(argv);
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad cursor spec \"%s\"", string));
+    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "CURSOR", NULL);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CreateCursorFromTableOrFile --
+ *
+ *	Create a cursor defined in a file or the Tk static cursor table. A
+ *	cursor defined in a file starts with the '@' character. This method
+ *	assumes that the number of arguments in argv has been validated
+ *	already.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a new cursor, or None on error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Allocates a new X cursor.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Cursor
+CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
+    int argc,
+    const char **argv,		/* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */
+    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr)
+				/* Non-NULL when cursor is defined in Tk
+				 * table. */
+{
+    Cursor cursor = None;
+
+    int width, height, maskWidth, maskHeight;
+    int xHot = -1, yHot = -1;
+    int dummy1, dummy2;
+    XColor fg, bg;
+    const char *fgColor;
+    const char *bgColor;
+    int inTkTable = (tkCursorPtr != NULL);
+
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    Drawable drawable = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
+
+    Pixmap source = None;
+    Pixmap mask = None;
+
+    /*
+     * A cursor defined in a file accepts either 2 or 4 arguments.
+     *
+     * {srcfile fg}
+     * {srcfile maskfile fg bg}
+     *
+     * A cursor defined in the Tk table accepts 1, 2, or 3 arguments.
+     *
+     * {tkcursorname}
+     * {tkcursorname fg}
+     * {tkcursorname fg bg}
+     */
+
+    if (inTkTable) {
+	/*
+	 * This logic is like TkReadBitmapFile().
+	 */
+
+	char *data;
+
+	data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->data, NULL,
+		&width, &height, &xHot, &yHot);
+	if (data == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "error reading bitmap data for \"%s\"", argv[0]));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "BITMAP_DATA", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+
+	source = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, width,height);
+	ckfree(data);
+    } else {
+	if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, &argv[0][1],
+		(unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height,
+		&source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "cleanup reading bitmap file \"%s\"", &argv[0][1]));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "BITMAP_FILE", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ((xHot < 0) || (yHot < 0) || (xHot >= width) || (yHot >= height)) {
+	if (inTkTable) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "bad hot spot in bitmap data for \"%s\"", argv[0]));
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "bad hot spot in bitmap file \"%s\"", &argv[0][1]));
+	}
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "HOTSPOT", NULL);
+	goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Parse color names from optional fg and bg arguments
+     */
+
+    if (argc == 1) {
+	fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0;
+	bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535;
+    } else if (argc == 2) {
+	fgColor = argv[1];
+	if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "invalid color name \"%s\"", fgColor));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+	if (inTkTable) {
+	    bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0;
+	} else {
+	    bg = fg;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* 3 or 4 arguments */
+	if (inTkTable) {
+	    fgColor = argv[1];
+	    bgColor = argv[2];
+	} else {
+	    fgColor = argv[2];
+	    bgColor = argv[3];
+	}
+	if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "invalid color name \"%s\"", fgColor));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+	if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), bgColor, &bg) == 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "invalid color name \"%s\"", bgColor));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "COLOR", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If there is no mask data, then create the cursor now.
+     */
+
+    if ((!inTkTable && (argc == 2)) || (inTkTable && tkCursorPtr->mask == NULL)) {
+	cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, source,
+		&fg, &fg, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
+	goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Parse bitmap mask data and create cursor with fg and bg colors.
+     */
+
+    if (inTkTable) {
+	/*
+	 * This logic is like TkReadBitmapFile().
+	 */
+
+	char *data;
+
+	data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->mask, NULL,
+		&maskWidth, &maskHeight, &dummy1, &dummy2);
+	if (data == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "error reading bitmap mask data for \"%s\"", argv[0]));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "MASK_DATA", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+
+	mask = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, maskWidth,
+		maskHeight);
+
+	ckfree(data);
+    } else {
+	if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, argv[1],
+		(unsigned int *) &maskWidth, (unsigned int *) &maskHeight,
+		&mask, &dummy1, &dummy2) != BitmapSuccess) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "cleanup reading bitmap file \"%s\"", argv[1]));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "MASK_FILE", NULL);
+	    goto cleanup;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ((maskWidth != width) || (maskHeight != height)) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"source and mask bitmaps have different sizes", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CURSOR", "SIZE_MATCH", NULL);
+	goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, mask,
+	    &fg, &bg, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
+
+  cleanup:
+    if (source != None) {
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, source);
+    }
+    if (mask != None) {
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, mask);
+    }
+    return cursor;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkCreateCursorFromData --
+ *
+ *	Creates a cursor from the source and mask bits.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Allocates a new cursor.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkCursor *
+TkCreateCursorFromData(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
+    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
+    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
+    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
+    int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
+    XColor fgColor,		/* Foreground color for cursor. */
+    XColor bgColor)		/* Background color for cursor. */
+{
+    Cursor cursor;
+    Pixmap sourcePixmap, maskPixmap;
+    TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL;
+    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+
+    sourcePixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display,
+	    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), source, (unsigned) width,
+	    (unsigned) height);
+    maskPixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display,
+	    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), mask, (unsigned) width,
+	    (unsigned) height);
+    cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap,
+	    maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap);
+
+    if (cursor != None) {
+	cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
+	cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
+	cursorPtr->display = display;
+    }
+    return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpFreeCursor --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to release a cursor allocated by
+ *	TkGetCursorByName.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The cursor data structure is deallocated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpFreeCursor(
+    TkCursor *cursorPtr)
+{
+    TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr;
+
+    XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ca0b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDefault.h
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixDefault.h --
+ *
+ *	This file defines the defaults for all options for all of
+ *	the Tk widgets.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TKUNIXDEFAULT
+#define _TKUNIXDEFAULT
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors.
+ * NORMAL_BG -		Normal background color.
+ * ACTIVE_BG -		Background color when widget is active.
+ * SELECT_BG -		Background color for selected text.
+ * TROUGH -		Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars.
+ * INDICATOR -		Color for indicator when button is selected.
+ * DISABLED -		Foreground color when widget is disabled.
+ */
+
+#define BLACK		"#000000"
+#define WHITE		"#ffffff"
+
+#define NORMAL_BG	"#d9d9d9"
+#define ACTIVE_BG	"#ececec"
+#define SELECT_BG	"#c3c3c3"
+#define TROUGH		"#b3b3b3"
+#define INDICATOR	WHITE
+#define DISABLED	"#a3a3a3"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP		""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND		"none"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT		"disabled"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
+#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_CHKRAD_FG			DEF_BUTTON_FG
+#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
+#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
+#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"3m"
+#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1m"
+#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
+#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		INDICATOR
+#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
+#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
+#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"
+#define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
+#define DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE	""
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for canvases:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH		"1"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE		"1"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT		"7c"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG		BLACK
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
+#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
+#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
+#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for entries:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR		WHITE
+#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR		"xterm"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
+#define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT			"TkTextFont"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
+#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
+#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for frames:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
+#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
+#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_LABEL			""
+#define DEF_FRAME_PADX			"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_PADY			"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
+#define DEF_FRAME_VISUAL		""
+#define DEF_FRAME_WIDTH			"0"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for labelframes:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS		"Labelframe"
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF		"groove"
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG		BLACK
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR	"nw"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for listboxes:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE	"dotbox"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR		WHITE
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT		"10"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY		"left"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF		"sunken"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE	""
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		NULL
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for menus overall:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
+#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
+#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
+#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
+#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
+#define DEF_MENU_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"raised"
+#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
+#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
+#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
+#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for menubuttons:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP		""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION	"below"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		BLACK
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	BLACK
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS	"0"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE	"-1"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
+#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH	"0"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for messages:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR		"center"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT		"150"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY		"left"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX		"-1"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY		"-1"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT		""
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
+#define DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH		"0"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for panedwindows
+ */
+
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD	"8"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE	"8"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT		""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE	"1"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT		"horizontal"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER	"2"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR	""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD		"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF	"flat"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH	"3"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE	"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH		""
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for panedwindow panes
+ */
+
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER	""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE	""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT	""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE	"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX	"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY	"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY	"nsew"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH	""
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE	"0"
+#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH	"last"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for scales:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT		"0"
+#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
+#define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS		"0"
+#define DEF_SCALE_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
+#define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR		BLACK
+#define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_SCALE_FROM			"0"
+#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR
+#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO
+#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_SCALE_LABEL			""
+#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH		"100"
+#define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT		"vertical"
+#define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF		"flat"
+#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY		"300"
+#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
+#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
+#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
+#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
+#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
+#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
+#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
+#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
+#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
+#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
+#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for scrollbars:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF	"raised"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND		""
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR		""
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH	"-1"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
+#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"11"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for texts:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS	"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR			"xterm"
+#define DEF_TEXT_FG			BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_FONT			"TkFixedFont"
+#define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT			"24"
+#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
+#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME		"600"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED	"none"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
+#define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_PADX			"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_PADY			"1"
+#define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF			"sunken"
+#define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR	SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR	BLACK
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
+#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF		"raised"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
+#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
+#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
+#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
+#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
+#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
+#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
+#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
+#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for canvas text:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply
+ * to toplevels):
+ */
+
+#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS		"Toplevel"
+#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU		""
+#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN		""
+#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE		""
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for busy windows:
+ */
+
+#define DEF_BUSY_CURSOR			"watch"
+
+#endif /* _TKUNIXDEFAULT */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afe443f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDialog.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixDialog.c --
+ *
+ *	Contains the Unix implementation of the common dialog boxes:
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+/*
+ * The wrapper code for Unix is actually set up in library/tk.tcl these days;
+ * the procedure names used here are probably wrong too...
+ */
+
+#ifdef TK_OBSOLETE_UNIX_DIALOG_WRAPPERS
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EvalObjv --
+ *
+ *	Invokes the Tcl procedure with the arguments.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the result of the evaluation of the command.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The command may be autoloaded.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+EvalObjv(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    char *cmdName,		/* Name of the TCL command to call */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, **objs;
+    int result;
+
+    cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(cmdName, -1);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
+    objs = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc+1));
+    objs[0] = cmdObj;
+    memcpy(objs+1, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (unsigned)objc);
+
+    result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, objc+1, objs, 0);
+
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
+    ckfree(objs);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Unix platform.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See user documentation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A dialog window is created the first time this procedure is called.
+ *	This window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the
+ *	application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+{
+    return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::ColorDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetOpenFileCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Unix
+ *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See user documentation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A dialog window is created the first this procedure is called. This
+ *	window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the
+ *	application invokes the "tk_getOpenFile" or "tk_getSaveFile" command.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+
+    if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
+	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifOpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
+    } else {
+	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::OpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetSaveFileCmd --
+ *
+ *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box instead.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+
+    if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
+	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifSaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
+    } else {
+	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::SaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_MessageBoxCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure implements the MessageBox window for the Unix
+ *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See user documentation.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None. The MessageBox window will be destroy before this procedure
+ *	returns.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_MessageBoxCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+{
+    return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MessageBox", objc-1, objv+1);
+}
+
+#endif /* TK_OBSOLETE_UNIX_DIALOG_WRAPPERS */
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acc0565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixDraw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixDraw.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains X specific drawing routines.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following structure is used to pass information to ScrollRestrictProc
+ * from TkScrollWindow.
+ */
+
+typedef struct ScrollInfo {
+    int done;			/* Flag is 0 until filtering is done. */
+    Display *display;		/* Display to filter. */
+    Window window;		/* Window to filter. */
+    TkRegion region;		/* Region into which damage is accumulated. */
+    int dx, dy;			/* Amount by which window was shifted. */
+} ScrollInfo;
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
+ */
+
+static Tk_RestrictProc ScrollRestrictProc;
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkScrollWindow --
+ *
+ *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate damage
+ *	information in the specified Region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns 0 if no damage additional damage was generated. Sets damageRgn
+ *	to contain the damaged areas and returns 1 if GraphicsExpose events
+ *	were detected.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Scrolls the bits in the window and enters the event loop looking for
+ *	damage events.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkScrollWindow(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window to be scrolled. */
+    GC gc,			/* GC for window to be scrolled. */
+    int x, int y, int width, int height,
+				/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
+    int dx, int dy,		/* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
+    TkRegion damageRgn)		/* Region to accumulate damage in. */
+{
+    Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc;
+    ClientData prevArg;
+    ScrollInfo info;
+
+    XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), gc,
+	    x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, x+dx, y+dy);
+
+    info.done = 0;
+    info.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
+    info.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    info.region = damageRgn;
+    info.dx = dx;
+    info.dy = dy;
+
+    /*
+     * Sync the event stream so all of the expose events will be on the Tk
+     * event queue before we start filtering. This avoids busy waiting while
+     * we filter events.
+     */
+
+    TkpSync(info.display);
+    prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ScrollRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg);
+    while (!info.done) {
+	Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS);
+    }
+    Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
+
+    if (XEmptyRegion((Region) damageRgn)) {
+	return 0;
+    } else {
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ScrollRestrictProc --
+ *
+ *	A Tk_RestrictProc used by TkScrollWindow to gather up Expose
+ *	information into a single damage region. It accumulates damage events
+ *	on the specified window until a NoExpose or the last GraphicsExpose
+ *	event is detected.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Discards Expose events after accumulating damage information
+ *	for a particular window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tk_RestrictAction
+ScrollRestrictProc(
+    ClientData arg,
+    XEvent *eventPtr)
+{
+    ScrollInfo *info = (ScrollInfo *) arg;
+    XRectangle rect;
+
+    /*
+     * Defer events which aren't for the specified window.
+     */
+
+    if (info->done || (eventPtr->xany.display != info->display)
+	    || (eventPtr->xany.window != info->window)) {
+	return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+    }
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) {
+	info->done = 1;
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) {
+	rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x;
+	rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y;
+	rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width;
+	rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height;
+	XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
+		(Region) info->region);
+
+	if (eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.count == 0) {
+	    info->done = 1;
+	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
+	/*
+	 * This case is tricky. This event was already queued before the
+	 * XCopyArea was issued. If this area overlaps the area being copied,
+	 * then some of the copied area may be invalid. The easiest way to
+	 * handle this case is to mark both the original area and the shifted
+	 * area as damaged.
+	 */
+
+	rect.x = eventPtr->xexpose.x;
+	rect.y = eventPtr->xexpose.y;
+	rect.width = eventPtr->xexpose.width;
+	rect.height = eventPtr->xexpose.height;
+	XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
+		(Region) info->region);
+	rect.x += info->dx;
+	rect.y += info->dy;
+	XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
+		(Region) info->region);
+    } else {
+	return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+    }
+    return TK_DISCARD_EVENT;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
+ *
+ *	This function draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget
+ *	to indicate that it has received the input focus.
+ *
+ *      On Unix, we just draw the simple inset ring. On other sytems, e.g. the
+ *      Mac, the focus ring is a little more complicated, so we need this
+ *      abstraction.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding
+ *	to the outer area of "tkwin".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    GC fgGC,
+    GC bgGC,
+    int highlightWidth,
+    Drawable drawable)
+{
+    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDrawFrame --
+ *
+ *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDrawFrame(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    Tk_3DBorder border,
+    int highlightWidth,
+    int borderWidth,
+    int relief)
+{
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
+	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth,
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a33a623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1209 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixEmbed.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains platform-specific functions for UNIX to provide
+ *	basic operations needed for application embedding (where one
+ *	application can use as its main window an internal window from some
+ *	other application). Also includes code to support busy windows.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include "tkBusy.h"
+
+/*
+ * One of the following structures exists for each container in this
+ * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated
+ * embedded window.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Container {
+    Window parent;		/* X's window id for the parent of the pair
+				 * (the container). */
+    Window parentRoot;		/* Id for the root window of parent's
+				 * screen. */
+    TkWindow *parentPtr;	/* Tk's information about the container, or
+				 * NULL if the container isn't in this
+				 * process. */
+    Window wrapper;		/* X's window id for the wrapper window for
+				 * the embedded window. Starts off as None,
+				 * but gets filled in when the window is
+				 * eventually created. */
+    TkWindow *embeddedPtr;	/* Tk's information about the embedded window,
+				 * or NULL if the embedded application isn't
+				 * in this process. Note that this is *not*
+				 * the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the
+				 * parent of embeddedPtr. */
+    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
+				 * process. */
+} Container;
+
+typedef struct {
+    Container *firstContainerPtr;
+				/* First in list of all containers managed by
+				 * this process. */
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for static functions defined in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int		EmbedErrorProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
+static void		EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr,
+			    int width, int height);
+static void		EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
+static void		EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpUseWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function causes a Tk window to use a given X window as its parent
+ *	window, rather than the root window for the screen. It is invoked by
+ *	an embedded application to specify the window in which it is embedded.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such as
+ *	string not being a valid window spec), then the return value is
+ *	TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if
+ *	interp is non-NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Changes the colormap and other visual information to match that of the
+ *	parent window given by "string".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpUseWindow(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
+				 * string is bogus. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Tk window that does not yet have an
+				 * associated X window. */
+    const char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
+				 * tkwin; must be an integer value. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *usePtr;
+    int anyError;
+    Window parent;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    XWindowAttributes parentAtts;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (winPtr->window != None) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"can't modify container after widget is created", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "POST_CREATE", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, &parent) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, parent);
+    if (usePtr != NULL && !(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"window \"%s\" doesn't have -container option set",
+		usePtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CONTAINER", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Tk sets the window colormap to the screen default colormap in
+     * tkWindow.c:AllocWindow. This doesn't work well for embedded windows. So
+     * we override the colormap and visual settings to be the same as the
+     * parent window (which is in the container app).
+     */
+
+    anyError = 0;
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
+	    EmbedErrorProc, &anyError);
+    if (!XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, parent, &parentAtts)) {
+        anyError = 1;
+    }
+    XSync(winPtr->display, False);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    if (anyError) {
+	if (interp != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "couldn't create child of window \"%s\"", string));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "NO_TARGET", NULL);
+	}
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tk_SetWindowVisual(tkwin, parentAtts.visual, parentAtts.depth,
+	    parentAtts.colormap);
+
+    /*
+     * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when tkwin
+     * is eventually deleted.
+     */
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
+	    winPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a
+     * Container structure. If there is already an existing Container
+     * structure, it means that both container and embedded app. are in the
+     * same process.
+     */
+
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
+	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (containerPtr->parent == parent) {
+	    winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
+	    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
+	containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
+	containerPtr->parent = parent;
+	containerPtr->parentRoot = parentAtts.root;
+	containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
+	containerPtr->wrapper = None;
+	containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+	tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
+    }
+    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = winPtr;
+    winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMakeWindow --
+ *
+ *	Create an actual window system window object based on the current
+ *	attributes of the specified TkWindow.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the handle to the new window, or None on failure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Creates a new X window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Window
+TkpMakeWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Tk's information about the window that is
+				 * to be instantiated. */
+    Window parent)		/* Window system token for the parent in which
+				 * the window is to be created. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+	/*
+	 * This window is embedded. Don't create the new window in the given
+	 * parent; instead, create it as a child of the root window of the
+	 * container's screen. The window will get reparented into a wrapper
+	 * window later.
+	 */
+
+	for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; ;
+		containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
+		Tcl_Panic("TkMakeWindow couldn't find container for window");
+	    }
+	    if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	parent = containerPtr->parentRoot;
+    }
+
+    return XCreateWindow(winPtr->display, parent, winPtr->changes.x,
+	    winPtr->changes.y, (unsigned) winPtr->changes.width,
+	    (unsigned) winPtr->changes.height,
+	    (unsigned) winPtr->changes.border_width, winPtr->depth,
+	    InputOutput, winPtr->visual, winPtr->dirtyAtts,
+	    &winPtr->atts);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMakeContainer --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to indicate that a particular window will be a
+ *	container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects of
+ *	the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events anymore.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMakeContainer(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for a window that is about to become
+				 * a container. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    /*
+     * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
+     * out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
+     */
+
+    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
+    containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
+    containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
+    containerPtr->parentRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
+    containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
+    containerPtr->wrapper = None;
+    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
+    containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
+    winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
+
+    /*
+     * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when the
+     * embedded application creates its window or attempts to resize it. Also
+     * watch Configure events on the container so that we can resize the child
+     * to match.
+     */
+
+    winPtr->atts.event_mask |= SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask;
+    XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
+	    SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask,
+	    ContainerEventProc, winPtr);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbedStructureProc,
+	    containerPtr);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, FocusChangeMask, EmbedFocusProc,
+	    containerPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedErrorProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked if an error occurs while creating an embedded
+ *	window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0 to indicate that the error has been properly handled.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The integer pointed to by the clientData argument is set to 1.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+EmbedErrorProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Points to integer to set. */
+    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)	/* Points to information about error (not
+				 * used). */
+{
+    int *iPtr = clientData;
+
+    *iPtr = 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbeddedEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various
+ *	useful events are received for a window that is embedded in another
+ *	application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Our internal state gets cleaned up when an embedded window is
+ *	destroyed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbeddedEventProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ContainerEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various
+ *	useful events are received for the children of a container window. It
+ *	forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the
+ *	events into the container's application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur,
+ *	geometry information gets set for the container window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ContainerEventProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    /*
+     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this function (almost any
+     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
+     * deleted its window).
+     */
+
+    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
+	    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window.
+     */
+
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+	    containerPtr->parent != eventPtr->xmaprequest.parent;
+	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (containerPtr == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("ContainerEventProc couldn't find Container record");
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == CreateNotify) {
+	/*
+	 * A new child window has been created in the container. Record its id
+	 * in the Container structure (if more than one child is created, just
+	 * remember the last one and ignore the earlier ones). Also set the
+	 * child's size to match the container.
+	 */
+
+	containerPtr->wrapper = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window;
+	XMoveResizeWindow(eventPtr->xcreatewindow.display,
+		containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
+		(unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr));
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureRequest) {
+	if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x != 0)
+		|| (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y != 0)) {
+	    /*
+	     * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which isn't
+	     * legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually moved, but we
+	     * need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to let it know that its
+	     * request has been denied. If the embedded application was also
+	     * trying to resize itself, a ConfigureNotify will be sent by the
+	     * geometry management code below, so we don't need to do
+	     * anything. Otherwise, generate a synthetic event.
+	     */
+
+	    if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width == winPtr->changes.width)
+		    && (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height
+		    == winPtr->changes.height)) {
+		EmbedSendConfigure(containerPtr);
+	    }
+	}
+	EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr,
+		eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width,
+		eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height);
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapRequest) {
+	/*
+	 * The embedded application's map request was ignored and simply
+	 * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear on
+	 * the screen.
+	 */
+
+	XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
+		eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	/*
+	 * The embedded application is gone. Destroy the container window.
+	 */
+
+	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedStructureProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when a container
+ *	window owned by this application gets resized (and also at several
+ *	other times that we don't care about). This function reflects the size
+ *	change in the embedded window that corresponds to the container.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The embedded window gets resized to match the container.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbedStructureProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
+        /*
+         * Send a ConfigureNotify  to the embedded application.
+         */
+
+        if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) {
+            TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr);
+        }
+	if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {
+
+	    /*
+	     * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
+	     * deleted its window.
+	     */
+
+	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
+		    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+	    XMoveResizeWindow(eventPtr->xconfigure.display,
+		    containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0,
+		    (unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
+		    (unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr));
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
+	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	EmbedWindowDeleted(containerPtr->parentPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedFocusProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when FocusIn and
+ *	FocusOut events occur for a container window owned by this
+ *	application. It is responsible for moving the focus back and forth
+ *	between a container application and an embedded application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The X focus may change.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbedFocusProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
+    Display *display;
+
+    display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
+    if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
+	/*
+	 * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to move
+	 * it to the embedded application, if there is one. Ignore X errors
+	 * that occur during this operation (it's possible that the new focus
+	 * window isn't mapped).
+	 */
+
+	if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {
+	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
+		    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+	    XSetInputFocus(display, containerPtr->wrapper, RevertToParent,
+		    CurrentTime);
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedGeometryRequest --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when an embedded application requests a
+ *	particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not
+ *	actually honor the request) and reflects the results back to the
+ *	embedded application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is
+ *	synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be. Events get
+ *	processed while we're waiting for the geometry managers to do their
+ *	thing.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbedGeometryRequest(
+    Container *containerPtr,	/* Information about the embedding. */
+    int width, int height)	/* Size that the child has requested. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
+     * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
+     * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make
+     * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so
+     * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want
+     * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
+     * configure event.
+     */
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
+    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
+	/* Empty loop body. */
+    }
+    if ((winPtr->changes.width != width)
+	    || (winPtr->changes.height != height)) {
+	EmbedSendConfigure(containerPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedSendConfigure --
+ *
+ *	This function synthesizes a ConfigureNotify event to notify an
+ *	embedded application of its current size and location. This function
+ *	is called when the embedded application made a geometry request that
+ *	we did not grant, so that the embedded application knows that its
+ *	geometry didn't change after all.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbedSendConfigure(
+    Container *containerPtr)	/* Information about the embedding. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
+    XEvent event;
+
+    event.xconfigure.type = ConfigureNotify;
+    event.xconfigure.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
+    event.xconfigure.send_event = True;
+    event.xconfigure.display = winPtr->display;
+    event.xconfigure.event = containerPtr->wrapper;
+    event.xconfigure.window = containerPtr->wrapper;
+    event.xconfigure.x = 0;
+    event.xconfigure.y = 0;
+    event.xconfigure.width = winPtr->changes.width;
+    event.xconfigure.height = winPtr->changes.height;
+    event.xconfigure.above = None;
+    event.xconfigure.override_redirect = False;
+
+    /*
+     * Note: when sending the event below, the ButtonPressMask causes the
+     * event to be sent only to applications that have selected for
+     * ButtonPress events, which should be just the embedded application.
+     */
+
+    XSendEvent(winPtr->display, containerPtr->wrapper, False,
+	    0, &event);
+
+    /*
+     * The following needs to be done if the embedded window is not in the
+     * same application as the container window.
+     */
+
+    if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
+	XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) winPtr->changes.width,
+		(unsigned) winPtr->changes.height);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetOtherWindow --
+ *
+ *	If both the container and embedded window are in the same process,
+ *	this function will return either one, given the other.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the
+ *	embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this
+ *	process, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkWindow *
+TkpGetOtherWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for a container or embedded
+				 * window. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+            containerPtr != NULL;
+	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
+	    return containerPtr->parentPtr;
+	} else if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
+	    return containerPtr->embeddedPtr;
+	}
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpRedirectKeyEvent --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when a key press or release event arrives for
+ *	an application that does not believe it owns the input focus. This can
+ *	happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event to an
+ *	embedded application when the real focus window is in the container
+ *	application and is an ancestor of the container. This function's job
+ *	is to forward the event back to the application where it really
+ *	belongs.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The event may get sent to a different application.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to which the event was originally
+				 * reported. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
+				 * KeyRelease). */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    Window saved;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    /*
+     * First, find the top-level window corresponding to winPtr.
+     */
+
+    while (1) {
+	if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * This window is being deleted. This is too confusing a case to
+	     * handle so discard the event.
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
+    }
+
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+	/*
+	 * This application is embedded. If we got a key event without
+	 * officially having the focus, it means that the focus is really in
+	 * the container, but the mouse was over the embedded application.
+	 * Send the event back to the container.
+	 */
+
+	for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+		containerPtr->embeddedPtr != winPtr;
+		containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    /* Empty loop body. */
+	}
+	saved = eventPtr->xkey.window;
+	eventPtr->xkey.window = containerPtr->parent;
+	XSendEvent(eventPtr->xkey.display, eventPtr->xkey.window, False,
+		KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask, eventPtr);
+	eventPtr->xkey.window = saved;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpClaimFocus --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when someone asks or the input focus to be
+ *	put on a window in an embedded application, but the application
+ *	doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the
+ *	container application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The input focus may change.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpClaimFocus(
+    TkWindow *topLevelPtr,	/* Top-level window containing desired focus
+				 * window; should be embedded. */
+    int force)			/* One means that the container should claim
+				 * the focus if it doesn't currently have
+				 * it. */
+{
+    XEvent event;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr != topLevelPtr;
+	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	/* Empty loop body. */
+    }
+
+    event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
+    event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
+    event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
+    event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display;
+    event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent;
+    event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS;
+    event.xfocus.detail = force;
+    XSendEvent(event.xfocus.display, event.xfocus.window, False, 0, &event);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpTestembedCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function implements the "testembed" command. It returns some or
+ *	all of the information in the list pointed to by firstContainerPtr.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpTestembedCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    int all;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    Tcl_DString dString;
+    char buffer[50];
+    Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) {
+	all = 1;
+    } else {
+	all = 0;
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
+	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
+	    embeddedInterp = containerPtr->embeddedPtr->mainPtr->interp;
+	}
+	if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
+	    parentInterp = containerPtr->parentPtr->mainPtr->interp;
+	}
+	if (embeddedInterp != interp && parentInterp != interp) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
+	/* Parent id */
+	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else if (all) {
+	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", containerPtr->parent);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
+	}
+	/* Parent pathName */
+	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL ||
+	    parentInterp != interp) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
+		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
+	}
+        /* Wrapper */
+	if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else if (all) {
+	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", containerPtr->wrapper);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
+	}
+	/* Embedded window pathName */
+	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL ||
+	    embeddedInterp != interp) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
+		    containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * EmbedWindowDeleted --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as
+ *	either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It
+ *	cleans up the Container structure for the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A Container structure may be freed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+EmbedWindowDeleted(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's information about window that was
+				 * deleted. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    /*
+     * Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the
+     * information about the embedded application and free the container's
+     * record.
+     */
+
+    prevPtr = NULL;
+    containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+    while (1) {
+	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
+	    containerPtr->wrapper = None;
+	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
+	    containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
+	    break;
+	}
+	prevPtr = containerPtr;
+	containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
+    }
+    if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
+	    && (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
+	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
+	    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
+	} else {
+	    prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
+	}
+	ckfree(containerPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkUnixContainerId --
+ *
+ *	Given an embedded window, this function returns the X window
+ *	identifier for the associated container window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the X window identifier for winPtr's container
+ *	window.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Window
+TkUnixContainerId(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
+{
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
+            containerPtr != NULL; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
+	    return containerPtr->parent;
+	}
+    }
+    Tcl_Panic("TkUnixContainerId couldn't find window");
+    return None;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpShowBusyWindow --
+ *
+ *	Makes a busy window "appear".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the busy window to start intercepting events and the
+ *	cursor to change to the configured "hey, I'm busy!" setting.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpShowBusyWindow(
+    TkBusy busy)
+{
+    Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy;
+
+    if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
+	Tk_MapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
+
+	/*
+	 * Always raise the busy window just in case new sibling windows have
+	 * been created in the meantime. Can't use Tk_RestackWindow because it
+	 * doesn't work under Win32.
+	 */
+
+	XRaiseWindow(Tk_Display(busyPtr->tkBusy),
+		Tk_WindowId(busyPtr->tkBusy));
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpHideBusyWindow --
+ *
+ *	Makes a busy window "disappear".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arranges for the busy window to stop intercepting events, and the
+ *	cursor to change back to its normal setting.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpHideBusyWindow(
+    TkBusy busy)
+{
+    Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy;
+
+    if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist --
+ *
+ *	Construct the platform-specific resources for a transparent window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Moves the specified window in the stacking order.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
+    Window parent)		/* Parent window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    long int mask = CWDontPropagate | CWEventMask;
+
+    /*
+     * Ignore the important events while the window is mapped.
+     */
+
+#define USER_EVENTS \
+	(EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | \
+	ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask)
+#define PROP_EVENTS \
+	(KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | \
+	ButtonReleaseMask | PointerMotionMask)
+
+    winPtr->atts.do_not_propagate_mask = PROP_EVENTS;
+    winPtr->atts.event_mask = USER_EVENTS;
+    winPtr->changes.border_width = 0;
+    winPtr->depth = 0;
+
+    winPtr->window = XCreateWindow(winPtr->display, parent,
+	    winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y,
+	    (unsigned) winPtr->changes.width,		/* width */
+	    (unsigned) winPtr->changes.height,		/* height */
+	    (unsigned) winPtr->changes.border_width,	/* border_width */
+	    winPtr->depth, InputOnly, winPtr->visual, mask, &winPtr->atts);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCreateBusy --
+ *
+ *	Construct the platform-specific parts of a busy window. Note that this
+ *	postpones the actual creation of the window resource until later.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets up part of the busy window structure.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpCreateBusy(
+    Tk_FakeWin *winPtr,
+    Tk_Window tkRef,
+    Window *parentPtr,
+    Tk_Window tkParent,
+    TkBusy busy)
+{
+    Window root, parent, *dummy;
+    unsigned int count;
+
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) {
+	/*
+	 * This works around a bug in the implementation of menubars for
+	 * non-MacIntosh window systems (Win32 and X11). Tk doesn't reset the
+	 * pointers to the parent window when the menu is reparented (since
+	 * winPtr->parentPtr points to the wrong window). We get around this
+	 * by determining the parent via the native API calls.
+	 */
+
+	if (XQueryTree(Tk_Display(tkRef), Tk_WindowId(tkRef), &root,
+		&parent, &dummy, &count) > 0) {
+	    XFree(dummy);
+	    *parentPtr = parent;
+	} else {
+	    *parentPtr = None;
+	}
+    } else {
+	*parentPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkParent);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a92b868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixEvent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixEvent.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements an event source for X displays for the UNIX
+ *	version of Tk.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
+#  include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+#else
+#  define XkbOpenDisplay(D,V,E,M,m,R) ((V),(E),(M),(m),(R),(NULL))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in
+ * the current thread.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    int initialized;
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for functions that are referenced only in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
+static void		DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
+static void		DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
+static void		DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
+static void		TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+static void		InstantiateIMCallback(Display *, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
+static void		DestroyIMCallback(XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
+static void		OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkCreateXEventSource --
+ *
+ *	This function is called during Tk initialization to create the event
+ *	source for X Window events.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new event source is created.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkCreateXEventSource(void)
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
+	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
+	Tcl_CreateEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL);
+	TkCreateExitHandler(DisplayExitHandler, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayExitHandler --
+ *
+ *	This function is called during finalization to clean up the display
+ *	module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayExitHandler(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL);
+    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpOpenDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Allocates a new TkDisplay, opens the X display, and establishes the
+ *	file handler for the connection.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to a Tk display structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Opens a display.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkDisplay *
+TkpOpenDisplay(
+    const char *displayNameStr)
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+    Display *display;
+    int event = 0;
+    int error = 0;
+    int major = 1;
+    int minor = 0;
+    int reason = 0;
+    unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
+    /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
+#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
+    static int xinited = 0;
+    static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;
+
+    if (!xinited) {
+	Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
+	if (!xinited) {
+	    /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise  */
+	    /* need only be called once, but must be called before *any* */
+	    /* Xlib call is made. If xinitMutex is still NULL after the  */
+	    /* Tcl_MutexLock call, Tcl was compiled without threads so   */
+	    /* we cannot use XInitThreads() either.                      */
+	    if (xinitMutex != NULL){
+		XInitThreads();
+	    }
+	    xinited = 1;
+	}
+	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&xinitMutex);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+    ** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized and confirmed
+    **                that the serve supports it.  The XkbOpenDisplay call
+    **                will perform this check and return NULL if the extension
+    **                is not supported.
+    **
+    ** Work around un-const-ified Xkb headers using (char *) cast.
+    */
+    display = XkbOpenDisplay((char *)displayNameStr, &event, &error, &major,
+	    &minor, &reason);
+
+    if (display == NULL) {
+	/*fprintf(stderr,"event=%d error=%d major=%d minor=%d reason=%d\nDisabling xkb\n",
+	event, error, major, minor, reason);*/
+	display  = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr);
+    } else {
+	use_xkb = TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB;
+	/*fprintf(stderr, "Using xkb %d.%d\n", major, minor);*/
+    }
+
+    if (display == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
+    memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
+    dispPtr->display = display;
+    dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    OpenIM(dispPtr);
+    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
+#endif
+    Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
+	    DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event".
+     */
+    TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr);
+
+    return dispPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCloseDisplay --
+ *
+ *	Cancels notifier callbacks and closes a display.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Deallocates the displayPtr and unix-specific resources.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpCloseDisplay(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
+{
+    TkSendCleanup(dispPtr);
+
+    TkWmCleanup(dispPtr);
+
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    if (dispPtr->inputXfs) {
+	XFreeFontSet(dispPtr->display, dispPtr->inputXfs);
+    }
+    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
+	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (dispPtr->display != 0) {
+	Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display));
+	(void) XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
+	(void) XCloseDisplay(dispPtr->display);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkClipCleanup --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming
+ *	clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This
+ *	function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display
+ *	cleanup function because we still need the access display elements.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Resources are freed - the clipboard may no longer be used.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkClipCleanup(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display associated with clipboard */
+{
+    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
+	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
+		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
+	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
+		dispPtr->windowAtom);
+
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
+	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->clipWindow);
+	dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplaySetupProc --
+ *
+ *	This function implements the setup part of the UNIX X display event
+ *	source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before entering the notifier
+ *	to check for events on all displays.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If data is queued on a display inside Xlib, then the maximum block
+ *	time will be set to 0 to ensure that the notifier returns control to
+ *	Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplaySetupProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
+    int flags)
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+    static Tcl_Time blockTime = { 0, 0 };
+
+    if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
+	    dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+	/*
+	 * Flush the display. If data is pending on the X queue, set the block
+	 * time to zero. This ensures that we won't block in the notifier if
+	 * there is data in the X queue, but not on the server socket.
+	 */
+
+	XFlush(dispPtr->display);
+	if (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&blockTime);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TransferXEventsToTcl --
+ *
+ *	Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Moves queued X events onto the Tcl event queue.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+TransferXEventsToTcl(
+    Display *display)
+{
+    union {
+	int type;
+	XEvent x;
+	TkKeyEvent k;
+#ifdef GenericEvent
+	xGenericEvent xge;
+#endif
+    } event;
+    Window w;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue after XIM
+     * event filtering. KeyPress and KeyRelease events need special treatment
+     * so that they get directed according to Tk's focus rules during XIM
+     * handling. Theoretically they can go to the wrong place still (if
+     * there's a focus change in the queue) but if we push the handling off
+     * until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work
+     * correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough
+     * for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761]
+     */
+
+    while (QLength(display) > 0) {
+	XNextEvent(display, &event.x);
+#ifdef GenericEvent
+	if (event.type == GenericEvent) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("Wild GenericEvent; panic! (extension=%d,evtype=%d)",
+		    event.xge.extension, event.xge.evtype);
+	}
+#endif
+	w = None;
+	if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) {
+	    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); ; dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+		if (dispPtr == NULL) {
+		    break;
+		} else if (dispPtr->display == event.x.xany.display) {
+		    if (dispPtr->focusPtr != NULL) {
+			w = dispPtr->focusPtr->window;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (XFilterEvent(&event.x, w)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) {
+	    event.k.charValuePtr = NULL;
+	    event.k.charValueLen = 0;
+	    event.k.keysym = NoSymbol;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Force the calling of the input method engine now. The results
+	     * from it will be cached in the event so that they don't get lost
+	     * (to a race condition with other XIM-handled key events) between
+	     * entering the event queue and getting serviced. [Bug 1924761]
+	     */
+
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+	    if (event.type == KeyPress && dispPtr &&
+		    (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
+		if (dispPtr->focusPtr && dispPtr->focusPtr->inputContext) {
+		    Tcl_DString ds;
+
+		    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+		    (void) TkpGetString(dispPtr->focusPtr, &event.x, &ds);
+		    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	}
+	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.x, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayCheckProc --
+ *
+ *	This function checks for events sitting in the X event queue.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayCheckProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
+    int flags)
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+
+    if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
+	    dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+	XFlush(dispPtr->display);
+	TransferXEventsToTcl(dispPtr->display);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayFileProc --
+ *
+ *	This function implements the file handler for the X connection.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Makes entries on the Tcl event queue for all the events available from
+ *	all the displays.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayFileProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* The display pointer. */
+    int flags)			/* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
+    Display *display = dispPtr->display;
+    int numFound;
+
+    XFlush(display);
+    numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading);
+    if (numFound == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Things are very tricky if there aren't any events readable at this
+	 * point (after all, there was supposedly data available on the
+	 * connection). A couple of things could have occurred:
+	 *
+	 * One possibility is that there were only error events in the input
+	 * from the server. If this happens, we should return (we don't want
+	 * to go to sleep in XNextEvent below, since this would block out
+	 * other sources of input to the process).
+	 *
+	 * Another possibility is that our connection to the server has been
+	 * closed. This will not necessarily be detected in XEventsQueued (!!)
+	 * so if we just return then there will be an infinite loop. To detect
+	 * such an error, generate a NoOp protocol request to exercise the
+	 * connection to the server, then return. However, must disable
+	 * SIGPIPE while sending the request, or else the process will die
+	 * from the signal and won't invoke the X error function to print a
+	 * nice (?!) message.
+	 */
+
+	void (*oldHandler)();
+
+	oldHandler = (void (*)()) signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+	XNoOp(display);
+	XFlush(display);
+	(void) signal(SIGPIPE, oldHandler);
+    }
+
+    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkUnixDoOneXEvent --
+ *
+ *	This routine waits for an X event to be processed or for a timeout to
+ *	occur. The timeout is specified as an absolute time. This routine is
+ *	called when Tk needs to wait for a particular X event without letting
+ *	arbitrary events be processed. The caller will typically call
+ *	Tk_RestrictEvents to set up an event filter before calling this
+ *	routine. This routine will service at most one event per invocation.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns 0 if the timeout has expired, otherwise returns 1.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Can invoke arbitrary Tcl scripts.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkUnixDoOneXEvent(
+    Tcl_Time *timePtr)		/* Specifies the absolute time when the call
+				 * should time out. */
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+    static fd_mask readMask[MASK_SIZE];
+    struct timeval blockTime, *timeoutPtr;
+    Tcl_Time now;
+    int fd, index, numFound, numFdBits = 0;
+    fd_mask bit, *readMaskPtr = readMask;
+
+    /*
+     * Look for queued events first.
+     */
+
+    if (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Compute the next block time and check to see if we have timed out. Note
+     * that HP-UX defines tv_sec to be unsigned so we have to be careful in
+     * our arithmetic.
+     */
+
+    if (timePtr) {
+	Tcl_GetTime(&now);
+	blockTime.tv_sec = timePtr->sec;
+	blockTime.tv_usec = timePtr->usec - now.usec;
+	if (blockTime.tv_usec < 0) {
+	    now.sec += 1;
+	    blockTime.tv_usec += 1000000;
+	}
+	if (blockTime.tv_sec < now.sec) {
+	    blockTime.tv_sec = 0;
+	    blockTime.tv_usec = 0;
+	} else {
+	    blockTime.tv_sec -= now.sec;
+	}
+	timeoutPtr = &blockTime;
+    } else {
+	timeoutPtr = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the select mask for all of the displays. If a display has data
+     * pending, then we want to poll instead of blocking.
+     */
+
+    memset(readMask, 0, MASK_SIZE*sizeof(fd_mask));
+    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
+	    dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+	XFlush(dispPtr->display);
+	if (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0) {
+	    blockTime.tv_sec = 0;
+	    blockTime.tv_usec = 0;
+	}
+	fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display);
+	index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask));
+	bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)));
+	readMask[index] |= bit;
+	if (numFdBits <= fd) {
+	    numFdBits = fd+1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    numFound = select(numFdBits, (SELECT_MASK *) readMaskPtr, NULL, NULL,
+	    timeoutPtr);
+    if (numFound <= 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Some systems don't clear the masks after an error, so we have to do
+	 * it here.
+	 */
+
+	memset(readMask, 0, MASK_SIZE*sizeof(fd_mask));
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Process any new events on the display connections.
+     */
+
+    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
+	    dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+	fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display);
+	index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask));
+	bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)));
+	if ((readMask[index] & bit) || (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0)) {
+	    DisplayFileProc(dispPtr, TCL_READABLE);
+	}
+    }
+    if (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check to see if we timed out.
+     */
+
+    if (timePtr) {
+	Tcl_GetTime(&now);
+	if ((now.sec > timePtr->sec) || ((now.sec == timePtr->sec)
+		&& (now.usec > timePtr->usec))) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We had an event but we did not generate a Tcl event from it. Behave as
+     * though we dealt with it. (JYL&SS)
+     */
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpSync --
+ *
+ *	This routine ensures that all pending X requests have been seen by the
+ *	server, and that any pending X events have been moved onto the Tk
+ *	event queue.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Places new events on the Tk event queue.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpSync(
+    Display *display)		/* Display to sync. */
+{
+    XSync(display, False);
+
+    /*
+     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
+     */
+
+    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
+}
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+
+static void
+InstantiateIMCallback(
+    Display      *display,
+    XPointer     client_data,
+    XPointer     call_data)
+{
+    TkDisplay    *dispPtr;
+
+    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
+    OpenIM(dispPtr);
+    XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
+}
+
+static void
+DestroyIMCallback(
+    XIM         im,
+    XPointer    client_data,
+    XPointer    call_data)
+{
+    TkDisplay   *dispPtr;
+
+    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
+    dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
+    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
+    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * OpenIM --
+ *
+ *	Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Stores the input method in dispPtr->inputMethod; if there isn't a
+ *	suitable input method, then NULL is stored in dispPtr->inputMethod.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	An input method gets opened.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+OpenIM(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Tk's structure for the display. */
+{
+    int i;
+    XIMStyles *stylePtr;
+    XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;
+
+    if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
+    dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+    if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Require X11R6 */
+    {
+	XIMCallback destroy_cb;
+
+	destroy_cb.callback = DestroyIMCallback;
+	destroy_cb.client_data = (XPointer) dispPtr;
+	if (XSetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNDestroyCallback,
+		&destroy_cb, NULL))
+	    goto error;
+    }
+
+    if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
+	    NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Select the best input style supported by both the IM and Tk.
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i < stylePtr->count_styles; i++) {
+	XIMStyle thisStyle = stylePtr->supported_styles[i];
+	if (thisStyle == (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusNothing)) {
+	    bestStyle = thisStyle;
+	    break;
+	} else if (thisStyle == (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing)) {
+	    bestStyle = thisStyle;
+	}
+    }
+    XFree(stylePtr);
+    if (bestStyle == 0) {
+	goto error;
+    }
+
+    dispPtr->inputStyle = bestStyle;
+
+    /*
+     * Create an XFontSet for preedit area.
+     */
+    if (dispPtr->inputStyle & XIMPreeditPosition) {
+	char **missing_list;
+	int missing_count;
+	char *def_string;
+
+	dispPtr->inputXfs = XCreateFontSet(dispPtr->display,
+		"-*-*-*-R-Normal--14-130-75-75-*-*",
+		&missing_list, &missing_count, &def_string);
+	if (missing_count > 0) {
+	    XFreeStringList(missing_list);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+error:
+    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
+	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
+	dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
+	++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
+
+void
+TkpWarpPointer(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
+{
+    Window w;			/* Which window to warp relative to. */
+
+    if (dispPtr->warpWindow != NULL) {
+	w = Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow);
+    } else {
+	w = RootWindow(dispPtr->display,
+		Tk_ScreenNumber(dispPtr->warpMainwin));
+    }
+    XWarpPointer(dispPtr->display, None, w, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	    (int) dispPtr->warpX, (int) dispPtr->warpY);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0767618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFocus.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixFocus.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains platform specific functions that manage focus for
+ *	Tk.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpChangeFocus --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to move the official X focus from one window
+ *	to another.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
+ *	focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
+ *	events that were queued before the command. If the function doesn't
+ *	actually change the focus then it returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The official X focus window changes; the application's focus window
+ *	isn't changed by this function.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpChangeFocus(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window that is to receive the X focus. */
+    int force)			/* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it
+				 * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
+				 * application. */
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
+    Window window, root, parent, *children;
+    unsigned int numChildren, serial;
+    TkWindow *winPtr2;
+    int dummy;
+
+    /*
+     * Don't set the X focus to a window that's marked override-redirect.
+     * This is a hack to avoid problems with menus under olvwm: if we move
+     * the focus then the focus can get lost during keyboard traversal.
+     * Fortunately, we don't really need to move the focus for menus: events
+     * will still find their way to the focus window, and menus aren't
+     * decorated anyway so the window manager doesn't need to hear about the
+     * focus change in order to redecorate the menu.
+     */
+
+    serial = 0;
+    if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
+	return serial;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check to make sure that the focus is still in one of the windows of
+     * this application or one of their descendants. Furthermore, grab the
+     * server to make sure that the focus doesn't change in the middle of this
+     * operation.
+     */
+
+    XGrabServer(dispPtr->display);
+    if (!force) {
+	/*
+	 * Find the focus window, then see if it or one of its ancestors is a
+	 * window in our application (it's possible that the focus window is
+	 * in an embedded application, which may or may not be in the same
+	 * process.
+	 */
+
+	XGetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, &window, &dummy);
+	while (1) {
+	    winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, window);
+	    if ((winPtr2 != NULL) && (winPtr2->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ((window == PointerRoot) || (window == None)) {
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    XQueryTree(dispPtr->display, window, &root, &parent, &children,
+		    &numChildren);
+	    if (children != NULL) {
+		XFree((void *) children);
+	    }
+	    if (parent == root) {
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    window = parent;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Tell X to change the focus. Ignore errors that occur when changing the
+     * focus: it is still possible that the window we're focussing to could
+     * have gotten unmapped, which will generate an error.
+     */
+
+    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
+    if (winPtr->window == None) {
+	Tcl_Panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window");
+    }
+    XSetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, winPtr->window, RevertToParent,
+	    CurrentTime);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
+
+    /*
+     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
+     * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
+     * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the
+     * mark.
+     */
+
+    serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
+    XNoOp(winPtr->display);
+
+  done:
+    XUngrabServer(dispPtr->display);
+
+    /*
+     * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output
+     * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we
+     * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such
+     * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
+     * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
+     * deadlock.
+     */
+
+    XFlush(dispPtr->display);
+    return serial;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e80231
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixFont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3329 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixFont.c --
+ *
+ *	Contains the Unix implementation of the platform-independent font
+ *	package interface.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include "tkFont.h"
+#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */
+
+/*
+ * The preferred font encodings.
+ */
+
+static const char *const encodingList[] = {
+    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
+ * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
+ * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
+ * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
+ * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
+ * a given Unicode character.
+ *
+ * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
+ * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
+ */
+
+#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		10
+
+#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)
+#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(0x30000 / FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE)
+
+typedef struct FontFamily {
+    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
+    int refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
+				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
+				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
+    /*
+     * Key.
+     */
+
+    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
+    Tk_Uid faceName;		/* Face name key for this FontFamily. */
+    Tcl_Encoding encoding;	/* Encoding key for this FontFamily. */
+
+    /*
+     * Derived properties.
+     */
+
+    int isTwoByteFont;		/* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
+				 * otherwise. */
+    char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
+				/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
+				 * quickly if the specified character exists.
+				 * As characters are encountered, more pages
+				 * in this table are dynamically alloced. The
+				 * contents of each page is a bitmask
+				 * consisting of FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE bits,
+				 * representing whether this font can be used
+				 * to display the given character at the
+				 * corresponding bit position. The high bits
+				 * of the character are used to pick which
+				 * page of the table is used. */
+} FontFamily;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure encapsulates an individual screen font. A font
+ * object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a
+ * stream of multilingual characters.
+ */
+
+typedef struct SubFont {
+    char **fontMap;		/* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily,
+				 * cached here to save a dereference. */
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;	/* The specific screen font that will be used
+				 * when displaying/measuring chars belonging
+				 * to the FontFamily. */
+    FontFamily *familyPtr;	/* The FontFamily for this SubFont. */
+} SubFont;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure represents Unix's implementation of a font object.
+ */
+
+#define SUBFONT_SPACE		3
+#define BASE_CHARS		256
+
+typedef struct UnixFont {
+    TkFont font;		/* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
+				 * first in structure. */
+    SubFont staticSubFonts[SUBFONT_SPACE];
+				/* Builtin space for a limited number of
+				 * SubFonts. */
+    int numSubFonts;		/* Length of following array. */
+    SubFont *subFontArray;	/* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
+				 * order to draw/measure all the characters
+				 * encountered by this font so far. All fonts
+				 * start off with one SubFont initialized by
+				 * AllocFont() from the original set of font
+				 * attributes. Usually points to
+				 * staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
+				 * space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
+    SubFont controlSubFont;	/* Font to use to display control-character
+				 * expansions. */
+
+    Display *display;		/* Display that owns font. */
+    int pixelSize;		/* Original pixel size used when font was
+				 * constructed. */
+    TkXLFDAttributes xa;	/* Additional attributes that specify the
+				 * preferred foundry and encoding to use when
+				 * constructing additional SubFonts. */
+    int widths[BASE_CHARS];	/* Widths of first 256 chars in the base font,
+				 * for handling common case. */
+    int underlinePos;		/* Offset from baseline to origin of underline
+				 * bar (used when drawing underlined font)
+				 * (pixels). */
+    int barHeight;		/* Height of underline or overstrike bar (used
+				 * when drawing underlined or strikeout font)
+				 * (pixels). */
+} UnixFont;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure and definition is used to keep track of the
+ * alternative names for various encodings. Asking for an encoding that
+ * matches one of the alias patterns will result in actually getting the
+ * encoding by its real name.
+ */
+
+typedef struct EncodingAlias {
+    const char *realName;	/* The real name of the encoding to load if
+				 * the provided name matched the pattern. */
+    const char *aliasPattern;	/* Pattern for encoding name, of the form that
+				 * is acceptable to Tcl_StringMatch. */
+} EncodingAlias;
+
+/*
+ * Just some utility structures used for passing around values in helper
+ * functions.
+ */
+
+typedef struct FontAttributes {
+    TkFontAttributes fa;
+    TkXLFDAttributes xa;
+} FontAttributes;
+
+typedef struct {
+    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
+				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
+				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
+				 * about what characters exist in each font
+				 * family. */
+    FontFamily controlFamily;	/* FontFamily used to handle control character
+				 * expansions. The encoding of this FontFamily
+				 * converts UTF-8 to backslashed escape
+				 * sequences. */
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
+ * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
+ */
+
+static const EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
+    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
+    {"big5",		"big5*"},
+    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
+    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
+    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
+    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
+    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
+    {"jis0201",		"jisx0202*"},
+    {"jis0208",		"jisc6226*"},
+    {"jis0208",		"jisx0208*"},
+    {"jis0212",		"jisx0212*"},
+    {"tis620",		"tis620*"},
+    {"ksc5601",		"ksc5601*"},
+    {"dingbats",	"*dingbats"},
+    {"ucs-2be",		"iso10646-1"},
+    {NULL,		NULL}
+};
+
+/*
+ * Functions used only in this file.
+ */
+
+static void		FontPkgCleanup(ClientData clientData);
+static FontFamily *	AllocFontFamily(Display *display,
+			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base);
+static SubFont *	CanUseFallback(UnixFont *fontPtr,
+			    const char *fallbackName, int ch,
+			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+static SubFont *	CanUseFallbackWithAliases(UnixFont *fontPtr,
+			    const char *fallbackName, int ch,
+			    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
+			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+static int		ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src,
+			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
+			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
+			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
+static XFontStruct *	CreateClosestFont(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+			    const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
+static SubFont *	FindSubFontForChar(UnixFont *fontPtr, int ch,
+			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+static void		FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
+static void		FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
+static int		FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
+static void		FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *afPtr);
+static const char *	GetEncodingAlias(const char *name);
+static int		GetFontAttributes(Display *display,
+			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, FontAttributes *faPtr);
+static XFontStruct *	GetScreenFont(Display *display,
+			    FontAttributes *wantPtr, char **nameList,
+			    int bestIdx[], unsigned bestScore[]);
+static XFontStruct *	GetSystemFont(Display *display);
+static int		IdentifySymbolEncodings(FontAttributes *faPtr);
+static void		InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,
+			    UnixFont *fontPtr);
+static void		InitSubFont(Display *display,
+			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base,
+			    SubFont *subFontPtr);
+static char **		ListFonts(Display *display, const char *faceName,
+			    int *numNamesPtr);
+static char **		ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName,
+			    int *numNamesPtr);
+static unsigned		RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
+			    FontAttributes *gotPtr);
+static void		ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr);
+static void		ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr);
+static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+static int		Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
+			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
+			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
+			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
+static int		UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
+			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
+			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
+			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FontPkgCleanup --
+ *
+ *	This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
+ *	all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent code on a
+ *	per application basis.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Releases thread-specific resources used by font pkg.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+FontPkgCleanup(
+    ClientData clientData)
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding != NULL) {
+	FontFamily *familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
+	int i;
+
+	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
+	for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
+	    if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
+		ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
+	    }
+	}
+	tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpFontPkgInit --
+ *
+ *	This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
+ *	all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent code on a
+ *	per application basis.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpFontPkgInit(
+    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    SubFont dummy;
+    int i;
+    Tcl_Encoding ucs2;
+
+    if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) {
+
+	Tcl_EncodingType type = {"X11ControlChars", ControlUtfProc, ControlUtfProc, NULL, NULL, 0};
+	tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2;
+	tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
+	tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0;
+
+	dummy.familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
+	dummy.fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
+	for (i = 0x00; i < 0x20; i++) {
+	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i);
+	    FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if
+	 * if it doesn't exist yet. It is used in iso10646 fonts.
+	 */
+
+	ucs2 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "ucs-2be");
+	if (ucs2 == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_EncodingType ucs2type = {"ucs-2be", Ucs2beToUtfProc, UtfToUcs2beProc, NULL, NULL, 2};
+	    Tcl_CreateEncoding(&ucs2type);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_FreeEncoding(ucs2);
+	}
+	Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ControlUtfProc --
+ *
+ *	Convert from UTF-8 into the ASCII expansion of a control character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ControlUtfProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
+    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
+    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
+    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
+				 * information used during a piecewise
+				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
+				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
+				 * routine under control of flags argument. */
+    char *dst,			/* Output buffer in which converted string is
+				 * stored. */
+    int dstLen,			/* The maximum length of output buffer in
+				 * bytes. */
+    int *srcReadPtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes from the
+				 * source string that were converted. This may
+				 * be less than the original source length if
+				 * there was a problem converting some source
+				 * characters. */
+    int *dstWrotePtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes that were
+				 * stored in the output buffer as a result of
+				 * the conversion. */
+    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
+				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
+				 * output buffer. */
+{
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
+    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
+    int ch, result;
+    static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+    static char mapChars[] = {
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
+    };
+
+    result = TCL_OK;
+
+    srcStart = src;
+    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
+
+    dstStart = dst;
+    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;
+
+    for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
+	if (dst > dstEnd) {
+	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
+	dst[0] = '\\';
+	if (((size_t)ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
+	    dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
+	    dst += 2;
+	} else if ((size_t)ch < 256) {
+	    dst[1] = 'x';
+	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
+	    dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
+	    dst += 4;
+	} else if ((size_t)ch < 0x10000) {
+	    dst[1] = 'u';
+	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
+	    dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
+	    dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
+	    dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
+	    dst += 6;
+	} else {
+	    /* TODO we can do better here */
+	    dst[1] = 'u';
+	    dst[2] = 'f';
+	    dst[3] = 'f';
+	    dst[4] = 'f';
+	    dst[5] = 'd';
+	    dst += 6;
+	}
+    }
+    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
+    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
+    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Ucs2beToUtfProc --
+ *
+ *	Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+Ucs2beToUtfProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in Unicode. */
+    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
+    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
+    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
+				 * information used during a piecewise
+				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
+				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
+				 * routine under control of flags argument. */
+    char *dst,			/* Output buffer in which converted string is
+				 * stored. */
+    int dstLen,			/* The maximum length of output buffer in
+				 * bytes. */
+    int *srcReadPtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes from the
+				 * source string that were converted. This may
+				 * be less than the original source length if
+				 * there was a problem converting some source
+				 * characters. */
+    int *dstWrotePtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes that were
+				 * stored in the output buffer as a result of
+				 * the conversion. */
+    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
+				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
+				 * output buffer. */
+{
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
+    char *dstEnd, *dstStart;
+    int result, numChars;
+
+    result = TCL_OK;
+
+    /* check alignment with ucs-2 (2 == sizeof(UCS-2)) */
+    if ((srcLen % 2) != 0) {
+	result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
+	srcLen--;
+    }
+    /* If last code point is a high surrogate, we cannot handle that yet */
+    if ((srcLen >= 2) && ((src[srcLen - 2] & 0xFC) == 0xD8)) {
+	result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
+	srcLen -= 2;
+    }
+
+    srcStart = src;
+    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
+
+    dstStart = dst;
+    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX;
+
+    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
+	if (dst > dstEnd) {
+	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Need to swap byte-order on little-endian machines (x86) for
+	 * UCS-2BE. We know this is an LE->BE swap.
+	 */
+
+	dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(htons(*((short *)src)), dst);
+	src += 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;
+    }
+
+    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
+    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
+    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UtfToUcs2beProc --
+ *
+ *	Convert from UTF-8 to UCS-2BE (fixed 2-byte encoding).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+UtfToUcs2beProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* TableEncodingData that specifies
+				 * encoding. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
+    int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
+    int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
+    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
+				 * information used during a piecewise
+				 * conversion. Contents of statePtr are
+				 * initialized and/or reset by conversion
+				 * routine under control of flags argument. */
+    char *dst,			/* Output buffer in which converted string is
+				 * stored. */
+    int dstLen,			/* The maximum length of output buffer in
+				 * bytes. */
+    int *srcReadPtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes from the
+				 * source string that were converted. This may
+				 * be less than the original source length if
+				 * there was a problem converting some source
+				 * characters. */
+    int *dstWrotePtr,		/* Filled with the number of bytes that were
+				 * stored in the output buffer as a result of
+				 * the conversion. */
+    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
+				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
+				 * output buffer. */
+{
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
+    int result, numChars;
+    Tcl_UniChar *chPtr = (Tcl_UniChar *)statePtr;
+
+    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_START) {
+	*statePtr = 0;
+    }
+
+    srcStart = src;
+    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
+    srcClose = srcEnd;
+    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
+	srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
+    }
+
+    dstStart = dst;
+    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;
+
+    result = TCL_OK;
+    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
+	if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) {
+	    /*
+	     * If there is more string to follow, this will ensure that the
+	     * last UTF-8 character in the source buffer hasn't been cut off.
+	     */
+	    result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (dst > dstEnd) {
+	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
+	    break;
+	}
+	src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);
+
+	/*
+	 * Ensure big-endianness (store big bits first).
+	 * XXX: This hard-codes the assumed size of Tcl_UniChar as 2. Make
+	 * sure to work in char* for Tcl_UtfToUniChar alignment. [Bug 1122671]
+	 */
+
+
+	*dst++ = (char)(*chPtr >> 8);
+	*dst++ = (char)*chPtr;
+    }
+    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
+    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
+    *dstCharsPtr = numChars;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetNativeFont --
+ *
+ *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native
+ *	font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the
+ *	return value is NULL.
+ *
+ *	Every call to this function returns a new TkFont structure, even if
+ *	the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
+ *	TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
+ *
+ *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
+ *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
+ *	contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory allocated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkFont *
+TkpGetNativeFont(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
+    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
+{
+    UnixFont *fontPtr;
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+    FontAttributes fa;
+    const char *p;
+    int hasSpace, dashes, hasWild;
+
+    /*
+     * The behavior of X when given a name that isn't an XLFD is unspecified.
+     * For example, Exceed 6 returns a valid font for any random string. This
+     * is awkward since system names have higher priority than the other Tk
+     * font syntaxes. So, we need to perform a quick sanity check on the name
+     * and fail if it looks suspicious. We fail if the name:
+     *     - contains a space immediately before a dash
+     *	   - contains a space, but no '*' characters and fewer than 14 dashes
+     */
+
+    hasSpace = dashes = hasWild = 0;
+    for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p++) {
+	if (*p == ' ') {
+	    if (p[1] == '-') {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	    hasSpace = 1;
+	} else if (*p == '-') {
+	    dashes++;
+	} else if (*p == '*') {
+	    hasWild = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if ((dashes < 14) && !hasWild && hasSpace) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), name);
+    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Handle all names that look like XLFDs here. Otherwise, when
+	 * TkpGetFontFromAttributes is called from generic code, any foundry
+	 * or encoding information specified in the XLFD will have been parsed
+	 * out and lost. But make sure we don't have an "-option value" string
+	 * since TkFontParseXLFD would return a false success when attempting
+	 * to parse it.
+	 */
+
+	if (name[0] == '-') {
+	    if (name[1] != '*') {
+		char *dash;
+
+		dash = strchr(name + 1, '-');
+		if ((dash == NULL) || (isspace(UCHAR(dash[-1])))) {
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (name[0] != '*') {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	if (TkFontParseXLFD(name, &fa.fa, &fa.xa) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, &fa.fa, &fa.xa);
+    }
+    fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont));
+    InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr);
+
+    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
+ *
+ *	Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the
+ *	closest matching attributes.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font
+ *	with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes
+ *	could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted
+ *	automatically.
+ *
+ *	Every call to this function returns a new TkFont structure, even if
+ *	the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller
+ *	should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when
+ *	the font is no longer needed.
+ *
+ *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
+ *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
+ *	contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory allocated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkFont *
+TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
+    TkFont *tkFontPtr,		/* If non-NULL, store the information in this
+				 * existing TkFont structure, rather than
+				 * allocating a new structure to hold the
+				 * font; the existing contents of the font
+				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
+				 * structure is allocated. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+				/* Set of attributes to match. */
+{
+    UnixFont *fontPtr;
+    TkXLFDAttributes xa;
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+
+    TkInitXLFDAttributes(&xa);
+    fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, faPtr, &xa);
+
+    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkFontPtr;
+    if (fontPtr == NULL) {
+	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont));
+    } else {
+	ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
+    }
+    InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr);
+
+    fontPtr->font.fa.underline = faPtr->underline;
+    fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike = faPtr->overstrike;
+
+    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDeleteFont --
+ *
+ *	Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
+ *	TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released
+ *	the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic
+ *	TkFont code.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	TkFont is deallocated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDeleteFont(
+    TkFont *tkFontPtr)		/* Token of font to be deleted. */
+{
+    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkFontPtr;
+
+    ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetFontFamilies --
+ *
+ *	Return information about the font families that are available on the
+ *	display of the given window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
+ *	font families.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetFontFamilies(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp to hold result. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* For display to query. */
+{
+    int i, new, numNames;
+    char *family, **nameList;
+    Tcl_HashTable familyTable;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    Tcl_HashSearch search;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr;
+
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&familyTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
+    nameList = ListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), "*", &numNames);
+    for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
+	char *familyEnd;
+
+	family = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-');
+	if (family == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Apparently, sometimes ListFonts() can return a font name with
+	     * zero or one '-' character in it. This is probably indicative of
+	     * a server misconfiguration, but crashing because of it is a very
+	     * bad idea anyway. [Bug 1475865]
+	     */
+
+	    continue;
+	}
+	family++;			/* Advance to char after '-'. */
+	familyEnd = strchr(family, '-');
+	if (familyEnd == NULL) {
+	    continue;			/* See comment above. */
+	}
+	*familyEnd = '\0';
+	Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&familyTable, family, &new);
+    }
+    XFreeFontNames(nameList);
+
+    hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&familyTable, &search);
+    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
+    while (hPtr != NULL) {
+	strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(&familyTable, hPtr), -1);
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
+	hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
+
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&familyTable);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetSubFonts --
+ *
+ *	A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen
+ *	fonts that make up a font object.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of
+ *	the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetSubFonts(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tk_Font tkfont)
+{
+    int i;
+    Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *resultPtr, *listPtr;
+    UnixFont *fontPtr;
+    FontFamily *familyPtr;
+
+    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
+    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
+    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
+	familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr;
+	objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->faceName, -1);
+	objv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->foundry, -1);
+	objv[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		Tcl_GetEncodingName(familyPtr->encoding), -1);
+	listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3, objv);
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, listPtr);
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
+ *
+ *	Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given
+ *	character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The font attributes are stored in *faPtr.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
+    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
+    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
+{
+    FontAttributes atts;
+    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
+				/* Structure describing the logical font */
+    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
+				/* Pointer to subfont array in case
+				 * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the
+				 * memory allocation */
+    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
+				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
+				 * character */
+
+    GetFontAttributes(Tk_Display(tkwin), thisSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, &atts);
+    *faPtr = atts.fa;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_MeasureChars --
+ *
+ *	Determine the number of characters from the string that will fit in
+ *	the given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the
+ *	assumption that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display the
+ *	characters.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
+ *	span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
+ *	x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_MeasureChars(
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
+				 * source string. */
+    int maxLength,		/* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
+				 * permissible line length in pixels; don't
+				 * consider any character that would cross
+				 * this x-position. If < 0, then line length
+				 * is unbounded and the flags argument is
+				 * ignored. */
+    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
+				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
+				 * which only partially fit on this line.
+				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
+				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
+				 * means return at least one character even if
+				 * no characters fit. */
+    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
+				 * terminating character. */
+{
+    UnixFont *fontPtr;
+    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
+    int curX, curByte, ch;
+
+    /*
+     * Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when
+     * displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure
+     * individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o
+     * any "off-by-one-pixel" errors.
+     */
+
+    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
+
+    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
+
+    if (numBytes == 0) {
+	curX = 0;
+	curByte = 0;
+    } else if (maxLength < 0) {
+	const char *p, *end, *next;
+	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
+	FontFamily *familyPtr;
+	Tcl_DString runString;
+
+	/*
+	 * A three step process:
+	 * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
+	 *    represented by a single screen font.
+	 * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
+	 * 3. Measure converted chars.
+	 */
+
+	curX = 0;
+	end = source + numBytes;
+	for (p = source; p < end; ) {
+	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
+	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
+	    if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
+		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
+		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
+			p - source, &runString);
+		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
+		    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+			    (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+			    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2);
+		} else {
+		    curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+			    Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+			    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
+		}
+		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
+		lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
+		source = p;
+	    }
+	    p = next;
+	}
+	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, p - source,
+		&runString);
+	if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
+	    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+		    (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> 1);
+	} else {
+	    curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+		    Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
+	curByte = numBytes;
+    } else {
+	const char *p, *end, *next, *term;
+	int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote;
+	FontFamily *familyPtr;
+	XChar2b buf[8];
+
+	/*
+	 * How many chars will fit in the space allotted? This first version
+	 * may be inefficient because it measures every character
+	 * individually.
+	 */
+
+	next = source + TkUtfToUniChar(source, &ch);
+	newX = curX = termX = 0;
+
+	term = source;
+	end = source + numBytes;
+
+	sawNonSpace = (ch > 255) || !isspace(ch);
+	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
+	for (p = source; ; ) {
+	    if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) && (fontPtr->widths[ch] != 0)) {
+		newX += fontPtr->widths[ch];
+	    } else {
+		lastSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, NULL);
+		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
+		Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p, next - p, 0, NULL,
+			(char *)&buf[0].byte1, sizeof(buf), NULL, &dstWrote, NULL);
+		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
+		    newX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+			    buf, dstWrote >> 1);
+		} else {
+		    newX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+			    (char *)&buf[0].byte1, dstWrote);
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (newX > maxLength) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    curX = newX;
+	    p = next;
+	    if (p >= end) {
+		term = end;
+		termX = curX;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    next += TkUtfToUniChar(next, &ch);
+	    if ((ch < 256) && isspace(ch)) {
+		if (sawNonSpace) {
+		    term = p;
+		    termX = curX;
+		    sawNonSpace = 0;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		sawNonSpace = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * P points to the first character that doesn't fit in the desired
+	 * span. Use the flags to figure out what to return.
+	 */
+
+	if ((flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && (p < end) && (curX < maxLength)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the
+	     * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that
+	     * extra character.
+	     */
+
+	    curX = newX;
+	    p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
+	}
+	if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (term == source) && (p < end)) {
+	    term = p;
+	    termX = curX;
+	    if (term == source) {
+		term += TkUtfToUniChar(term, &ch);
+		termX = newX;
+	    }
+	} else if ((p >= end) || !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
+	    term = p;
+	    termX = curX;
+	}
+
+	curX = termX;
+	curByte = term - source;
+    }
+
+    *lengthPtr = curX;
+    return curByte;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMeasureCharsInContext --
+ *
+ *	Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
+ *	given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
+ *	that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the
+ *	characters.
+ *
+ *	This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to
+ *	all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this context isn't
+ *	consulted, so we just call Tk_MeasureChars().
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
+ *	span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
+ *	x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
+				 * source string in all. */
+    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to measure. */
+    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to measure in bytes. */
+    int maxLength,		/* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
+				 * permissible line length; don't consider any
+				 * character that would cross this x-position.
+				 * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
+				 * the flags argument is ignored. */
+    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
+				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
+				 * which only partially fit on this line.
+				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
+				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
+				 * means return at least one character even if
+				 * no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
+				 * that the last character should not be
+				 * considered in context with the rest of the
+				 * string (used for breaking lines). */
+    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
+				 * terminating character. */
+{
+    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/
+    return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
+	    maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_DrawChars --
+ *
+ *	Draw a string of characters on the screen. Tk_DrawChars() expands
+ *	control characters that occur in the string to \xNN sequences.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_DrawChars(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
+				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
+				 * string when drawing. */
+{
+    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
+    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
+    Tcl_DString runString;
+    const char *p, *end, *next;
+    int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width, ch;
+    FontFamily *familyPtr;
+#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
+    int rx, ry;
+    unsigned width, height, border_width, depth;
+    Drawable root;
+#endif
+
+    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
+    xStart = x;
+
+#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
+    /*
+     * Get the window width so we can abort drawing outside of the window
+     */
+
+    if (XGetGeometry(display, drawable, &root, &rx, &ry, &width, &height,
+	    &border_width, &depth) == False) {
+	window_width = INT_MAX;
+    } else {
+	window_width = width;
+    }
+#else
+    /*
+     * This is used by default until we find a solution that doesn't do a
+     * round-trip to the X server (needed to get Tk cached window width).
+     */
+
+    window_width = 32768;
+#endif
+
+    end = source + numBytes;
+    needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
+    for (p = source; p <= end; ) {
+	if (p < end) {
+	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
+	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
+	} else {
+	    next = p + 1;
+	    thisSubFontPtr = lastSubFontPtr;
+	}
+	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr)
+		|| (p == end) || (p-source > 200)) {
+	    if (p > source) {
+		do_width = (needWidth || (p != end)) ? 1 : 0;
+		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
+
+		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
+			p - source, &runString);
+		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
+		    XDrawString16(display, drawable, gc, x, y,
+			    (XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+			    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2);
+		    if (do_width) {
+			x += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+				(XChar2b *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+				Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) / 2);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    XDrawString(display, drawable, gc, x, y,
+			    Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+			    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
+		    if (do_width) {
+			x += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
+				Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
+				Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
+		    }
+		}
+		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
+	    }
+	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
+	    source = p;
+	    XSetFont(display, gc, lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr->fid);
+	    if (x > window_width) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	p = next;
+    }
+
+    if (lastSubFontPtr != &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]) {
+	XSetFont(display, gc, fontPtr->subFontArray[0].fontStructPtr->fid);
+    }
+
+    if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart,
+		y + fontPtr->underlinePos,
+		(unsigned) (x - xStart), (unsigned) fontPtr->barHeight);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) {
+	y -= fontPtr->font.fm.descent + (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10;
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, y,
+		(unsigned) (x - xStart), (unsigned) fontPtr->barHeight);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDrawCharsInContext --
+ *
+ *	Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but
+ *	with access to all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this
+ *	context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars().
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDrawCharsInContext(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
+				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
+    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
+    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
+				 * whole (not just the range) string when
+				 * drawing. */
+{
+    int widthUntilStart;
+
+    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/
+
+    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
+    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
+	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CreateClosestFont --
+ *
+ *	Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). Given a
+ *	set of font attributes, construct a close XFontStruct. If requested
+ *	face name is not available, automatically substitutes an alias for
+ *	requested face name. If encoding is not specified (or the requested
+ *	one is not available), automatically chooses another encoding from the
+ *	list of preferred encodings. If the foundry is not specified (or is
+ *	not available) automatically prefers "adobe" foundry. For all other
+ *	attributes, if the requested value was not available, the appropriate
+ *	"close" value will be used.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Return value is the XFontStruct that best matched the requested
+ *	attributes. The return value is never NULL; some font will always be
+ *	returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static XFontStruct *
+CreateClosestFont(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+				/* Set of generic attributes to match. */
+    const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr)
+				/* Set of X-specific attributes to match. */
+{
+    FontAttributes want;
+    char **nameList;
+    int numNames, nameIdx, bestIdx[2];
+    Display *display;
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+    unsigned bestScore[2];
+
+    want.fa = *faPtr;
+    want.xa = *xaPtr;
+
+    if (want.xa.foundry == NULL) {
+	want.xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid("adobe");
+    }
+    if (want.fa.family == NULL) {
+	want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid("fixed");
+    }
+    want.fa.size = -TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size);
+    if (want.xa.charset == NULL || *want.xa.charset == '\0') {
+	want.xa.charset = Tk_GetUid("iso8859-1");	/* locale. */
+    }
+
+    display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Algorithm to get the closest font to the name requested.
+     *
+     * try fontname
+     * try all aliases for fontname
+     * foreach fallback for fontname
+     *	    try the fallback
+     *	    try all aliases for the fallback
+     */
+
+    nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, want.fa.family, &numNames);
+    if (numNames == 0) {
+	const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
+	int i, j;
+	const char *fallback;
+
+	fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks();
+	for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
+		if (strcasecmp(want.fa.family, fallback) == 0) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (fallback != NULL) {
+		for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
+		    nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, fallback, &numNames);
+		    if (numNames != 0) {
+			goto found;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	nameList = ListFonts(display, "fixed", &numNames);
+	if (numNames == 0) {
+	    nameList = ListFonts(display, "*", &numNames);
+	}
+	if (numNames == 0) {
+	    return GetSystemFont(display);
+	}
+    }
+
+  found:
+    bestIdx[0] = -1;
+    bestIdx[1] = -1;
+    bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1;
+    bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1;
+    for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
+	FontAttributes got;
+	int scalable;
+	unsigned score;
+
+	if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got);
+	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0);
+	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
+	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
+	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
+	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
+	}
+	if (score == 0) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    fontStructPtr = GetScreenFont(display, &want, nameList, bestIdx,
+	    bestScore);
+    XFreeFontNames(nameList);
+
+    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	return GetSystemFont(display);
+    }
+    return fontStructPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InitFont --
+ *
+ *	Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes().
+ *	Initializes the memory for a new UnixFont that wraps the
+ *	platform-specific data.
+ *
+ *	The caller is responsible for initializing the fields of the TkFont
+ *	that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont code, and for
+ *	releasing those fields before calling TkpDeleteFont().
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Fills the WinFont structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory allocated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+InitFont(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For screen where font will be used. */
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,	/* X information about font. */
+    UnixFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
+				 * the above arguments. */
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    unsigned long value;
+    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, fixed, width, limit, i, n;
+    FontAttributes fa;
+    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
+    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
+    SubFont *controlPtr, *subFontPtr;
+    char *pageMap;
+    Display *display;
+
+    /*
+     * Get all font attributes and metrics.
+     */
+
+    display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa);
+
+    minHi = fontStructPtr->min_byte1;
+    maxHi = fontStructPtr->max_byte1;
+    minLo = fontStructPtr->min_char_or_byte2;
+    maxLo = fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2;
+
+    fixed = 1;
+    if (fontStructPtr->per_char != NULL) {
+	width = 0;
+	limit = (maxHi - minHi + 1) * (maxLo - minLo + 1);
+	for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) {
+	    n = fontStructPtr->per_char[i].width;
+	    if (n != 0) {
+		if (width == 0) {
+		    width = n;
+		} else if (width != n) {
+		    fixed = 0;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    fontPtr->font.fid = fontStructPtr->fid;
+
+    faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa;
+    faPtr->family = fa.fa.family;
+    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fa.fa.size);
+    faPtr->weight = fa.fa.weight;
+    faPtr->slant = fa.fa.slant;
+    faPtr->underline = 0;
+    faPtr->overstrike = 0;
+
+    fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
+    fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent;
+    fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent;
+    fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
+    fmPtr->fixed = fixed;
+
+    fontPtr->display = display;
+    fontPtr->pixelSize = (int)(TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fa.fa.size) + 0.5);
+    fontPtr->xa = fa.xa;
+
+    fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1;
+    fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts;
+    InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]);
+
+    fontPtr->controlSubFont = fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
+    subFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, '0', NULL);
+    controlPtr = &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
+    controlPtr->fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr;
+    controlPtr->familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
+    controlPtr->fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
+
+    pageMap = fontPtr->subFontArray[0].fontMap[0];
+    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+	if ((minHi > 0) || (i < minLo) || (i > maxLo)
+		|| !((pageMap[i>>3] >> (i&7)) & 1)) {
+	    n = 0;
+	} else if (fontStructPtr->per_char == NULL) {
+	    n = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
+	} else {
+	    n = fontStructPtr->per_char[i - minLo].width;
+	}
+	fontPtr->widths[i] = n;
+    }
+
+    if (XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &value)) {
+	fontPtr->underlinePos = value;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * If the XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION property does not exist, the X manual
+	 * recommends using the following value:
+	 */
+
+	fontPtr->underlinePos = fontStructPtr->descent / 2;
+    }
+    fontPtr->barHeight = 0;
+    if (XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &value)) {
+	fontPtr->barHeight = value;
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X manual
+	 * recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter. I don't
+	 * know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess and use
+	 * 1/3 the width of a capital I.
+	 */
+
+	fontPtr->barHeight = fontPtr->widths['I'] / 3;
+	if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) {
+	    fontPtr->barHeight = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->barHeight > fontStructPtr->descent) {
+	/*
+	 * If this set of cobbled together values would cause the bottom of
+	 * the underline bar to stick below the descent of the font, jack the
+	 * underline up a bit higher.
+	 */
+
+	fontPtr->barHeight = fontStructPtr->descent - fontPtr->underlinePos;
+	if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) {
+	    fontPtr->underlinePos--;
+	    fontPtr->barHeight = 1;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ReleaseFont --
+ *
+ *	Called to release the unix-specific contents of a TkFont. The caller
+ *	is responsible for freeing the memory used by the font itself.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory is freed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ReleaseFont(
+    UnixFont *fontPtr)		/* The font to delete. */
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
+	ReleaseSubFont(fontPtr->display, &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
+	ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InitSubFont --
+ *
+ *	Wrap a screen font and load the FontFamily that represents it. Used to
+ *	prepare a SubFont so that characters can be mapped from UTF-8 to the
+ *	charset of the font.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The subFontPtr is filled with information about the font.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+InitSubFont(
+    Display *display,		/* Display in which font will be used. */
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,	/* The screen font. */
+    int base,			/* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used as
+				 * the base font for a font object. */
+    SubFont *subFontPtr)	/* Filled with SubFont constructed from above
+				 * attributes. */
+{
+    subFontPtr->fontStructPtr = fontStructPtr;
+    subFontPtr->familyPtr = AllocFontFamily(display, fontStructPtr, base);
+    subFontPtr->fontMap = subFontPtr->familyPtr->fontMap;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ReleaseSubFont --
+ *
+ *	Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is responsible
+ *	for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory and resources are freed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ReleaseSubFont(
+    Display *display,		/* Display which owns screen font. */
+    SubFont *subFontPtr)	/* The SubFont to delete. */
+{
+    XFreeFont(display, subFontPtr->fontStructPtr);
+    FreeFontFamily(subFontPtr->familyPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * AllocFontFamily --
+ *
+ *	Find the FontFamily structure associated with the given font name.
+ *	The information should be stored by the caller in a SubFont and used
+ *	when determining if that SubFont supports a character.
+ *
+ *	Cannot use the string name used to construct the font as the key,
+ *	because the capitalization may not be canonical. Therefore use the
+ *	face name actually retrieved from the font metrics as the key.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to a FontFamily. The reference count in the FontFamily is
+ *	automatically incremented. When the SubFont is released, the reference
+ *	count is decremented. When no SubFont is using this FontFamily, it may
+ *	be deleted.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new FontFamily structure will be allocated if this font family has
+ *	not been seen. TrueType character existence metrics are loaded into
+ *	the FontFamily structure.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static FontFamily *
+AllocFontFamily(
+    Display *display,		/* Display in which font will be used. */
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,	/* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
+				 * returned. */
+    int base)			/* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
+				 * in the base font of a font object. */
+{
+    FontFamily *familyPtr;
+    FontAttributes fa;
+    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa);
+    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, GetEncodingAlias(fa.xa.charset));
+
+    familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
+    for (; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((familyPtr->faceName == fa.fa.family)
+		&& (familyPtr->foundry == fa.xa.foundry)
+		&& (familyPtr->encoding == encoding)) {
+	    if (encoding) {
+		Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
+	    }
+	    familyPtr->refCount++;
+	    return familyPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    familyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
+    memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));
+    familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
+    tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Set key for this FontFamily.
+     */
+
+    familyPtr->foundry = fa.xa.foundry;
+    familyPtr->faceName = fa.fa.family;
+    familyPtr->encoding = encoding;
+
+    /*
+     * An initial refCount of 2 means that FontFamily information will persist
+     * even when the SubFont that loaded the FontFamily is released. Change it
+     * to 1 to cause FontFamilies to be unloaded when not in use.
+     */
+
+    familyPtr->refCount = 2;
+
+    /*
+     * One byte/character fonts have both min_byte1 and max_byte1 0, and
+     * max_char_or_byte2 <= 255. Anything else specifies a two byte/character
+     * font.
+     */
+
+    familyPtr->isTwoByteFont = !(
+	    (fontStructPtr->min_byte1 == 0) &&
+	    (fontStructPtr->max_byte1 == 0) &&
+	    (fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2 < 256));
+    return familyPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FreeFontFamily --
+ *
+ *	Called to free an FontFamily when the SubFont is finished using it.
+ *	Frees the contents of the FontFamily and the memory used by the
+ *	FontFamily itself.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+FreeFontFamily(
+    FontFamily *familyPtr)	/* The FontFamily to delete. */
+{
+    FontFamily **familyPtrPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    int i;
+
+    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+    familyPtr->refCount--;
+    if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (familyPtr->encoding) {
+	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
+	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Delete from list.
+     */
+
+    for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) {
+	if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) {
+	    *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
+	    break;
+	}
+	familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
+    }
+
+    ckfree(familyPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FindSubFontForChar --
+ *
+ *	Determine which screen font is necessary to use to display the given
+ *	character. If the font object does not have a screen font that can
+ *	display the character, another screen font may be loaded into the font
+ *	object, following a set of preferred fallback rules.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the SubFont to use to display the given character.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The contents of fontPtr are modified to cache the results of the
+ *	lookup and remember any SubFonts that were dynamically loaded. The
+ *	table of SubFonts might be extended, and if a non-NULL reference to a
+ *	subfont pointer is available, it is updated if it previously pointed
+ *	into the old subfont table.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static SubFont *
+FindSubFontForChar(
+    UnixFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object with which the character
+				 * will be displayed. */
+    int ch,			/* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
+    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr)	/* Subfont reference to fix up if we
+				 * reallocate our subfont table. */
+{
+    int i, j, k, numNames;
+    Tk_Uid faceName;
+    const char *fallback;
+    const char *const *aliases;
+    char **nameList;
+    const char *const *anyFallbacks;
+    const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
+    SubFont *subFontPtr;
+    Tcl_DString ds;
+
+    if (ch < 0 || ch > 0x30000) {
+	ch = 0xfffd;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
+	if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
+	    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->controlSubFont, ch)) {
+	return &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some name
+     * multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths.
+     */
+
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+
+    /*
+     * Are there any other fonts with the same face name as the base font that
+     * could display this character, e.g., if the base font is
+     * adobe:fixed:iso8859-1, we could might be able to use
+     * misc:fixed:iso8859-8 or sony:fixed:jisx0208.1983-0
+     */
+
+    faceName = fontPtr->font.fa.family;
+    if (SeenName(faceName, &ds) == 0) {
+	subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, faceName, ch, fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+	    goto end;
+	}
+    }
+
+    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
+
+    subFontPtr = NULL;
+    fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks();
+    for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
+	    if (strcasecmp(fallback, faceName) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * If the base font has a fallback...
+		 */
+
+		goto tryfallbacks;
+	    } else if (aliases != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Or if an alias for the base font has a fallback...
+		 */
+
+		for (k = 0; aliases[k] != NULL; k++) {
+		    if (strcasecmp(fallback, aliases[k]) == 0) {
+			goto tryfallbacks;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	continue;
+
+    tryfallbacks:
+
+	/*
+	 * ...then see if we can use one of the fallbacks, or an alias for one
+	 * of the fallbacks.
+	 */
+
+	for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
+	    subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(fontPtr, fallback, ch, &ds,
+		    fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+	    if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if we can use something from the global fallback list.
+     */
+
+    anyFallbacks = TkFontGetGlobalClass();
+    for (i = 0; (fallback = anyFallbacks[i]) != NULL; i++) {
+	subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(fontPtr, fallback, ch, &ds,
+		fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+	    goto end;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
+     * can be used.
+     */
+
+    nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames);
+    for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
+	fallback = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-') + 1;
+	strchr(fallback, '-')[0] = '\0';
+	if (SeenName(fallback, &ds) == 0) {
+	    subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, fallback, ch,
+		    fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+	    if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+		XFreeFontNames(nameList);
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    XFreeFontNames(nameList);
+
+  end:
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+
+    if (subFontPtr == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No font can display this character, so it will be displayed as a
+	 * control character expansion.
+	 */
+
+	subFontPtr = &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
+	FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch);
+    }
+    return subFontPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FontMapLookup --
+ *
+ *	See if the screen font can display the given character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is 0 if the screen font cannot display the character,
+ *	non-zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character
+ *	belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded,
+ *	information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just
+ *	for the single character in question.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+FontMapLookup(
+    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
+				 * and possibly updated. */
+    int ch)			/* Character to be tested. */
+{
+    int row, bitOffset;
+
+    if (ch < 0 ||  ch >= 0x30000) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
+    if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
+	FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
+    }
+    bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
+    return (subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] >> (bitOffset & 7)) & 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FontMapInsert --
+ *
+ *	Tell the font mapping cache that the given screen font should be used
+ *	to display the specified character. This is called when no font on the
+ *	system can be be found that can display that character; we lie to the
+ *	font and tell it that it can display the character, otherwise we would
+ *	end up re-searching the entire fallback hierarchy every time that
+ *	character was seen.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character
+ *	belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded,
+ *	information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just
+ *	for the single character in question.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+FontMapInsert(
+    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
+				 * updated. */
+    int ch)			/* Character to be added to cache. */
+{
+    int row, bitOffset;
+
+    if (ch >= 0 &&  ch < 0x30000) {
+	row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
+	if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
+	    FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
+	}
+	bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
+	subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * FontMapLoadPage --
+ *
+ *	Load information about all the characters on a given page. This
+ *	information consists of one bit per character that indicates whether
+ *	the associated screen font can (1) or cannot (0) display the
+ *	characters on the page.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory allocated.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+FontMapLoadPage(
+    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
+				 * updated. */
+    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
+				 * cache. */
+{
+    char buf[16], src[6];
+    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
+    int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
+    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+    XCharStruct *widths;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
+    memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
+
+    if (subFontPtr->familyPtr == &tsdPtr->controlFamily) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr;
+    encoding = subFontPtr->familyPtr->encoding;
+    isTwoByteFont = subFontPtr->familyPtr->isTwoByteFont;
+
+    widths = fontStructPtr->per_char;
+    minHi = fontStructPtr->min_byte1;
+    maxHi = fontStructPtr->max_byte1;
+    minLo = fontStructPtr->min_char_or_byte2;
+    maxLo = fontStructPtr->max_char_or_byte2;
+    scale = maxLo - minLo + 1;
+    checkLo = minLo;
+
+    if (! isTwoByteFont) {
+	if (minLo < 32) {
+	    checkLo = 32;
+	}
+    }
+
+    end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
+    for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
+	int hi, lo;
+
+	if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, TkUniCharToUtf(i, src),
+		TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
+		NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (isTwoByteFont) {
+	    hi = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0];
+	    lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[1];
+	} else {
+	    hi = 0;
+	    lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0];
+	}
+	if ((hi < minHi) || (hi > maxHi) || (lo < checkLo) || (lo > maxLo)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	n = (hi - minHi) * scale + lo - minLo;
+	if ((widths == NULL) || (widths[n].width + widths[n].rbearing != 0)) {
+	    bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
+	    subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CanUseFallbackWithAliases --
+ *
+ *	Helper function for FindSubFontForChar. Determine if the specified
+ *	face name (or an alias of the specified face name) can be used to
+ *	construct a screen font that can display the given character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	See CanUseFallback().
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If the name and/or one of its aliases was rejected, the rejected
+ *	string is recorded in nameTriedPtr so that it won't be tried again.
+ *	The table of SubFonts might be extended, and if a non-NULL reference
+ *	to a subfont pointer is available, it is updated if it previously
+ *	pointed into the old subfont table.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static SubFont *
+CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
+    UnixFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object that will own the new
+				 * screen font. */
+    const char *faceName,		/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
+    int ch,			/* The Unicode character that the new screen
+				 * font must be able to display. */
+    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,	/* Records face names that have already been
+				 * tried. It is possible for the same face
+				 * name to be queried multiple times when
+				 * trying to find a suitable screen font. */
+    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr)	/* Subfont reference to fix up if we
+				 * reallocate our subfont table. */
+{
+    SubFont *subFontPtr;
+    const char *const *aliases;
+    int i;
+
+    if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
+	subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, faceName, ch, fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+	    return subFontPtr;
+	}
+    }
+    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
+    if (aliases != NULL) {
+	for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    if (SeenName(aliases[i], nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
+		subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, aliases[i], ch,
+			fixSubFontPtrPtr);
+		if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
+		    return subFontPtr;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SeenName --
+ *
+ *	Used to determine we have already tried and rejected the given face
+ *	name when looking for a screen font that can support some Unicode
+ *	character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is 0 if this face name has not already been seen,
+ *	non-zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SeenName(
+    const char *name,		/* The name to check. */
+    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Contains names that have already been
+				 * seen. */
+{
+    const char *seen, *end;
+
+    seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
+    end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
+    while (seen < end) {
+	if (strcasecmp(seen, name) == 0) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	seen += strlen(seen) + 1;
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, name, (int) (strlen(name) + 1));
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CanUseFallback --
+ *
+ *	If the specified screen font has not already been loaded into the font
+ *	object, determine if the specified screen font can display the given
+ *	character.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to a newly allocated SubFont, owned by
+ *	the font object. This SubFont can be used to display the given
+ *	character. The SubFont represents the screen font with the base set of
+ *	font attributes from the font object, but using the specified face
+ *	name. NULL is returned if the font object already holds a reference to
+ *	the specified font or if the specified font doesn't exist or cannot
+ *	display the given character.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The font object's subFontArray is updated to contain a reference to
+ *	the newly allocated SubFont. The table of SubFonts might be extended,
+ *	and if a non-NULL reference to a subfont pointer is available, it is
+ *	updated if it previously pointed into the old subfont table.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static SubFont *
+CanUseFallback(
+    UnixFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object that will own the new
+				 * screen font. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
+    int ch,			/* The Unicode character that the new screen
+				 * font must be able to display. */
+    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr)	/* Subfont reference to fix up if we
+				 * reallocate our subfont table. */
+{
+    int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
+    Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
+    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
+    unsigned bestScore[2];
+    char **nameList;
+    char **nameListOrig;
+    char src[6];
+    FontAttributes want, got;
+    Display *display;
+    SubFont subFont;
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+    Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
+    Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Assume: the face name is times.
+     * Assume: adobe:times:iso8859-1 has already been used.
+     *
+     * Are there any versions of times that can display this character (e.g.,
+     *    perhaps linotype:times:iso8859-2)?
+     *	  a. Get list of all times fonts.
+     *	  b1. Cross out all names whose encodings we've already used.
+     *	  b2. Cross out all names whose foundry & encoding we've already seen.
+     *	  c. Cross out all names whose encoding cannot handle the character.
+     *	  d. Rank each name and pick the best match.
+     *	  e. If that font cannot actually display the character, cross out all
+     *	     names with the same foundry and encoding and go back to (c).
+     */
+
+    display = fontPtr->display;
+    nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames);
+    if (numNames == 0) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    nameListOrig = nameList;
+
+    srcLen = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, src);
+
+    want.fa = fontPtr->font.fa;
+    want.xa = fontPtr->xa;
+
+    want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid(faceName);
+    want.fa.size = (double)-fontPtr->pixelSize;
+
+    hateFoundry = NULL;
+    hateCharset = NULL;
+    numEncodings = 0;
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&dsEncodings);
+
+    charset = NULL;	/* lint, since numNames must be > 0 to get here. */
+
+  retry:
+    bestIdx[0] = -1;
+    bestIdx[1] = -1;
+    bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1;
+    bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1;
+    for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
+	Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+	char dst[16];
+	int scalable, srcRead, dstWrote;
+	unsigned score;
+
+	if (nameList[nameIdx] == NULL) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
+	    goto crossout;
+	}
+	IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got);
+	charset = GetEncodingAlias(got.xa.charset);
+	if (hateFoundry != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * E. If the font we picked cannot actually display the character,
+	     * cross out all names with the same foundry and encoding.
+	     */
+
+	    if ((hateFoundry == got.xa.foundry)
+		    && (strcmp(hateCharset, charset) == 0)) {
+		goto crossout;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * B. Cross out all names whose encodings we've already used.
+	     */
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
+		encoding = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr->encoding;
+		if (strcmp(charset, Tcl_GetEncodingName(encoding)) == 0) {
+		    goto crossout;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * C. Cross out all names whose encoding cannot handle the character.
+	 */
+
+	encodingCachePtr = (Tcl_Encoding *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dsEncodings);
+	for (i = numEncodings; --i >= 0; encodingCachePtr++) {
+	    encoding = *encodingCachePtr;
+	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetEncodingName(encoding), charset) == 0) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (i < 0) {
+	    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, charset);
+	    if (encoding == NULL) {
+		goto crossout;
+	    }
+
+	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dsEncodings, (char *) &encoding,
+		    sizeof(encoding));
+	    numEncodings++;
+	}
+	Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen,
+		TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, dst, sizeof(dst), &srcRead,
+		&dstWrote, NULL);
+	if (dstWrote == 0) {
+	    goto crossout;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * D. Rank each name and pick the best match.
+	 */
+
+	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0);
+	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
+	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
+	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
+	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
+	}
+	if (score == 0) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	continue;
+
+    crossout:
+	if (nameList == nameListOrig) {
+	    /*
+	     * Not allowed to change pointers to memory that X gives you, so
+	     * make a copy.
+	     */
+
+	    nameList = ckalloc(numNames * sizeof(char *));
+	    memcpy(nameList, nameListOrig, numNames * sizeof(char *));
+	}
+	nameList[nameIdx] = NULL;
+    }
+
+    fontStructPtr = GetScreenFont(display, &want, nameList, bestIdx,
+	    bestScore);
+
+    encodingCachePtr = (Tcl_Encoding *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dsEncodings);
+    for (i = numEncodings; --i >= 0; encodingCachePtr++) {
+	Tcl_FreeEncoding(*encodingCachePtr);
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&dsEncodings);
+    numEncodings = 0;
+
+    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	if (nameList != nameListOrig) {
+	    ckfree(nameList);
+	}
+	XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 0, &subFont);
+    if (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * E. If the font we picked cannot actually display the character,
+	 * cross out all names with the same foundry and encoding and pick
+	 * another font.
+	 */
+
+	hateFoundry = got.xa.foundry;
+	hateCharset = charset;
+	ReleaseSubFont(display, &subFont);
+	goto retry;
+    }
+    if (nameList != nameListOrig) {
+	ckfree(nameList);
+    }
+    XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig);
+
+    if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) {
+	SubFont *newPtr;
+
+	newPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) * (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1));
+	memcpy(newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray,
+		fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont));
+	if (fixSubFontPtrPtr != NULL) {
+	    register SubFont *fixSubFontPtr = *fixSubFontPtrPtr;
+
+	    if (fixSubFontPtr != &fontPtr->controlSubFont) {
+		*fixSubFontPtrPtr =
+			newPtr + (fixSubFontPtr - fontPtr->subFontArray);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
+	    ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray);
+	}
+	fontPtr->subFontArray = newPtr;
+    }
+    fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts] = subFont;
+    fontPtr->numSubFonts++;
+    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts - 1];
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RankAttributes --
+ *
+ *	Determine how close the attributes of the font in question match the
+ *	attributes that we want.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the score; lower numbers are better. *scalablePtr
+ *	is set to 0 if the font was not scalable, 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static unsigned
+RankAttributes(
+    FontAttributes *wantPtr,	/* The desired attributes. */
+    FontAttributes *gotPtr)	/* The attributes we have to live with. */
+{
+    unsigned penalty;
+
+    penalty = 0;
+    if (gotPtr->xa.foundry != wantPtr->xa.foundry) {
+	penalty += 4500;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->fa.family != wantPtr->fa.family) {
+	penalty += 9000;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->fa.weight != wantPtr->fa.weight) {
+	penalty += 90;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->fa.slant != wantPtr->fa.slant) {
+	penalty += 60;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) {
+	penalty += 10;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) {
+	penalty += 1000;
+    }
+
+    if (gotPtr->fa.size == 0.0) {
+	/*
+	 * A scalable font is almost always acceptable, but the corresponding
+	 * bitmapped font would be better.
+	 */
+
+	penalty += 10;
+    } else {
+	int diff;
+
+	/*
+	 * It's worse to be too large than to be too small.
+	 */
+
+	diff = (int) (150 * (-gotPtr->fa.size - -wantPtr->fa.size));
+	if (diff > 0) {
+	    penalty += 600;
+	} else if (diff < 0) {
+	    penalty += 150;
+	    diff = -diff;
+	}
+	penalty += diff;
+    }
+    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
+	int i;
+	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;
+
+	penalty += 65000;
+	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
+	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
+	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
+	    penalty += 30000;
+	    for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
+		    penalty -= 30000;
+		    break;
+		}
+		penalty += 20000;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return penalty;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetScreenFont --
+ *
+ *	Given the names for the best scalable and best bitmapped font,
+ *	actually construct an XFontStruct based on the best XLFD. This is
+ *	where all the alias and fallback substitution bottoms out.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The screen font that best corresponds to the set of attributes.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static XFontStruct *
+GetScreenFont(
+    Display *display,		/* Display for new XFontStruct. */
+    FontAttributes *wantPtr,	/* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the
+				 * best font was scalable. */
+    char **nameList,		/* Array of XLFDs. */
+    int bestIdx[2],		/* Indices into above array for XLFD of best
+				 * bitmapped and best scalable font. */
+    unsigned bestScore[2])	/* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable
+				 * font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score
+				 * will be constructed. */
+{
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+
+    if ((bestIdx[0] < 0) && (bestIdx[1] < 0)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now we know which is the closest matching scalable font and the closest
+     * matching bitmapped font. If the scalable font was a better match, try
+     * getting the scalable font; however, if the scalable font was not
+     * actually available in the desired pointsize, fall back to the closest
+     * bitmapped font.
+     */
+
+    fontStructPtr = NULL;
+    if (bestScore[1] < bestScore[0]) {
+	char *str, *rest, buf[256];
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Fill in the desired pixel size for this font.
+	 */
+
+    tryscale:
+	str = nameList[bestIdx[1]];
+	for (i = 0; i < XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i++) {
+	    str = strchr(str + 1, '-');
+	}
+	rest = str;
+	for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
+	    rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
+	}
+	*str = '\0';
+	sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
+		(int)(-wantPtr->fa.size+0.5), rest);
+	*str = '-';
+	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, buf);
+	bestScore[1] = INT_MAX;
+    }
+    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]);
+	if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * This shouldn't happen because the font name is one of the names
+	     * that X gave us to use, but it does anyhow.
+	     */
+
+	    if (bestScore[1] < INT_MAX) {
+		goto tryscale;
+	    }
+	    return GetSystemFont(display);
+	}
+    }
+    return fontStructPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetSystemFont --
+ *
+ *	Absolute fallback mechanism, called when we need a font and no other
+ *	font can be found and/or instantiated.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to a font. Never NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If there are NO fonts installed on the system, this call will panic,
+ *	but how did you get X running in that case?
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static XFontStruct *
+GetSystemFont(
+    Display *display)		/* Display for new XFontStruct. */
+{
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
+
+    fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, "fixed");
+    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, "*");
+	if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("TkpGetFontFromAttributes: cannot get any font");
+	}
+    }
+    return fontStructPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetFontAttributes --
+ *
+ *	Given a screen font, determine its actual attributes, which are not
+ *	necessarily the attributes that were used to construct it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	*faPtr is filled with the screen font's attributes.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+GetFontAttributes(
+    Display *display,		/* Display that owns the screen font. */
+    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,	/* Screen font to query. */
+    FontAttributes *faPtr)	/* For storing attributes of screen font. */
+{
+    unsigned long value;
+    char *name;
+
+    if ((XGetFontProperty(fontStructPtr, XA_FONT, &value) != False) &&
+	    (value != 0)) {
+	name = XGetAtomName(display, (Atom) value);
+	if (TkFontParseXLFD(name, &faPtr->fa, &faPtr->xa) != TCL_OK) {
+	    faPtr->fa.family = Tk_GetUid(name);
+	    faPtr->xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid("");
+	    faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid("");
+	}
+	XFree(name);
+    } else {
+	TkInitFontAttributes(&faPtr->fa);
+	TkInitXLFDAttributes(&faPtr->xa);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Do last ditch check for family. It seems that some X servers can fail
+     * on the X font calls above, slipping through earlier checks. X-Win32 5.4
+     * is one of these.
+     */
+
+    if (faPtr->fa.family == NULL) {
+	faPtr->fa.family = Tk_GetUid("");
+	faPtr->xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid("");
+	faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid("");
+    }
+    return IdentifySymbolEncodings(faPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ListFonts --
+ *
+ *	Utility function to return the array of all XLFDs on the system with
+ *	the specified face name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is an array of XLFDs, which should be freed with
+ *	XFreeFontNames(), or NULL if no XLFDs matched the requested name.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static char **
+ListFonts(
+    Display *display,		/* Display to query. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
+    int *numNamesPtr)		/* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
+				 * if no names were found. */
+{
+    char buf[256];
+
+    sprintf(buf, "-*-%.80s-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*", faceName);
+    return XListFonts(display, buf, 10000, numNamesPtr);
+}
+
+static char **
+ListFontOrAlias(
+    Display *display,		/* Display to query. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
+    int *numNamesPtr)		/* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
+				 * if no names were found. */
+{
+    char **nameList;
+    const char *const *aliases;
+    int i;
+
+    nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, numNamesPtr);
+    if (nameList != NULL) {
+	return nameList;
+    }
+    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
+    if (aliases != NULL) {
+	for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    nameList = ListFonts(display, aliases[i], numNamesPtr);
+	    if (nameList != NULL) {
+		return nameList;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    *numNamesPtr = 0;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * IdentifySymbolEncodings --
+ *
+ *	If the font attributes refer to a symbol font, update the charset
+ *	field of the font attributes so that it reflects the encoding of that
+ *	symbol font. In general, the raw value for the charset field parsed
+ *	from an XLFD is meaningless for symbol fonts.
+ *
+ *	Symbol fonts are all fonts whose name appears in the symbolClass.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is non-zero if the font attributes specify a symbol
+ *	font, or 0 otherwise. If a non-zero value is returned the charset
+ *	field of the font attributes will be changed to the string that
+ *	represents the actual encoding for the symbol font.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+IdentifySymbolEncodings(
+    FontAttributes *faPtr)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    const char *const *aliases;
+    const char *const *symbolClass;
+
+    symbolClass = TkFontGetSymbolClass();
+    for (i = 0; symbolClass[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	if (strcasecmp(faPtr->fa.family, symbolClass[i]) == 0) {
+	    faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(GetEncodingAlias(symbolClass[i]));
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(symbolClass[i]);
+	for (j = 0; (aliases != NULL) && (aliases[j] != NULL); j++) {
+	    if (strcasecmp(faPtr->fa.family, aliases[j]) == 0) {
+		faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(GetEncodingAlias(aliases[j]));
+		return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetEncodingAlias --
+ *
+ *	Map the name of an encoding to another name that should be used when
+ *	actually loading the encoding. For instance, the encodings
+ *	"jisc6226.1978", "jisx0208.1983", "jisx0208.1990", and "jisx0208.1996"
+ *	are well-known names for the same encoding and are represented by one
+ *	encoding table: "jis0208".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	As above. If the name has no alias, the original name is returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static const char *
+GetEncodingAlias(
+    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
+{
+    const EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;
+
+    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
+	if (Tcl_StringCaseMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern, 0)) {
+	    return aliasPtr->realName;
+	}
+	aliasPtr++;
+    }
+    return name;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkDrawAngledChars --
+ *
+ *	Draw some characters at an angle. This is awkward here because we have
+ *	no reliable way of drawing any characters at an angle in classic X11;
+ *	we have to draw on a Pixmap which is converted to an XImage (from
+ *	helper function GetImageOfText), rotate the image (hokey code!) onto
+ *	another XImage (from helper function InitDestImage), and then use the
+ *	rotated image as a mask when drawing. This is pretty awful; improved
+ *	versions are welcomed!
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Target drawable is updated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static inline XImage *
+GetImageOfText(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    int *realWidthPtr, int *realHeightPtr)
+{
+    int width, height;
+    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    GC bitmapGC;
+    XGCValues values;
+    XImage *image;
+
+    (void) Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, numBytes, -1, 0, &width);
+    height = fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->fm.descent;
+
+    bitmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height, 1);
+    values.graphics_exposures = False;
+    values.foreground = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+    bitmapGC = XCreateGC(display, bitmap, GCGraphicsExposures|GCForeground,
+	    &values);
+    XFillRectangle(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, 0, 0, width, height);
+
+    values.font = Tk_FontId(tkfont);
+    values.foreground = WhitePixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+    values.background = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+    XChangeGC(display, bitmapGC, GCFont|GCForeground|GCBackground, &values);
+    Tk_DrawChars(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, tkfont, source, numBytes, 0,
+	    fontPtr->fm.ascent);
+    XFreeGC(display, bitmapGC);
+
+    image = XGetImage(display, bitmap, 0, 0, width, height, AllPlanes,
+	    ZPixmap);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(display, bitmap);
+
+    *realWidthPtr = width;
+    *realHeightPtr = height;
+    return image;
+}
+
+static inline XImage *
+InitDestImage(
+    Display *display,
+    Drawable drawable,
+    int width,
+    int height,
+    Pixmap *bitmapPtr)
+{
+    Pixmap bitmap;
+    XImage *image;
+    GC bitmapGC;
+    XGCValues values;
+
+    bitmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, drawable, width, height, 1);
+    values.graphics_exposures = False;
+    values.foreground = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+    bitmapGC = XCreateGC(display, bitmap, GCGraphicsExposures|GCForeground,
+	    &values);
+    XFillRectangle(display, bitmap, bitmapGC, 0, 0, width, height);
+    XFreeGC(display, bitmapGC);
+
+    image = XGetImage(display, bitmap, 0, 0, width, height, AllPlanes,
+	    ZPixmap);
+    *bitmapPtr = bitmap;
+    return image;
+}
+
+void
+TkDrawAngledChars(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
+				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    double x, double y,
+    double angle)
+{
+    if (angle == 0.0) {
+	Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes, x, y);
+    } else {
+	double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
+	int bufHeight, bufWidth, srcWidth, srcHeight, i, j, dx, dy;
+	Pixmap buf;
+	XImage *srcImage = GetImageOfText(display, drawable, tkfont, source,
+		numBytes, &srcWidth, &srcHeight);
+	XImage *dstImage;
+	enum {Q0=1,R1,Q1,R2,Q2,R3,Q3} quadrant;
+	GC bwgc, cpgc;
+	XGCValues values;
+	int ascent = ((TkFont *) tkfont)->fm.ascent;
+
+	/*
+	 * First, work out what quadrant we are operating in. We also handle
+	 * the rectilinear rotations as special cases. Conceptually, there's
+	 * also R0 (angle == 0.0) but that has been already handled as a
+	 * special case above.
+	 *
+	 *        R1
+	 *   Q1   |   Q0
+	 *        |
+	 * R2 ----+---- R0
+	 *        |
+	 *   Q2   |   Q3
+	 *        R3
+	 */
+
+	if (angle < 90.0) {
+	    quadrant = Q0;
+	} else if (angle == 90.0) {
+	    quadrant = R1;
+	} else if (angle < 180.0) {
+	    quadrant = Q1;
+	} else if (angle == 180.0) {
+	    quadrant = R2;
+	} else if (angle < 270.0) {
+	    quadrant = Q2;
+	} else if (angle == 270.0) {
+	    quadrant = R3;
+	} else {
+	    quadrant = Q3;
+	}
+
+	if (srcImage == NULL) {
+	    return;
+	}
+	bufWidth = srcWidth*fabs(cosA) + srcHeight*fabs(sinA);
+	bufHeight = srcHeight*fabs(cosA) + srcWidth*fabs(sinA);
+	dstImage = InitDestImage(display, drawable, bufWidth,bufHeight, &buf);
+	if (dstImage == NULL) {
+	    Tk_FreePixmap(display, buf);
+	    XDestroyImage(srcImage);
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Do the rotation, setting or resetting pixels in the destination
+	 * image dependent on whether the corresponding pixel (after rotation
+	 * to source image space) is set.
+	 */
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<srcWidth ; i++) {
+	    for (j=0 ; j<srcHeight ; j++) {
+		switch (quadrant) {
+		case Q0:
+		    dx = ROUND16(i*cosA + j*sinA);
+		    dy = ROUND16(j*cosA + (srcWidth - i)*sinA);
+		    break;
+		case R1:
+		    dx = j;
+		    dy = srcWidth - i;
+		    break;
+		case Q1:
+		    dx = ROUND16((i - srcWidth)*cosA + j*sinA);
+		    dy = ROUND16((srcWidth-i)*sinA + (j-srcHeight)*cosA);
+		    break;
+		case R2:
+		    dx = srcWidth - i;
+		    dy = srcHeight - j;
+		    break;
+		case Q2:
+		    dx = ROUND16((i-srcWidth)*cosA + (j-srcHeight)*sinA);
+		    dy = ROUND16((j - srcHeight)*cosA - i*sinA);
+		    break;
+		case R3:
+		    dx = srcHeight - j;
+		    dy = i;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    dx = ROUND16(i*cosA + (j - srcHeight)*sinA);
+		    dy = ROUND16(j*cosA - i*sinA);
+		}
+
+		if (dx < 0 || dy < 0 || dx >= bufWidth || dy >= bufHeight) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		XPutPixel(dstImage, dx, dy,
+			XGetPixel(dstImage,dx,dy) | XGetPixel(srcImage,i,j));
+	    }
+	}
+	XDestroyImage(srcImage);
+
+	/*
+	 * Schlep the data back to the Xserver.
+	 */
+
+	values.function = GXcopy;
+	values.foreground = WhitePixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+	values.background = BlackPixel(display, DefaultScreen(display));
+	bwgc = XCreateGC(display, buf, GCFunction|GCForeground|GCBackground,
+		&values);
+	XPutImage(display, buf, bwgc, dstImage, 0,0, 0,0, bufWidth,bufHeight);
+	XFreeGC(display, bwgc);
+	XDestroyImage(dstImage);
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate where we want to draw the text.
+	 */
+
+	switch (quadrant) {
+	case Q0:
+	    dx = x;
+	    dy = y - srcWidth*sinA;
+	    break;
+	case R1:
+	    dx = x;
+	    dy = y - srcWidth;
+	    break;
+	case Q1:
+	    dx = x + srcWidth*cosA;
+	    dy = y + srcHeight*cosA - srcWidth*sinA;
+	    break;
+	case R2:
+	    dx = x - srcWidth;
+	    dy = y - srcHeight;
+	    break;
+	case Q2:
+	    dx = x + srcWidth*cosA + srcHeight*sinA;
+	    dy = y + srcHeight*cosA;
+	    break;
+	case R3:
+	    dx = x - srcHeight;
+	    dy = y;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    dx = x + srcHeight*sinA;
+	    dy = y;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Apply a correction to deal with the fact that we aren't told to
+	 * draw from our top-left corner but rather from the left-end of our
+	 * baseline.
+	 */
+
+	dx -= ascent*sinA;
+	dy -= ascent*cosA;
+
+	/*
+	 * Transfer the text to the screen. This is done by using it as a mask
+	 * and then drawing through that mask with the original drawing color.
+	 */
+
+	values.function = GXcopy;
+	values.fill_style = FillSolid;
+	values.clip_mask = buf;
+	values.clip_x_origin = dx;
+	values.clip_y_origin = dy;
+	cpgc = XCreateGC(display, drawable,
+		GCFunction|GCFillStyle|GCClipMask|GCClipXOrigin|GCClipYOrigin,
+		&values);
+	XCopyGC(display, gc, GCForeground, cpgc);
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, cpgc, dx, dy, bufWidth,
+		bufHeight);
+	XFreeGC(display, cpgc);
+
+	Tk_FreePixmap(display, buf);
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0aa2fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixInit.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains Unix-specific interpreter initialization functions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
+static int		GetLibraryPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+#else
+#define GetLibraryPath(dummy)	(void)0
+#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpInit --
+ *
+ *	Performs Unix-specific interpreter initialization related to the
+ *      tk_library variable.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
+ *	the interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpInit(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+    TkCreateXEventSource();
+    GetLibraryPath(interp);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetAppName --
+ *
+ *	Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific
+ *	location. For Unix, the application name is the tail of the path
+ *	contained in the tcl variable argv0.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetAppName(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tcl_DString *namePtr)	/* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
+{
+    const char *p, *name;
+
+    name = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "argv0", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
+	name = "tk";
+    } else {
+	p = strrchr(name, '/');
+	if (p != NULL) {
+	    name = p+1;
+	}
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDisplayWarning --
+ *
+ *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that
+ *	occur during startup.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Generates messages on stdout.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDisplayWarning(
+    const char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
+    const char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
+{
+    Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
+
+    if (errChannel) {
+	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
+	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
+	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, msg, -1);
+	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetLibraryPath --
+ *
+ *	If we have a bundle structure for the Tk installation, then check
+ *	there first to see if we can find the libraries there.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TCL_OK if we have found the tk library; TCL_ERROR otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+GetLibraryPath(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+#ifdef TK_FRAMEWORK
+    int foundInFramework = TCL_ERROR;
+    char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1];
+
+    foundInFramework = Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
+	    "com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
+	    tkLibPath);
+    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
+        Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    }
+    return foundInFramework;
+#else
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..805f314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixInt.h --
+ *
+ *	This file contains declarations that are shared among the
+ *	UNIX-specific parts of Tk but aren't used by the rest of Tk.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TKUNIXINT
+#define _TKUNIXINT
+
+#ifndef _TKINT
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for procedures that are referenced in files other than the ones
+ * they're defined in.
+ */
+
+#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h"
+
+#endif /* _TKUNIXINT */
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4d0cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixKey.c
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixKey.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains routines for dealing with international keyboard
+ *	input.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized.  TkpOpenDisplay
+**                does this and sets the USE_XKB flag if xkb is supported.
+**                (should this be function ptr?)
+*/
+#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
+#  include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+#else
+#  define XkbKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) XKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,L)
+#endif
+#define TkKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L)		\
+    ((D)->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB) ?		\
+      XkbKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,G,L) :	\
+      XKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,L)
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
+ */
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_SetCaretPos --
+ *
+ *	This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by
+ *	widgets to indicate their cursor placement. This is currently only
+ *	used for over-the-spot XIM.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_SetCaretPos(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    int height)
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+
+    if ((dispPtr->caret.winPtr == winPtr)
+	    && (dispPtr->caret.x == x)
+	    && (dispPtr->caret.y == y)
+	    && (dispPtr->caret.height == height)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    dispPtr->caret.winPtr = winPtr;
+    dispPtr->caret.x = x;
+    dispPtr->caret.y = y;
+    dispPtr->caret.height = height;
+
+    /*
+     * Adjust the XIM caret position.
+     */
+
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    if ((dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
+	    && (dispPtr->inputStyle & XIMPreeditPosition)
+	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) {
+	XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
+	XPoint spot;
+
+	spot.x = dispPtr->caret.x;
+	spot.y = dispPtr->caret.y + dispPtr->caret.height;
+	preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNSpotLocation, &spot, NULL);
+	XSetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr,
+		NULL);
+	XFree(preedit_attr);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetString --
+ *
+ *	Retrieve the UTF string associated with a keyboard event.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the UTF string.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies the
+ *	internal input state. This routine can only be called once for a given
+ *	event.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+const char *
+TkpGetString(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
+    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
+    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
+{
+    int len;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
+    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
+     */
+
+    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
+	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
+		(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
+	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise
+     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != KeyPress) {
+	len = 0;
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
+	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
+	    && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) {
+	Status status;
+
+#if X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
+	len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
+		Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr),
+		&kePtr->keysym, &status);
+
+	if (status == XBufferOverflow) {
+	    /*
+	     * Expand buffer and try again.
+	     */
+
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
+	    len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
+		    Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr),
+		    &kePtr->keysym, &status);
+	}
+	if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) {
+	    len = 0;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
+#else /* !X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */
+	/*
+	 * Overallocate the dstring to the maximum stack amount.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
+	len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
+		Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf),
+                &kePtr->keysym, &status);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the buffer wasn't big enough, grow the buffer and try again.
+	 */
+
+	if (status == XBufferOverflow) {
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len);
+	    len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
+		    Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, &kePtr->keysym, &status);
+	}
+	if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) {
+	    len = 0;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len);
+	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, dsPtr);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
+#endif /* X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */
+    } else
+#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Fall back to convert a keyboard event to a UTF-8 string using
+	 * XLookupString. This is used when input methods are turned off and
+	 * for KeyRelease events.
+	 *
+	 * Note: XLookupString() normally returns a single ISO Latin 1 or
+	 * ASCII control character.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
+	len = XLookupString(&eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf),
+		TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE, &kePtr->keysym, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[len] = '\0';
+
+	if (len == 1) {
+	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((unsigned char) Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[0],
+		    Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * len > 1 should only happen if someone has called XRebindKeysym.
+	     * Assume UTF-8.
+	     */
+
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
+	    strncpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
+     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
+     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
+     */
+
+done:
+    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
+    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
+    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
+    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
+ * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
+ * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
+ */
+
+void
+TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    KeySym keySym,
+    XEvent *eventPtr)
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    int state, mincode, maxcode;
+    KeyCode keycode;
+
+    if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
+	keycode = 0;
+    } else {
+	keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(dispPtr->display, keySym);
+    }
+    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode;
+    if (keycode != 0) {
+	for (state = 0; state < 4; state++) {
+	    if (XLookupKeysym(&eventPtr->xkey, state) == keySym) {
+		if (state & 1) {
+		    eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
+		}
+		if (state & 2) {
+		    eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Filter keycodes out of range, otherwise further Xlib function
+     * behavior might be undefined, in particular XIM could cause crashes.
+     */
+
+    mincode = 0;
+    maxcode = -1;
+    XDisplayKeycodes(dispPtr->display, &mincode, &maxcode);
+    if (keycode < mincode) {
+	keycode = mincode;
+    } else if (keycode > maxcode) {
+	keycode = maxcode;
+    }
+
+    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetKeySym --
+ *
+ *	Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event
+ *	into a KeySym.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the KeySym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol
+ *	if no matching Keysym could be found.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get
+ *	loaded.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+KeySym
+TkpGetKeySym(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr,		/* Display in which to map keycode. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Description of X event. */
+{
+    KeySym sym;
+    int index;
+    TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Refresh the mapping information if it's stale. This must happen before
+     * we do any input method processing. [Bug 3599312]
+     */
+
+    if (dispPtr->bindInfoStale) {
+	TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr);
+    }
+
+#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
+    /*
+     * If input methods are active, we may already have determined a keysym.
+     * Return it.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress && dispPtr
+	    && (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
+	if (kePtr->charValuePtr == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DString ds;
+	    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)
+		Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, eventPtr->xany.window);
+
+	    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+	    (void) TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, &ds);
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	}
+	if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
+	    return kePtr->keysym;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Figure out which of the four slots in the keymap vector to use for this
+     * key. Refer to Xlib documentation for more info on how this computation
+     * works.
+     */
+
+    index = 0;
+    if (eventPtr->xkey.state & dispPtr->modeModMask) {
+	index = 2;
+    }
+    if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
+	    || ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
+	    && (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
+	index += 1;
+    }
+    sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, 0,
+	    index);
+
+    /*
+     * Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is
+     * only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case
+     * alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym.
+     */
+
+    if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
+	    && (dispPtr->lockUsage == LU_CAPS)) {
+	if (!(((sym >= XK_A) && (sym <= XK_Z))
+		|| ((sym >= XK_Agrave) && (sym <= XK_Odiaeresis))
+		|| ((sym >= XK_Ooblique) && (sym <= XK_Thorn)))) {
+	    index &= ~1;
+	    sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
+		    0, index);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there is
+     * no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key.
+     */
+
+    if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) {
+	sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
+		0, index & ~1);
+    }
+    return sym;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpInitKeymapInfo --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff
+ *	that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that
+ *	corresponds to "mode switch".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Keymap-related information in dispPtr is updated.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpInitKeymapInfo(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display for which to recompute keymap
+				 * information. */
+{
+    XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr;
+    KeyCode *codePtr;
+    KeySym keysym;
+    int count, i, j, max, arraySize;
+#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 20
+
+    dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 0;
+    modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display);
+
+    /*
+     * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is
+     * associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be
+     * interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock.
+     */
+
+    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE;
+    codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex;
+    for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) {
+	if (*codePtr == 0) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
+	if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
+	    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_SHIFT;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
+	    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the
+     * "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any
+     * modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits.
+     */
+
+    dispPtr->modeModMask = 0;
+    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
+    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
+    codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap;
+    max = 8 * modMapPtr->max_keypermod;
+    for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
+	if (*codePtr == 0) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
+	if (keysym == XK_Mode_switch) {
+	    dispPtr->modeModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
+	}
+	if ((keysym == XK_Meta_L) || (keysym == XK_Meta_R)) {
+	    dispPtr->metaModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
+	}
+	if ((keysym == XK_Alt_L) || (keysym == XK_Alt_R)) {
+	    dispPtr->altModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys.
+     */
+
+    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
+	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
+    }
+    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;
+    arraySize = KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
+    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = ckalloc(KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE * sizeof(KeyCode));
+    for (i = 0, codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
+	if (*codePtr == 0) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Make sure that the keycode isn't already in the array.
+	 */
+
+	for (j = 0; j < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; j++) {
+	    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[j] == *codePtr) {
+		/*
+		 * 'continue' the outer loop.
+		 */
+
+		goto nextModCode;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes >= arraySize) {
+	    KeyCode *newCodes;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Ran out of space in the array; grow it.
+	     */
+
+	    arraySize *= 2;
+	    newCodes = ckalloc(arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode));
+	    memcpy(newCodes, dispPtr->modKeyCodes,
+		    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode));
+	    ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
+	    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = newCodes;
+	}
+	dispPtr->modKeyCodes[dispPtr->numModKeyCodes] = *codePtr;
+	dispPtr->numModKeyCodes++;
+    nextModCode:
+	continue;
+    }
+    XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..909276a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1918 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixMenu.c --
+ *
+ *	This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "default.h"
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include "tkMenu.h"
+
+/*
+ * Constants used for menu drawing.
+ */
+
+#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH	2
+#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT	2
+
+/*
+ * Platform specific flags for Unix.
+ */
+
+#define ENTRY_HELP_MENU		ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1
+
+/*
+ * Shared with button widget.
+ */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y,
+			    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, XColor *indicatorColor,
+			    XColor *selectColor, XColor *disColor, int on,
+			    int disabled, int mode);
+/*
+ * Indicator Draw Modes
+ */
+
+#define CHECK_BUTTON 0
+#define CHECK_MENU   1
+#define RADIO_BUTTON 2
+#define RADIO_MENU   3
+
+/*
+ * Procedures used internally.
+ */
+
+static void		SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
+static void		DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow);
+static void		DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
+			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int heigth);
+static void		DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
+			    Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor,
+			    XColor *disableColor, Tk_Font tkfont,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
+			    int width, int height);
+static void		DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu * menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void		DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void		DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void		DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
+static void		GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
+			    int *heightPtr);
+static void		GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
+static void		GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
+static void		GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
+static void		GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
+			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
+			    int *heightPtr);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpNewMenu --
+ *
+ *	Gets the platform-specific piece of the menu. Invoked during idle
+ *	after the generic part of the menu has been created.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Standard TCL error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Allocates any platform specific allocations and places them in the
+ *	platformData field of the menuPtr.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpNewMenu(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)
+{
+    SetHelpMenu(menuPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDestroyMenu --
+ *
+ *	Destroys platform-specific menu structures. Called when the generic
+ *	menu structure is destroyed for the menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	All platform-specific allocations are freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDestroyMenu(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDestroyMenuEntry --
+ *
+ *	Cleans up platform-specific menu entry items. Called when entry is
+ *	destroyed in the generic code.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	All platform specific allocations are freed up.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
+    TkMenuEntry *mEntryPtr)
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpConfigureMenuEntry --
+ *
+ *	Processes configuration options for menu entries. Called when the
+ *	generic options are processed for the menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns standard TCL result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then the
+ *	interp's result contains an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed,
+ *	if any need it.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
+    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may
+				 * not already have values for some fields. */
+{
+    /*
+     * If this is a cascade menu, and the child menu exists, check to see if
+     * the child menu is a help menu.
+     */
+
+    if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
+	TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
+
+	menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(mePtr->menuPtr->interp,
+		mePtr->namePtr);
+	if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
+	    SetHelpMenu(menuRefPtr->menuPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMenuNewEntry --
+ *
+ *	Called when a new entry is created in a menu. Fills in platform
+ *	specific data for the entry. The platformEntryData field is used to
+ *	store the indicator diameter for radio button and check box entries.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 	Standard TCL error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None on Unix.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpMenuNewEntry(
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
+{
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
+ *
+ *	Sets up the menu as a menubar in the given window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Recomputes geometry of given window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpSetWindowMenuBar(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window we are setting */
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu we are setting */
+{
+    if (menuPtr == NULL) {
+	TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, NULL);
+    } else {
+	TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menuPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpSetMainMenuBar --
+ *
+ *	Called when a toplevel widget is brought to front. On the Macintosh,
+ *	sets up the menubar that goes accross the top of the main monitor. On
+ *	other platforms, nothing is necessary.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Recompute geometry of given window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpSetMainMenubar(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    const char *menuName)
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMenuIndicatorGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Fills out the geometry of the indicator in a menu item. Note that the
+ *	mePtr->height field must have already been filled in by
+ *	GetMenuLabelGeometry since this height depends on the label height.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	widthPtr and heightPtr point to the new geometry values.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing. */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are interested in. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
+    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
+{
+    int borderWidth;
+
+    if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
+	    || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
+	if (!mePtr->hideMargin && mePtr->indicatorOn) {
+	    if ((mePtr->image != NULL) || (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL)) {
+		*widthPtr = (14 * mePtr->height) / 10;
+		*heightPtr = mePtr->height;
+		if (mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) {
+		    mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
+			    INT2PTR((65 * mePtr->height) / 100);
+		} else {
+		    mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
+			    INT2PTR((75 * mePtr->height) / 100);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		*widthPtr = *heightPtr = mePtr->height;
+		if (mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) {
+		    mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
+			    INT2PTR((80 * mePtr->height) / 100);
+		} else {
+		    mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
+			    INT2PTR(mePtr->height);
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+		    &borderWidth);
+	    *heightPtr = 0;
+	    *widthPtr = borderWidth;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+		&borderWidth);
+	*heightPtr = 0;
+	*widthPtr = borderWidth;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMenuAccelGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Get the geometry of the accelerator area of a menu item.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	heightPtr and widthPtr are set.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetMenuAccelGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu was are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are getting the geometry for */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    int *widthPtr,		/* The width of the acclerator area */
+    int *heightPtr)		/* The height of the accelerator area */
+{
+    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+    if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
+    	*widthPtr = 2 * CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
+    } else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) {
+	const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
+
+	*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength);
+    } else {
+    	*widthPtr = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuEntryBackground --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws the background part of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuEntryBackground(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing. */
+    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
+    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border for an active item */
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,	/* The background border */
+    int x,			/* Left coordinate of entry rect */
+    int y,			/* Right coordinate of entry rect */
+    int width,			/* Width of entry rect */
+    int height)			/* Height of entry rect */
+{
+    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
+	int relief;
+	int activeBorderWidth;
+
+    	bgBorder = activeBorder;
+
+	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
+		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
+		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
+	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
+	} else {
+	    relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+	}
+
+	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
+		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
+		activeBorderWidth, relief);
+    } else {
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
+		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuEntryAccelerator --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws the background part of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
+    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
+    GC gc,			/* The precalculated gc to draw with */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border for an active item */
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,	/* The background border */
+    int x,			/* Left coordinate of entry rect */
+    int y,			/* Top coordinate of entry rect */
+    int width,			/* Width of entry */
+    int height,			/* Height of entry */
+    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw arrow. */
+{
+    XPoint points[3];
+    int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
+
+    /*
+     * Draw accelerator or cascade arrow.
+     */
+
+    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+	    &borderWidth);
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
+	    &activeBorderWidth);
+    if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && drawArrow) {
+    	points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth
+		- CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
+    	points[0].y = y + (height - CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT)/2;
+    	points[1].x = points[0].x;
+    	points[1].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT;
+    	points[2].x = points[0].x + CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
+    	points[2].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT/2;
+    	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d,
+		(mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) ? activeBorder : bgBorder,
+		points, 3, DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH,
+	    	(menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr)
+	    	? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+    } else if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
+	const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
+	int left = x + mePtr->labelWidth + activeBorderWidth
+		+ mePtr->indicatorSpace;
+
+	if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+	    left += 5;
+	}
+    	Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
+		mePtr->accelLength, left,
+		(y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2));
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuEntryIndicator --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws the background part of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
+    Drawable d,			/* The drawable to draw into */
+    Tk_3DBorder border,		/* The background color */
+    XColor *indicatorColor,	/* The color to draw indicators with */
+    XColor *disableColor,	/* The color use use when disabled */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font to draw with */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */
+    int x,			/* The left of the entry rect */
+    int y,			/* The top of the entry rect */
+    int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
+    int height)			/* Height of menu entry */
+{
+    /*
+     * Draw check-button indicator.
+     */
+
+    if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn) {
+	int top, left, activeBorderWidth;
+	int disabled = (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED);
+	XColor *bg;
+
+	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
+		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
+	bg = Tk_3DBorderColor(border);
+	top = y + height/2;
+	left = x + activeBorderWidth + DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH
+		+ mePtr->indicatorSpace/2;
+
+	TkpDrawCheckIndicator(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->display, d, left, top,
+		border, indicatorColor, bg, disableColor,
+		(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED), disabled, CHECK_MENU);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw radio-button indicator.
+     */
+
+    if ((mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn) {
+	int top, left, activeBorderWidth;
+	int disabled = (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED);
+	XColor *bg;
+
+	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
+		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
+	bg = Tk_3DBorderColor(border);
+	top = y + height/2;
+	left = x + activeBorderWidth + DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH
+		+ mePtr->indicatorSpace/2;
+
+	TkpDrawCheckIndicator(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->display, d, left, top,
+		border, indicatorColor, bg, disableColor,
+		(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED), disabled, RADIO_MENU);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuSeparator --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws a separator menu item.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuSeparator(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
+    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are using */
+    GC gc,			/* The gc to draw into */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font to draw with */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */
+    int x, int y,
+    int width, int height)
+{
+    XPoint points[2];
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+
+    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    points[0].x = x;
+    points[0].y = y + height/2;
+    points[1].x = x + width - 1;
+    points[1].y = points[0].y;
+    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
+    Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
+	    TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuEntryLabel --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws the label part of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuEntryLabel(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing. */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing. */
+    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into. */
+    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing into.*/
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font. */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */
+    int x,			/* Left edge. */
+    int y,			/* Top edge. */
+    int width,			/* width of entry. */
+    int height)			/* height of entry. */
+{
+    int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace;
+    int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge, imageHeight, imageWidth;
+    int textHeight = 0, textWidth = 0;	/* stop GCC warning */
+    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
+    int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
+
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
+	    &activeBorderWidth);
+    leftEdge = x + indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
+    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+	leftEdge += 5;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Work out what we will need to draw first.
+     */
+
+    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
+    	Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
+	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
+
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    }
+    if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
+	if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
+	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
+
+	    textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
+	    textHeight = fmPtr->linespace;
+	    haveText = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now work out what the relative positions are.
+     */
+
+    if (haveImage && haveText) {
+	int fullWidth = (imageWidth > textWidth ? imageWidth : textWidth);
+
+	switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
+	case COMPOUND_TOP:
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
+	    textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = -textHeight/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
+	    textYOffset = -imageHeight/2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = textHeight/2 + 2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+	    /*
+	     * Position image in the indicator space to the left of the
+	     * entries, unless this entry is a radio|check button because then
+	     * the indicator space will be used.
+	     */
+
+	    textXOffset = imageWidth + 2;
+	    textYOffset = 0;
+	    imageXOffset = 0;
+	    imageYOffset = 0;
+	    if ((mePtr->type != CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
+		    && (mePtr->type != RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
+		textXOffset -= indicatorSpace;
+		if (textXOffset < 0) {
+		    textXOffset = 0;
+		}
+		imageXOffset = -indicatorSpace;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+	    textXOffset = 0;
+	    textYOffset = 0;
+	    imageXOffset = textWidth + 2;
+	    imageYOffset = 0;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
+	    textYOffset = 0;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = 0;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_NONE:
+	    break;
+	}
+    } else {
+	textXOffset = 0;
+	textYOffset = 0;
+	imageXOffset = 0;
+	imageYOffset = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry.
+     */
+
+    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
+    	if ((mePtr->selectImage != NULL)
+	    	&& (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
+	    Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
+		    imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
+		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
+    	} else {
+	    Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth,
+		    imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
+		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
+    	}
+    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != None) {
+	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
+
+	XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d,	gc, 0, 0,
+		(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
+		leftEdge + imageXOffset,
+		(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
+    }
+    if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
+	int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
+
+    	if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
+	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
+
+	    Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label,
+		    mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset,
+		    baseline + textYOffset);
+	    DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
+		    x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
+		    width, height);
+    	}
+    }
+
+    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
+	if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
+	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
+		    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+	} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
+		&& (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) {
+	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
+		    leftEdge + imageXOffset,
+		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
+		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawMenuUnderline --
+ *
+ *	On appropriate platforms, draw the underline character for the menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawMenuUnderline(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu to draw into */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
+    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
+    GC gc,			/* The gc to draw into */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    int x, int y,
+    int width, int height)
+{
+    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
+	int len;
+
+	len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr);
+	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
+	    int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge;
+	    const char *label, *start, *end;
+
+	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
+	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
+	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
+
+	    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
+		    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
+	    leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
+	    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
+		leftEdge += 5;
+	    }
+
+	    Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, leftEdge,
+		    y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2,
+		    start - label, end - label);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpPostMenu --
+ *
+ *	Posts a menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
+ *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
+ *      If the entry parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the
+ *      menu itself is placed at the point.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The menu is posted and handled.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpPostMenu(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,
+    int x, int y, int index)
+{
+    return TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpPostTearoffMenu --
+ *
+ *	Posts a tearoff menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the
+ *      specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates.
+ *      If the index parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the menu
+ *      itself is placed at the point.  On unix this is called when posting
+ *      any menu.  Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits on the screen,
+ *      and maps and raises the menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a standard Tcl Error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The menu is posted.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpPostTearoffMenu(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the menu */
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are posting */
+    int x, int y, int index)	/* The root X,Y coordinates where the
+				 * specified entry will be posted */
+{
+    int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
+    int result;
+
+    if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
+	index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
+    }
+    if (index >= 0) {
+	y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y;
+    }
+
+    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
+    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
+    result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
+    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+    	return result;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
+     * and should go away.
+     */
+
+    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+    	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
+     * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
+     *
+     * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
+     *    are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
+     *    uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
+     *    the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
+     *    (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
+     *    itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
+     *    (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
+     *    for this...).
+     * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
+     *    the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
+     *    requested size, not its actual size.
+     */
+
+    Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
+	&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
+    vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
+    if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
+	x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
+    }
+    if (x < vRootX) {
+	x = vRootX;
+    }
+    vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
+    if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
+	y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
+    }
+    if (y < vRootY) {
+	y = vRootY;
+    }
+    Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+    TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMenuSeparatorGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
+    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
+    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
+{
+    *widthPtr = 0;
+    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetTearoffEntryGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
+    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
+{
+    if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
+	*heightPtr = 0;
+	*widthPtr = 0;
+    } else {
+	*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+	*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, "W", 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpComputeMenubarGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu
+ *	that is a menubar clone.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions,
+ *	and the size of the menu window itself may be changed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
+{
+    Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
+    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
+    int width, height, i, j, x, y, currentRowHeight, maxWidth;
+    int maxWindowWidth, lastRowBreak, lastEntry;
+    int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth, helpMenuIndex = -1;
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
+
+    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+	    &borderWidth);
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
+	    &activeBorderWidth);
+    maxWidth = 0;
+    if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
+	height = 0;
+    } else {
+	int borderWidth;
+
+	maxWindowWidth = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin);
+	if (maxWindowWidth == 1) {
+	    maxWindowWidth = 0x7ffffff;
+	}
+	currentRowHeight = 0;
+	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+		&borderWidth);
+	x = y = borderWidth;
+	lastRowBreak = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so
+	 * we want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them
+	 * and pass them down to all of the measureing and drawing routines.
+	 * We will measure the font metrics of the menu once, and if an entry
+	 * has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we
+	 * decide which set to give the geometry routines.
+	 */
+
+	menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
+	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
+	    mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
+	    if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) {
+		tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
+		Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
+		fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
+	    } else {
+		tkfont = menuFont;
+		fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * For every entry, we need to check to see whether or not we
+	     * wrap. If we do wrap, then we have to adjust all of the previous
+	     * entries' height and y position, because when we see them the
+	     * first time, we don't know how big its neighbor might be.
+	     */
+
+	    if ((mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY)
+		    || (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
+		mePtr->height = mePtr->width = 0;
+	    } else {
+		GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height);
+		mePtr->height = height + 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10;
+		mePtr->width = width;
+
+		GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr,
+			&width, &height);
+		mePtr->indicatorSpace = width;
+		if (width > 0) {
+		    mePtr->width += width;
+		}
+		mePtr->width += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10;
+	    }
+	    if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_HELP_MENU) {
+		helpMenuIndex = i;
+	    } else if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) {
+		if (i == lastRowBreak) {
+		    mePtr->y = y;
+		    mePtr->x = x;
+		    lastRowBreak++;
+		    y += mePtr->height;
+		    currentRowHeight = 0;
+		} else {
+		    x = borderWidth;
+		    for (j = lastRowBreak; j < i; j++) {
+			menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
+				- menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
+			menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
+			x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
+		    }
+		    lastRowBreak = i;
+		    y += currentRowHeight;
+		    currentRowHeight = mePtr->height;
+		}
+		if (x > maxWidth) {
+		    maxWidth = x;
+		}
+		x = borderWidth;
+	    } else {
+		x += mePtr->width;
+		if (mePtr->height > currentRowHeight) {
+		    currentRowHeight = mePtr->height;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	lastEntry = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
+	if (helpMenuIndex == lastEntry) {
+	    lastEntry--;
+	}
+	if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
+		+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
+	    maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
+	}
+	x = borderWidth;
+	for (j = lastRowBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
+	    if (j == helpMenuIndex) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
+		    - menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
+	    menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
+	    x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
+	}
+
+
+	if (helpMenuIndex != -1) {
+	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[helpMenuIndex];
+	    if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) {
+		y += currentRowHeight;
+		currentRowHeight = mePtr->height;
+		x = borderWidth;
+	    } else if (mePtr->height > currentRowHeight) {
+		currentRowHeight = mePtr->height;
+	    }
+	    mePtr->x = maxWindowWidth - borderWidth - mePtr->width;
+	    mePtr->y = y + currentRowHeight - mePtr->height;
+	}
+	height = y + currentRowHeight + borderWidth;
+    }
+    width = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
+     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
+     */
+
+    if (width <= 0) {
+	width = 1;
+    }
+    if (height <= 0) {
+	height = 1;
+    }
+    menuPtr->totalWidth = maxWidth;
+    menuPtr->totalHeight = height;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DrawTearoffEntry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure draws the background part of a menu.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DrawTearoffEntry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
+    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
+    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font we are drawing with */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
+    int x, int y,
+    int width, int height)
+{
+    XPoint points[2];
+    int segmentWidth, maxX;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+
+    if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    points[0].x = x;
+    points[0].y = y + height/2;
+    points[1].y = points[0].y;
+    segmentWidth = 6;
+    maxX = x + width - 1;
+    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
+
+    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
+	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
+	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
+	    points[1].x = maxX;
+	}
+	Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
+		TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+	points[0].x += 2 * segmentWidth;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpInitializeMenuBindings --
+ *
+ *	For every interp, initializes the bindings for Windows menus. Does
+ *	nothing on Mac or XWindows.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	C-level bindings are setup for the interp which will handle Alt-key
+ *	sequences for menus without beeping or interfering with user-defined
+ *	Alt-key bindings.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpInitializeMenuBindings(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter to set. */
+    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable)
+				/* The table to add to. */
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SetHelpMenu --
+ *
+ *	Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a help menu cascade in
+ *	a menubar. If it is, the entry that points to this menu will be
+ *	marked.
+ *
+ * RESULTS:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Will set the ENTRY_HELP_MENU flag appropriately.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+SetHelpMenu(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu we are checking */
+{
+    TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
+    int useMotifHelp = 0;
+    const char *option = NULL;
+    if (menuPtr->tkwin) {
+	option = Tk_GetOption(menuPtr->tkwin, "useMotifHelp", "UseMotifHelp");
+	if (option != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_GetBoolean(NULL, option, &useMotifHelp);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!useMotifHelp) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
+	    cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
+	    cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
+	if ((cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
+		&& (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)
+		&& (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)) {
+	    TkMenu *masterMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
+	    char *helpMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(Tk_PathName(
+		    masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) + strlen(".help") + 1);
+
+	    strcpy(helpMenuName, Tk_PathName(masterMenuPtr->tkwin));
+	    strcat(helpMenuName, ".help");
+	    if (strcmp(helpMenuName,
+		    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
+		cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
+	    } else {
+		cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
+	    }
+	    ckfree(helpMenuName);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDrawMenuEntry --
+ *
+ *	Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given
+ *	attributes.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDrawMenuEntry(
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry to draw */
+    Drawable d,			/* What to draw into */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Precalculated font for menu */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
+				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
+    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
+    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
+    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
+    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
+    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
+    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
+				 * for cascade items. */
+{
+    GC gc, indicatorGC;
+    XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL;
+    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
+    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
+    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
+    int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
+    int adjustedY = y + padY;
+    int adjustedHeight = height - 2 * padY;
+
+    /*
+     * Choose the gc for drawing the foreground part of the entry.
+     */
+
+    if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) && !strictMotif) {
+	gc = mePtr->activeGC;
+	if (gc == NULL) {
+	    gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
+	}
+    } else {
+    	TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
+    	int parentDisabled = 0;
+
+    	for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
+    		cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
+    		cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
+	    if (cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr != NULL) {
+		const char *name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr);
+
+		if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
+		    if (cascadeEntryPtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
+			parentDisabled = 1;
+		    }
+		    break;
+    	    	}
+    	    }
+    	}
+
+	if (((parentDisabled || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)))
+		&& (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) {
+	    gc = mePtr->disabledGC;
+	    if (gc == NULL) {
+		gc = menuPtr->disabledGC;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    gc = mePtr->textGC;
+	    if (gc == NULL) {
+		gc = menuPtr->textGC;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    indicatorGC = mePtr->indicatorGC;
+    if (indicatorGC == NULL) {
+	indicatorGC = menuPtr->indicatorGC;
+    }
+    if (mePtr->indicatorFgPtr) {
+	indicatorColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
+		mePtr->indicatorFgPtr);
+    } else {
+	indicatorColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
+		menuPtr->indicatorFgPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) {
+	disableColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
+		menuPtr->disabledFgPtr);
+    }
+
+    bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
+	    (mePtr->borderPtr == NULL)
+	    ? menuPtr->borderPtr : mePtr->borderPtr);
+    if (strictMotif) {
+	activeBorder = bgBorder;
+    } else {
+	activeBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
+	    (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL)
+	    ? menuPtr->activeBorderPtr : mePtr->activeBorderPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
+	fmPtr = menuMetricsPtr;
+    } else {
+	tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
+	fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Need to draw the entire background, including padding. On Unix, for
+     * menubars, we have to draw the rest of the entry taking into account the
+     * padding.
+     */
+
+    DrawMenuEntryBackground(menuPtr, mePtr, d, activeBorder,
+	    bgBorder, x, y, width, height);
+
+    if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
+	DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont,
+		fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight);
+    } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
+	DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
+		width, adjustedHeight);
+    } else {
+	DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
+		width, adjustedHeight);
+	DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
+		activeBorder, bgBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight,
+		drawArrow);
+	if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
+	    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
+		bgBorder = activeBorder;
+	    }
+	    DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, bgBorder, indicatorColor,
+		    disableColor, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width,
+		    adjustedHeight);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMenuLabelGeometry --
+ *
+ *	Figures out the size of the label portion of a menu item.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	widthPtr and heightPtr are filled in with the correct geometry
+ *	information.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetMenuLabelGeometry(
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are computing */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width of the label portion */
+    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height of the label
+				 * portion */
+{
+    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
+    int haveImage = 0;
+
+    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
+    	Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
+	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
+
+    	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else {
+	*heightPtr = 0;
+	*widthPtr = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) {
+	/*
+	 * We don't care about the text in this case.
+	 */
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Either it is compound or we don't have an image.
+	 */
+
+    	if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) {
+	    int textWidth;
+	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
+
+	    textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
+	    if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) {
+		switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
+		case COMPOUND_TOP:
+		case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+		    if (textWidth > *widthPtr) {
+			*widthPtr = textWidth;
+		    }
+
+		    /*
+		     * Add text and padding.
+		     */
+
+		    *heightPtr += fmPtr->linespace + 2;
+		    break;
+		case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+		case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+		    if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) {
+			*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+		    }
+
+		    /*
+		     * Add text and padding.
+		     */
+
+		    *widthPtr += textWidth + 2;
+		    break;
+		case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+		    if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) {
+			*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+		    }
+		    if (textWidth > *widthPtr) {
+			*widthPtr = textWidth;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case COMPOUND_NONE:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We don't have an image or we're not compound.
+		 */
+
+		*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+		*widthPtr = textWidth;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * An empty entry still has this height.
+	     */
+
+	    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
+    	}
+    }
+    *heightPtr += 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu
+ *	that is not a menubar clone.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions,
+ *	and the size of the menu window itself may be changed.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
+    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
+{
+    Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
+    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
+    int x, y, height, width, indicatorSpace, labelWidth, accelWidth;
+    int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelSpace, i, j, lastColumnBreak = 0;
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
+    int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
+
+    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
+	    &borderWidth);
+    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
+	    &activeBorderWidth);
+    x = y = borderWidth;
+    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
+    windowHeight = windowWidth = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we
+     * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
+     * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
+     * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
+     * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font
+     * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font
+     * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
+     */
+
+    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
+    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
+    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
+	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
+	if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
+	    tkfont = menuFont;
+	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
+	} else {
+	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
+	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
+	    fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
+	}
+
+	if ((i > 0) && mePtr->columnBreak) {
+	    if (accelWidth != 0) {
+		labelWidth += accelSpace;
+	    }
+	    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) {
+		menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
+		menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
+		menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+			+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
+		menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
+		menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
+	    }
+	    x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
+		    + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
+	    windowWidth = x;
+	    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
+	    lastColumnBreak = i;
+	    y = borderWidth;
+	}
+
+	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
+	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr,
+		    &width, &height);
+	    mePtr->height = height;
+	} else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
+	    GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr,
+		    &width, &height);
+	    mePtr->height = height;
+	    labelWidth = width;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
+	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
+	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
+	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
+	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
+	     * on the type of the entry.
+	     */
+
+	    GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height);
+	    mePtr->height = height;
+	    if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
+		width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
+	    }
+	    if (width > labelWidth) {
+	    	labelWidth = width;
+	    }
+
+	    GetMenuAccelGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont,
+		    fmPtr, &width, &height);
+	    if (height > mePtr->height) {
+	    	mePtr->height = height;
+	    }
+	    if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
+		width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
+	    }
+	    if (width > accelWidth) {
+	    	accelWidth = width;
+	    }
+
+	    GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr,
+		    &width, &height);
+	    if (height > mePtr->height) {
+	    	mePtr->height = height;
+	    }
+	    if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
+		width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
+	    }
+	    if (width > indicatorSpace) {
+	    	indicatorSpace = width;
+	    }
+
+	    mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT;
+    	}
+	mePtr->y = y;
+	y += mePtr->height;
+	if (y > windowHeight) {
+	    windowHeight = y;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (accelWidth != 0) {
+	labelWidth += accelSpace;
+    }
+    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
+	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
+	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
+	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
+	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
+	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
+    }
+    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
+	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;
+    windowHeight += borderWidth;
+
+    /*
+     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
+     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
+     */
+
+    if (windowWidth <= 0) {
+	windowWidth = 1;
+    }
+    if (windowHeight <= 0) {
+	windowHeight = 1;
+    }
+    menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth;
+    menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate --
+ *
+ *	This routine reconfigures the menu and the clones indicated by
+ *	menuName becuase a toplevel has been created and any system menus need
+ *	to be created. Not applicable to UNIX.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp the menu lives in. */
+    const char *menuName)	/* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMenuInit --
+ *
+ *	Does platform-specific initialization of menus.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMenuInit(void)
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMenuThreadInit --
+ *
+ *	Does platform-specific initialization of thread-specific menu state.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
+{
+    /*
+     * Nothing to do.
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c6b99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixMenubu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixMenubu.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the Unix specific portion of the menubutton
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tkMenubutton.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCreateMenuButton --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkMenuButton *
+TkpCreateMenuButton(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)
+{
+    return ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuButton));
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDisplayMenuButton --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to display a menubutton widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its current
+ *	mode.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDisplayMenuButton(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
+{
+    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
+    GC gc;
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int x = 0;			/* Initialization needed only to stop compiler
+				 * warning. */
+    int y = 0;
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;
+    int fullWidth, fullHeight;
+    int textXOffset, textYOffset;
+    int imageWidth, imageHeight;
+    int imageXOffset, imageYOffset;
+    int width = 0, height = 0;
+				/* Image information that will be used to
+				 * restrict disabled pixmap as well */
+    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+
+    mbPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+    if ((mbPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (mbPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
+	gc = mbPtr->disabledGC;
+	border = mbPtr->normalBorder;
+    } else if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE)
+	       && !Tk_StrictMotif(mbPtr->tkwin)) {
+	gc = mbPtr->activeTextGC;
+	border = mbPtr->activeBorder;
+    } else {
+	gc = mbPtr->normalTextGC;
+	border = mbPtr->normalBorder;
+    }
+
+    if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    }
+    imageWidth	= width;
+    imageHeight = height;
+
+    haveText = (mbPtr->textWidth != 0 && mbPtr->textHeight != 0);
+
+    /*
+     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the menu button
+     * in a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single
+     * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen
+     * image has been cleared.
+     */
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(mbPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+
+    imageXOffset = 0;
+    imageYOffset = 0;
+    textXOffset = 0;
+    textYOffset = 0;
+    fullWidth = 0;
+    fullHeight = 0;
+
+    if (mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
+	switch ((enum compound) mbPtr->compound) {
+	case COMPOUND_TOP:
+	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is above or below text.
+	     */
+
+	    if (mbPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
+		textYOffset = height + mbPtr->padY;
+	    } else {
+		imageYOffset = mbPtr->textHeight + mbPtr->padY;
+	    }
+	    fullHeight = height + mbPtr->textHeight + mbPtr->padY;
+	    fullWidth = (width > mbPtr->textWidth ? width : mbPtr->textWidth);
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - mbPtr->textWidth)/2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is left or right of text.
+	     */
+
+	    if (mbPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
+		textXOffset = width + mbPtr->padX;
+	    } else {
+		imageXOffset = mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->padX;
+	    }
+	    fullWidth = mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->padX + width;
+	    fullHeight = (height > mbPtr->textHeight ? height :
+		    mbPtr->textHeight);
+	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - mbPtr->textHeight)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+	    /*
+	     * Image and text are superimposed.
+	     */
+
+	    fullWidth = (width > mbPtr->textWidth ? width : mbPtr->textWidth);
+	    fullHeight = (height > mbPtr->textHeight ? height :
+		    mbPtr->textHeight);
+	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - mbPtr->textWidth)/2;
+	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - mbPtr->textHeight)/2;
+	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_NONE:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
+		mbPtr->indicatorWidth + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
+
+	imageXOffset += x;
+	imageYOffset += y;
+	if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
+	    Tk_RedrawImage(mbPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	} else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	    XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	    XCopyPlane(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, pixmap,
+		    gc, 0, 0, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
+	    XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
+	}
+
+	Tk_DrawTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout,
+		x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
+	Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout,
+		x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, mbPtr->underline);
+    } else if (haveImage) {
+	TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
+		width + mbPtr->indicatorWidth, height, &x, &y);
+	imageXOffset += x;
+	imageYOffset += y;
+	if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
+	    Tk_RedrawImage(mbPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+	} else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	    XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, x, y);
+	    XCopyPlane(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, pixmap,
+		    gc, 0, 0, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
+		    x, y, 1);
+	    XSetClipOrigin(mbPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
+	}
+    } else {
+	TkComputeAnchor(mbPtr->anchor, tkwin, mbPtr->padX, mbPtr->padY,
+		mbPtr->textWidth + mbPtr->indicatorWidth,
+		mbPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
+	Tk_DrawTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc, mbPtr->textLayout,
+		x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
+	Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(mbPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
+		mbPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
+		mbPtr->underline);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the menu button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
+     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.
+     */
+
+    if ((mbPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
+	    && ((mbPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (mbPtr->image != NULL))) {
+	/*
+	 * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise
+	 * restrict stippling only to displayed image
+	 */
+
+	if (mbPtr->disabledFg == NULL) {
+	    XFillRectangle(mbPtr->display, pixmap, mbPtr->stippleGC,
+		    mbPtr->inset, mbPtr->inset,
+		    (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->inset),
+		    (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->inset));
+	} else {
+	    XFillRectangle(mbPtr->display, pixmap, mbPtr->stippleGC,
+		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset,
+		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the cascade indicator for the menu button on the right side of the
+     * window, if desired.
+     */
+
+    if (mbPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	int borderWidth;
+
+	borderWidth = (mbPtr->indicatorHeight+1)/3;
+	if (borderWidth < 1) {
+	    borderWidth = 1;
+	}
+	/*y += mbPtr->textHeight / 2;*/
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		Tk_Width(tkwin) - mbPtr->inset - mbPtr->indicatorWidth
+		+ mbPtr->indicatorHeight,
+		((int) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - mbPtr->indicatorHeight))/2,
+		mbPtr->indicatorWidth - 2*mbPtr->indicatorHeight,
+		mbPtr->indicatorHeight, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the menu
+     * button's contents overflow onto the border they'll be covered up by the
+     * border.
+     */
+
+    if (mbPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
+	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth,
+		Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
+		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
+		mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief);
+    }
+    if (mbPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
+	GC gc;
+
+	if (mbPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
+	} else {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap);
+	}
+	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, mbPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then
+     * delete the pixmap.
+     */
+
+    XCopyArea(mbPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    mbPtr->normalTextGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin),
+	    (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(mbPtr->display, pixmap);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDestroyMenuButton --
+ *
+ *	Free data structures associated with the menubutton control.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Restores the default control state.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDestroyMenuButton(
+    TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry --
+ *
+ *	After changes in a menu button's text or bitmap, this function
+ *	recomputes the menu button's geometry and passes this information
+ *	along to the geometry manager for the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The menu button's window may change size.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(
+    TkMenuButton *mbPtr)	/* Widget record for menu button. */
+{
+    int width, height, mm, pixels;
+    int	 avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight;
+    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+    mbPtr->inset = mbPtr->highlightWidth + mbPtr->borderWidth;
+
+    width = 0;
+    height = 0;
+    txtWidth = 0;
+    txtHeight = 0;
+    avgWidth = 0;
+
+    if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
+	Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) {
+	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
+	haveImage = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (haveImage == 0 || mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
+	Tk_FreeTextLayout(mbPtr->textLayout);
+
+	mbPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(mbPtr->tkfont, mbPtr->text,
+		-1, mbPtr->wrapLength, mbPtr->justify, 0, &mbPtr->textWidth,
+		&mbPtr->textHeight);
+	txtWidth = mbPtr->textWidth;
+	txtHeight = mbPtr->textHeight;
+	avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(mbPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(mbPtr->tkfont, &fm);
+	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the menubutton is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text),
+     * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We
+     * only honor the compound bit if the menubutton has both text and an
+     * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound menubutton.
+     */
+
+    if (mbPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
+	switch ((enum compound) mbPtr->compound) {
+	case COMPOUND_TOP:
+	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is above or below text.
+	     */
+
+	    height += txtHeight + mbPtr->padY;
+	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+	    /*
+	     * Image is left or right of text.
+	     */
+
+	    width += txtWidth + mbPtr->padX;
+	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+	    /*
+	     * Image and text are superimposed.
+	     */
+
+	    width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+	    height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+	    break;
+	case COMPOUND_NONE:
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (mbPtr->width > 0) {
+	    width = mbPtr->width;
+	}
+	if (mbPtr->height > 0) {
+	    height = mbPtr->height;
+	}
+	width += 2*mbPtr->padX;
+	height += 2*mbPtr->padY;
+    } else {
+	if (haveImage) {
+	    if (mbPtr->width > 0) {
+		width = mbPtr->width;
+	    }
+	    if (mbPtr->height > 0) {
+		height = mbPtr->height;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    width = txtWidth;
+	    height = txtHeight;
+	    if (mbPtr->width > 0) {
+		width = mbPtr->width * avgWidth;
+	    }
+	    if (mbPtr->height > 0) {
+		height = mbPtr->height * fm.linespace;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (! haveImage) {
+	width += 2*mbPtr->padX;
+	height += 2*mbPtr->padY;
+    }
+
+    if (mbPtr->indicatorOn) {
+	mm = WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(mbPtr->tkwin));
+	pixels = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(mbPtr->tkwin));
+	mbPtr->indicatorHeight= (INDICATOR_HEIGHT * pixels)/(10*mm);
+	mbPtr->indicatorWidth = (INDICATOR_WIDTH * pixels)/(10*mm)
+		+ 2*mbPtr->indicatorHeight;
+	width += mbPtr->indicatorWidth;
+    } else {
+	mbPtr->indicatorHeight = 0;
+	mbPtr->indicatorWidth = 0;
+    }
+
+    Tk_GeometryRequest(mbPtr->tkwin, (int) (width + 2*mbPtr->inset),
+	    (int) (height + 2*mbPtr->inset));
+    Tk_SetInternalBorder(mbPtr->tkwin, mbPtr->inset);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6a35d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixPort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixPort.h --
+ *
+ *	This file is included by all of the Tk C files.  It contains
+ *	information that may be configuration-dependent, such as
+ *	#includes for system include files and a few other things.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UNIXPORT
+#define _UNIXPORT
+
+#define __UNIX__ 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#ifdef NO_STDLIB_H
+#   include "../compat/stdlib.h"
+#else
+#   include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#   include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifndef _TCL
+#   include <tcl.h>
+#endif
+#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#   include <time.h>
+#else
+#   if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#       include <sys/time.h>
+#   else
+#       include <time.h>
+#   endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#    include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_UNISTD_H
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#else
+#   include "../compat/unistd.h"
+#endif
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xresource.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+
+/*
+ * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to
+ * select:
+ */
+
+#ifndef NO_FD_SET
+#   define SELECT_MASK fd_set
+#else
+#   ifndef _AIX
+	typedef long fd_mask;
+#   endif
+#   if defined(_IBMR2)
+#	define SELECT_MASK void
+#   else
+#	define SELECT_MASK int
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following macro defines the number of fd_masks in an fd_set:
+ */
+
+#ifndef FD_SETSIZE
+#   ifdef OPEN_MAX
+#	define FD_SETSIZE OPEN_MAX
+#   else
+#	define FD_SETSIZE 256
+#   endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(howmany)
+#   define howmany(x, y) (((x)+((y)-1))/(y))
+#endif
+#ifndef NFDBITS
+#   define NFDBITS NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)
+#endif
+#define MASK_SIZE howmany(FD_SETSIZE, NFDBITS)
+
+/*
+ * Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NBBY
+#   define NBBY 8
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#   include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
+#   define UINT unsigned int
+#   define HWND void *
+#   define HDC void *
+#   define HINSTANCE void *
+#   define COLORREF void *
+#   define HMENU void *
+#   define TkWinDCState void
+#   define HPALETTE void *
+#   define WNDPROC void *
+#   define WPARAM void *
+#   define LPARAM void *
+#   define LRESULT void *
+
+#else /* !__CYGWIN__ */
+    /*
+     * The TkPutImage macro strips off the color table information, which isn't
+     * needed for X.
+     */
+
+#   define TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, desty, width, height) \
+		XPutImage(display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, \
+		desty, width, height);
+
+#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */
+
+/*
+ * Supply macros for seek offsets, if they're not already provided by
+ * an include file.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#   define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+#   define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_END
+#   define SEEK_END 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Declarations for various library procedures that may not be declared
+ * in any other header file.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * These functions do nothing under Unix, so we just eliminate calls to them.
+ */
+
+#define TkpButtonSetDefaults() {}
+#define TkpDestroyButton(butPtr) {}
+#define TkSelUpdateClipboard(a,b) {}
+#ifndef __CYGWIN__
+#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * These calls implement native bitmaps which are not supported under
+ * UNIX.  The macros eliminate the calls.
+ */
+
+#define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps()
+#define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None
+#define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None
+
+/*
+ * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
+ * This should perhaps use the real size of an XID.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN__
+#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
+	sprintf((buf), "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (w))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNIXPORT */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10e5aca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixRFont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1259 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixRFont.c --
+ *
+ *	Alternate implementation of tkUnixFont.c using Xft.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+#include "tkFont.h"
+#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MAX_CACHED_COLORS 16
+
+typedef struct {
+    XftFont *ftFont;
+    XftFont *ft0Font;
+    FcPattern *source;
+    FcCharSet *charset;
+    double angle;
+} UnixFtFace;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XftColor color;
+    int next;
+} UnixFtColorList;
+
+typedef struct {
+    TkFont font;	    	/* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
+				 * first in structure. */
+    UnixFtFace *faces;
+    int nfaces;
+    FcFontSet *fontset;
+    FcPattern *pattern;
+
+    Display *display;
+    int screen;
+    XftDraw *ftDraw;
+    int ncolors;
+    int firstColor;
+    UnixFtColorList colors[MAX_CACHED_COLORS];
+} UnixFtFont;
+
+/*
+ * Used to describe the current clipping box. Can't be passed normally because
+ * the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    Region clipRegion;		/* The clipping region, or None. */
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * Package initialization:
+ * 	Nothing to do here except register the fact that we're using Xft in
+ * 	the TIP 59 configuration database.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
+#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
+#endif
+
+void
+TkpFontPkgInit(
+    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
+{
+    static const Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
+	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
+	{ 0,0 }
+    };
+
+    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
+}
+
+static XftFont *
+GetFont(
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr,
+    FcChar32 ucs4,
+    double angle)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (ucs4) {
+	for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
+	    FcCharSet *charset = fontPtr->faces[i].charset;
+
+	    if (charset && FcCharSetHasChar(charset, ucs4)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (i == fontPtr->nfaces) {
+	    i = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	i = 0;
+    }
+    if ((angle == 0.0 && !fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) || (angle != 0.0 &&
+	    (!fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont || fontPtr->faces[i].angle != angle))){
+	FcPattern *pat = FcFontRenderPrepare(0, fontPtr->pattern,
+		fontPtr->faces[i].source);
+	double s = sin(angle*PI/180.0), c = cos(angle*PI/180.0);
+	FcMatrix mat;
+	XftFont *ftFont;
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize the matrix manually so this can compile with HP-UX cc
+	 * (which does not allow non-constant structure initializers). [Bug
+	 * 2978410]
+	 */
+
+	mat.xx = mat.yy = c;
+	mat.xy = -(mat.yx = s);
+
+	if (angle != 0.0) {
+	    FcPatternAddMatrix(pat, FC_MATRIX, &mat);
+	}
+	ftFont = XftFontOpenPattern(fontPtr->display, pat);
+	if (!ftFont) {
+	    /*
+	     * The previous call to XftFontOpenPattern() should not fail, but
+	     * sometimes does anyway. Usual cause appears to be a
+	     * misconfigured fontconfig installation; see [Bug 1090382]. Try a
+	     * fallback:
+	     */
+
+	    ftFont = XftFontOpen(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->screen,
+		    FC_FAMILY, FcTypeString, "sans",
+		    FC_SIZE, FcTypeDouble, 12.0,
+		    FC_MATRIX, FcTypeMatrix, &mat,
+		    NULL);
+	}
+	if (!ftFont) {
+	    /*
+	     * The previous call should definitely not fail. Impossible to
+	     * proceed at this point.
+	     */
+
+	    Tcl_Panic("Cannot find a usable font");
+	}
+
+	if (angle == 0.0) {
+	    fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = ftFont;
+	} else {
+	    if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
+		XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
+	    }
+	    fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = ftFont;
+	    fontPtr->faces[i].angle = angle;
+	}
+    }
+    return (angle==0.0? fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font : fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetTkFontAttributes --
+ * 	Fill in TkFontAttributes from an XftFont.
+ */
+
+static void
+GetTkFontAttributes(
+    XftFont *ftFont,
+    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+{
+    const char *family = "Unknown";
+    const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
+    int weight, slant, pxsize;
+    double size, ptsize;
+
+    (void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
+    if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0,
+	    &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
+	size = ptsize;
+    } else if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
+	    &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
+	size = -ptsize;
+    } else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
+	    &pxsize) == XftResultMatch) {
+	size = (double)-pxsize;
+    } else {
+	size = 12.0;
+    }
+    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0,
+	    &weight) != XftResultMatch) {
+	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+    }
+    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0,
+	    &slant) != XftResultMatch) {
+	slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
+    }
+
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+    printf("family %s size %d weight %d slant %d\n",
+	    family, (int)size, weight, slant);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+
+    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family);
+    faPtr->size = size;
+    faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
+    faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
+    faPtr->underline = 0;
+    faPtr->overstrike = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetTkFontMetrics --
+ * 	Fill in TkFontMetrics from an XftFont.
+ */
+
+static void
+GetTkFontMetrics(
+    XftFont *ftFont,
+    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr)
+{
+    int spacing;
+
+    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SPACING, 0,
+	    &spacing) != XftResultMatch) {
+	spacing = XFT_PROPORTIONAL;
+    }
+
+    fmPtr->ascent = ftFont->ascent;
+    fmPtr->descent = ftFont->descent;
+    fmPtr->maxWidth = ftFont->max_advance_width;
+    fmPtr->fixed = spacing != XFT_PROPORTIONAL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InitFont --
+ *
+ *	Initializes the fields of a UnixFtFont structure. If fontPtr is NULL,
+ *	also allocates a new UnixFtFont.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 	On error, frees fontPtr and returns NULL, otherwise returns fontPtr.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static UnixFtFont *
+InitFont(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,
+    FcPattern *pattern,
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr)
+{
+    FcFontSet *set;
+    FcCharSet *charset;
+    FcResult result;
+    XftFont *ftFont;
+    int i, iWidth;
+
+    if (!fontPtr) {
+	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFtFont));
+    }
+
+    FcConfigSubstitute(0, pattern, FcMatchPattern);
+    XftDefaultSubstitute(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin), pattern);
+
+    /*
+     * Generate the list of fonts
+     */
+
+    set = FcFontSort(0, pattern, FcTrue, NULL, &result);
+    if (!set) {
+	ckfree(fontPtr);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    fontPtr->fontset = set;
+    fontPtr->pattern = pattern;
+    fontPtr->faces = ckalloc(set->nfont * sizeof(UnixFtFace));
+    fontPtr->nfaces = set->nfont;
+
+    /*
+     * Fill in information about each returned font
+     */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < set->nfont; i++) {
+	fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = 0;
+	fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font = 0;
+	fontPtr->faces[i].source = set->fonts[i];
+	if (FcPatternGetCharSet(set->fonts[i], FC_CHARSET, 0,
+		&charset) == FcResultMatch) {
+	    fontPtr->faces[i].charset = FcCharSetCopy(charset);
+	} else {
+	    fontPtr->faces[i].charset = 0;
+	}
+	fontPtr->faces[i].angle = 0.0;
+    }
+
+    fontPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
+    fontPtr->screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
+    fontPtr->ftDraw = 0;
+    fontPtr->ncolors = 0;
+    fontPtr->firstColor = -1;
+
+    /*
+     * Fill in platform-specific fields of TkFont.
+     */
+
+    ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, 0, 0.0);
+    fontPtr->font.fid = XLoadFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), "fixed");
+    GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fa);
+    GetTkFontMetrics(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fm);
+
+    /*
+     * Fontconfig can't report any information about the position or thickness
+     * of underlines or overstrikes. Thus, we use some defaults that are
+     * hacked around from backup defaults in tkUnixFont.c, which are in turn
+     * based on recommendations in the X manual. The comments from that file
+     * leading to these computations were:
+     *
+     *	    If the XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION property does not exist, the X manual
+     *	    recommends using half the descent.
+     *
+     *	    If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X
+     *	    manual recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter.
+     *	    I don't know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess
+     *	    and use 1/3 the width of a capital I.
+     *
+     * Note that nothing corresponding to *either* property is reported by
+     * Fontconfig at all. [Bug 1961455]
+     */
+
+    {
+	TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font;
+
+	fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2;
+	Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fPtr, "I", 1, -1, 0, &iWidth);
+	fPtr->underlineHeight = iWidth / 3;
+	if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
+	    fPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
+	}
+	if (fPtr->underlineHeight + fPtr->underlinePos > fPtr->fm.descent) {
+	    fPtr->underlineHeight = fPtr->fm.descent - fPtr->underlinePos;
+	    if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
+		fPtr->underlinePos--;
+		fPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return fontPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+FinishedWithFont(
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr)
+{
+    Display *display = fontPtr->display;
+    int i;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
+	    Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
+	if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
+	    XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
+	}
+	if (fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font) {
+	    XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ft0Font);
+	}
+	if (fontPtr->faces[i].charset) {
+	    FcCharSetDestroy(fontPtr->faces[i].charset);
+	}
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->faces) {
+	ckfree(fontPtr->faces);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->pattern) {
+	FcPatternDestroy(fontPtr->pattern);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->ftDraw) {
+	XftDrawDestroy(fontPtr->ftDraw);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->font.fid) {
+	XUnloadFont(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->font.fid);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->fontset) {
+	FcFontSetDestroy(fontPtr->fontset);
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+}
+
+TkFont *
+TkpGetNativeFont(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
+    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
+{
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
+    FcPattern *pattern;
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+    printf("TkpGetNativeFont %s\n", name);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+
+    pattern = XftXlfdParse(name, FcFalse, FcFalse);
+    if (!pattern) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Should also try: pattern = FcNameParse(name); but generic/tkFont.c
+     * expects TkpGetNativeFont() to only work on XLFD names under Unix.
+     */
+
+    fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, NULL);
+    if (!fontPtr) {
+	FcPatternDestroy(pattern);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    return &fontPtr->font;
+}
+
+TkFont *
+TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
+    TkFont *tkFontPtr,		/* If non-NULL, store the information in this
+				 * existing TkFont structure, rather than
+				 * allocating a new structure to hold the
+				 * font; the existing contents of the font
+				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
+				 * structure is allocated. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+				/* Set of attributes to match. */
+{
+    XftPattern *pattern;
+    int weight, slant;
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
+
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+    printf("TkpGetFontFromAttributes %s-%d %d %d\n", faPtr->family,
+	    faPtr->size, faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+    pattern = XftPatternCreate();
+    if (faPtr->family) {
+	XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family);
+    }
+    if (faPtr->size > 0.0) {
+	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, faPtr->size);
+    } else if (faPtr->size < 0.0) {
+	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size));
+    } else {
+	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0);
+    }
+    switch (faPtr->weight) {
+    case TK_FW_NORMAL:
+    default:
+	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
+	break;
+    case TK_FW_BOLD:
+	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
+	break;
+    }
+    XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, weight);
+    switch (faPtr->slant) {
+    case TK_FS_ROMAN:
+    default:
+	slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
+	break;
+    case TK_FS_ITALIC:
+	slant = XFT_SLANT_ITALIC;
+	break;
+    case TK_FS_OBLIQUE:
+	slant = XFT_SLANT_OBLIQUE;
+	break;
+    }
+    XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_SLANT, slant);
+
+    fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkFontPtr;
+    if (fontPtr != NULL) {
+	FinishedWithFont(fontPtr);
+    }
+    fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, fontPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Hack to work around issues with weird issues with Xft/Xrender
+     * connection. For details, see comp.lang.tcl thread starting from
+     * <adcc99ed-c73e-4efc-bb5d-e57a57a051e8@l35g2000pra.googlegroups.com>
+     */
+
+    if (!fontPtr) {
+	XftPatternAddBool(pattern, XFT_RENDER, FcFalse);
+	fontPtr = InitFont(tkwin, pattern, fontPtr);
+    }
+
+    if (!fontPtr) {
+	FcPatternDestroy(pattern);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    fontPtr->font.fa.underline = faPtr->underline;
+    fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike = faPtr->overstrike;
+    return &fontPtr->font;
+}
+
+void
+TkpDeleteFont(
+    TkFont *tkFontPtr)		/* Token of font to be deleted. */
+{
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkFontPtr;
+
+    FinishedWithFont(fontPtr);
+    /* XXX tkUnixFont.c doesn't free tkFontPtr... */
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetFontFamilies --
+ *
+ *	Return information about the font families that are available on the
+ *	display of the given window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
+ *	font families.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetFontFamilies(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp to hold result. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* For display to query. */
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
+    XftFontSet *list;
+    int i;
+
+    resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+
+    list = XftListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin),
+		(char *) 0,		/* pattern elements */
+		XFT_FAMILY, (char*) 0);	/* fields */
+    for (i = 0; i < list->nfont; i++) {
+	char *family, **familyPtr = &family;
+
+	if (XftPatternGetString(list->fonts[i], XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr)
+		== XftResultMatch) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(family, -1);
+
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    XftFontSetDestroy(list);
+
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetSubFonts --
+ *
+ *	Called by [testfont subfonts] in the Tk testing package.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets interp's result to a list of the faces used by tkfont
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetSubFonts(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tk_Font tkfont)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *listPtr, *resultPtr;
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
+    FcPattern *pattern;
+    const char *family = "Unknown";
+    const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
+    const char *foundry = "Unknown";
+    const char *const *foundryPtr = &foundry;
+    const char *encoding = "Unknown";
+    const char *const *encodingPtr = &encoding;
+    int i;
+
+    resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces ; ++i) {
+ 	pattern = FcFontRenderPrepare(0, fontPtr->pattern,
+		fontPtr->faces[i].source);
+
+	XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
+	XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_FOUNDRY, 0, foundryPtr);
+	XftPatternGetString(pattern, XFT_ENCODING, 0, encodingPtr);
+	objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(family, -1);
+	objv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(foundry, -1);
+	objv[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(encoding, -1);
+	listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3, objv);
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, listPtr);
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
+ *
+ *	Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given
+ *	character.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
+    int c,			/* Character of interest */
+    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
+{
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
+				/* Structure describing the logical font */
+    FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
+				/* UCS-4 character to map */
+    XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);
+				/* Actual font used to render the character */
+
+    GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, faPtr);
+    faPtr->underline = fontPtr->font.fa.underline;
+    faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
+}
+
+int
+Tk_MeasureChars(
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
+				 * source string. */
+    int maxLength,		/* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
+				 * permissible line length in pixels; don't
+				 * consider any character that would cross
+				 * this x-position. If < 0, then line length
+				 * is unbounded and the flags argument is
+				 * ignored. */
+    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
+				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
+				 * which only partially fit on this line.
+				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
+				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
+				 * means return at least one character even if
+				 * no characters fit. */
+    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
+				 * terminating character. */
+{
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
+    XftFont *ftFont;
+    FcChar32 c;
+    XGlyphInfo extents;
+    int clen, curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace;
+    int termByte = 0, termX = 0;
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+    char string[256];
+    int len = 0;
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+
+    curX = 0;
+    curByte = 0;
+    sawNonSpace = 0;
+    while (numBytes > 0) {
+	int unichar;
+
+	clen = TkUtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
+	c = (FcChar32) unichar;
+
+	if (clen <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This can't happen (but see #1185640)
+	     */
+
+	    *lengthPtr = curX;
+	    return curByte;
+	}
+
+	source += clen;
+	numBytes -= clen;
+	if (c < 256 && isspace(c)) {		/* I18N: ??? */
+	    if (sawNonSpace) {
+		termByte = curByte;
+		termX = curX;
+		sawNonSpace = 0;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    sawNonSpace = 1;
+	}
+
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+	string[len++] = (char) c;
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
+
+	XftTextExtents32(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &c, 1, &extents);
+
+	newX = curX + extents.xOff;
+	newByte = curByte + clen;
+	if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) {
+	    if (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ||
+		    (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE && curByte == 0)) {
+		curX = newX;
+		curByte = newByte;
+	    } else if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
+		if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (termX == 0)) {
+		    /*
+		     * No space was seen before reaching the right
+		     * of the allotted maxLength space, i.e. no word
+		     * boundary. Return the string that fills the
+		     * allotted space, without overfill.
+		     * curX and curByte are already the right ones:
+		     */
+		} else {
+		    curX = termX;
+		    curByte = termByte;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	curX = newX;
+	curByte = newByte;
+    }
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+    string[len] = '\0';
+    printf("MeasureChars %s length %d bytes %d\n", string, curX, curByte);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+    *lengthPtr = curX;
+    return curByte;
+}
+
+int
+TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
+    Tk_Font tkfont,
+    const char *source,
+    int numBytes,
+    int rangeStart,
+    int rangeLength,
+    int maxLength,
+    int flags,
+    int *lengthPtr)
+{
+    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/
+
+    return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
+	    maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * LookUpColor --
+ *
+ *	Convert a pixel value to an XftColor.  This can be slow due to the
+ * need to call XQueryColor, which involves a server round-trip.  To
+ * avoid that, a least-recently-used cache of up to MAX_CACHED_COLORS
+ * is kept, in the form of a linked list.  The returned color is moved
+ * to the front of the list, so repeatedly asking for the same one
+ * should be fast.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      A pointer to the XftColor structure for the requested color is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *      The converted color is stored in a cache in the UnixFtFont structure.  The cache
+ * can hold at most MAX_CACHED_COLORS colors.  If no more slots are available, the least
+ * recently used color is replaced with the new one.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static XftColor *
+LookUpColor(Display *display,      /* Display to lookup colors on */
+	    UnixFtFont *fontPtr,   /* Font to search for cached colors */
+	    unsigned long pixel)   /* Pixel value to translate to XftColor */
+{
+    int i, last = -1, last2 = -1;
+    XColor xcolor;
+
+    for (i = fontPtr->firstColor;
+	 i >= 0; last2 = last, last = i, i = fontPtr->colors[i].next) {
+
+	if (pixel == fontPtr->colors[i].color.pixel) {
+	    /*
+	     * Color found in cache.  Move it to the front of the list and return it.
+	     */
+	    if (last >= 0) {
+		fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->colors[i].next;
+		fontPtr->colors[i].next = fontPtr->firstColor;
+		fontPtr->firstColor = i;
+	    }
+
+	    return &fontPtr->colors[i].color;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Color wasn't found, so it needs to be added to the cache.
+     * If a spare slot is available, it can be put there.  If not, last
+     * will now point to the least recently used color, so replace that one.
+     */
+
+    if (fontPtr->ncolors < MAX_CACHED_COLORS) {
+	last2 = -1;
+	last = fontPtr->ncolors++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Translate the pixel value to a color.  Needs a server round-trip.
+     */
+    xcolor.pixel = pixel;
+    XQueryColor(display, DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen), &xcolor);
+
+    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.red = xcolor.red;
+    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.green = xcolor.green;
+    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.blue = xcolor.blue;
+    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.alpha = 0xffff;
+    fontPtr->colors[last].color.pixel = pixel;
+
+    /*
+     * Put at the front of the list.
+     */
+    if (last2 >= 0) {
+	fontPtr->colors[last2].next = fontPtr->colors[last].next;
+    }
+    fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->firstColor;
+    fontPtr->firstColor = last;
+
+    return &fontPtr->colors[last].color;
+}
+
+#define NUM_SPEC    1024
+
+void
+Tk_DrawChars(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
+				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
+				 * string when drawing. */
+{
+    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
+    const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
+    XGCValues values;
+    XftColor *xftcolor;
+    int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
+    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
+    XGlyphInfo metrics;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+	printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+	fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
+		DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
+		DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
+    } else {
+	Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
+		Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+	XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable);
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    }
+    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
+    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
+    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
+	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
+    }
+    nspec = 0;
+    while (numBytes > 0) {
+	XftFont *ftFont;
+	FcChar32 c;
+
+	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
+	if (clen <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This should not happen, but it can.
+	     */
+
+	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
+	}
+	source += clen;
+	numBytes -= clen;
+
+	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
+	if (ftFont) {
+	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
+	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
+		    &metrics);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
+	     */
+
+	    if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
+		x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
+		y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
+		specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
+		specs[nspec].x = x;
+		specs[nspec].y = y;
+		if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
+		    XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
+			    specs, nspec);
+		    nspec = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    x += metrics.xOff;
+	    y += metrics.yOff;
+	}
+    }
+    if (nspec) {
+	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
+    }
+
+  doUnderlineStrikeout:
+    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
+	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart,
+		y + fontPtr->font.underlinePos, (unsigned) (x - xStart),
+		(unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) {
+	y -= fontPtr->font.fm.descent + (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10;
+	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, y,
+		(unsigned) (x - xStart),
+		(unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkDrawAngledChars --
+ *
+ *	Draw some characters at an angle. This would be simple code, except
+ *	Xft has bugs with cumulative errors in character positioning which are
+ *	caused by trying to perform all calculations internally with integers.
+ *	So we have to do the work ourselves with floating-point math.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Target drawable is updated.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkDrawAngledChars(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
+    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
+    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
+				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
+				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
+				 * should be stripped out of the string that
+				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
+				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
+				 * regular printing characters. */
+    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
+    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
+				 * string when drawing. */
+    double angle)		/* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
+{
+    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
+    const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
+    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
+    XGCValues values;
+    XftColor *xftcolor;
+    int xStart = x, yStart = y;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+#ifdef XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT
+    int clen, nglyph;
+    FT_UInt glyphs[NUM_SPEC];
+    XGlyphInfo metrics;
+    XftFont *currentFtFont;
+    int originX, originY;
+
+    if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+	printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+	fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
+		DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
+		DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
+    } else {
+	Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
+		Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+	XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable);
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    }
+
+    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
+    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
+    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
+	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
+    }
+
+    nglyph = 0;
+    currentFtFont = NULL;
+    originX = originY = 0;		/* lint */
+
+    while (numBytes > 0) {
+	XftFont *ftFont;
+	FcChar32 c;
+
+	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
+	if (clen <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This should not happen, but it can.
+	     */
+
+	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
+	}
+	source += clen;
+	numBytes -= clen;
+
+	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
+	if (!ftFont) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if (ftFont != currentFtFont || nglyph == NUM_SPEC) {
+	    if (nglyph) {
+		/*
+		 * We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to
+		 * perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing.
+		 * If only the current Xft implementation could make use of
+		 * this information... but we'll be ready when it does!
+		 */
+
+		XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
+			nglyph, &metrics);
+		/*
+		 * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
+		 */
+
+		if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
+		    x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
+		    y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
+
+		    /*
+		     * NOTE:
+		     * The whole algorithm has a design problem, the choice of
+		     * NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so the inter-glyph spacing could
+		     * look arbitrary. This algorithm has to draw the whole string
+		     * at once (or whole blocks with same font), this requires a
+		     * dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow the array has to
+		     * be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC)
+                     * Given the resolution of current displays though, this should
+                     * not be a huge issue since NUM_SPEC is 1024 and thus able to
+                     * cover about 6000 pixels for a 6 pixel wide font (which is
+                     * a very small barely readable font)
+		     */
+
+		    XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
+			    originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
+		}
+	    }
+	    originX = ROUND16(x);
+	    originY = ROUND16(y);
+	    currentFtFont = ftFont;
+	}
+	glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
+    }
+    if (nglyph) {
+	XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
+		nglyph, &metrics);
+
+	/*
+	 * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
+	 */
+
+	if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
+	    x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
+	    y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
+	    XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
+		    originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
+	}
+    }
+#else /* !XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
+    int clen, nspec;
+    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
+    XGlyphInfo metrics;
+    double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);
+
+    if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
+#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
+	printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
+#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
+	fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
+		DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
+		DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
+    } else {
+	Tk_ErrorHandler handler =
+		Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+	XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable);
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    }
+    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
+    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
+    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
+	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
+    }
+    nspec = 0;
+    while (numBytes > 0) {
+	XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font;
+	FcChar32 c;
+
+	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
+	if (clen <= 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This should not happen, but it can.
+	     */
+
+	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
+	}
+	source += clen;
+	numBytes -= clen;
+
+	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
+	ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
+	if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
+	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
+	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
+		    &metrics);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
+	     */
+
+	    if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
+		x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
+		y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
+		specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
+		specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
+		specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
+		if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
+		    XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
+			    specs, nspec);
+		    nspec = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;
+	    y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;
+	}
+    }
+    if (nspec) {
+	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
+    }
+#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
+
+  doUnderlineStrikeout:
+    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
+	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL);
+    }
+    if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline || fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike) {
+	XPoint points[5];
+	double width = (x - xStart) * cosA + (yStart - y) * sinA;
+	double barHeight = fontPtr->font.underlineHeight;
+	double dy = fontPtr->font.underlinePos;
+
+	if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
+	    if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) {
+		dy++;
+	    }
+	    points[0].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA);
+	    points[0].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA);
+	    points[1].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA);
+	    points[1].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA);
+	    if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) {
+		XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 2, CoordModeOrigin);
+	    } else {
+		points[2].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA
+			+ barHeight*sinA);
+		points[2].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA
+			+ barHeight*cosA);
+		points[3].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + barHeight*sinA);
+		points[3].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA + barHeight*cosA);
+		points[4].x = points[0].x;
+		points[4].y = points[0].y;
+		XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, Complex,
+			CoordModeOrigin);
+		XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, CoordModeOrigin);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) {
+	    dy = -fontPtr->font.fm.descent
+		   - (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10;
+	    points[0].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA);
+	    points[0].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA);
+	    points[1].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA);
+	    points[1].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA);
+	    if (fontPtr->font.underlineHeight == 1) {
+		XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 2, CoordModeOrigin);
+	    } else {
+		points[2].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + width*cosA
+			+ barHeight*sinA);
+		points[2].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA - width*sinA
+			+ barHeight*cosA);
+		points[3].x = xStart + ROUND16(dy*sinA + barHeight*sinA);
+		points[3].y = yStart + ROUND16(dy*cosA + barHeight*cosA);
+		points[4].x = points[0].x;
+		points[4].y = points[0].y;
+		XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, Complex,
+			CoordModeOrigin);
+		XDrawLines(display, drawable, gc, points, 5, CoordModeOrigin);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(
+    TkRegion clipRegion)	/* The clipping region to install. */
+{
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    tsdPtr->clipRegion = (Region) clipRegion;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..778c010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixScale.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the X specific portion of the scrollbar widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tkScale.h"
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
+			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
+static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
+			    Drawable drawable, double value, int top,
+			    const char *format);
+static void		DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
+			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
+static void		DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
+			    Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge,
+			    const char *format);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCreateScale --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a new TkScale structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkScale structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkScale *
+TkpCreateScale(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)
+{
+    return ckalloc(sizeof(TkScale));
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDestroyScale --
+ *
+ *	Destroy a TkScale structure. It's necessary to do this with
+ *	Tcl_EventuallyFree to allow the Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr) to work as
+ *	expected in TkpDisplayScale. (hobbs)
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Memory is freed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDestroyScale(
+    TkScale *scalePtr)
+{
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(scalePtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayVerticalScale --
+ *
+ *	This function redraws the contents of a vertical scale window. It is
+ *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
+ *	nothing else for the application to do.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	There is no return value. If only a part of the scale needs to be
+ *	redrawn, then drawnAreaPtr is modified to reflect the area that was
+ *	actually modified.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information appears on the screen.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayVerticalScale(
+    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Widget record for scale. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Where to display scale (window or
+				 * pixmap). */
+    XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr)	/* Initally contains area of window; if only a
+				 * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
+				 * to reflect the part of the window that was
+				 * redrawn. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
+    int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth;
+    double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval;
+    Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder;
+
+    /*
+     * Display the information from left to right across the window.
+     */
+
+    if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) {
+	drawnAreaPtr->x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX;
+	drawnAreaPtr->y = scalePtr->inset;
+	drawnAreaPtr->width = scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->width
+		+ 2*scalePtr->borderWidth - scalePtr->vertTickRightX;
+	drawnAreaPtr->height -= 2*scalePtr->inset;
+    }
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, scalePtr->bgBorder,
+	    drawnAreaPtr->x, drawnAreaPtr->y, drawnAreaPtr->width,
+	    drawnAreaPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+    if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
+	/*
+	 * Display the tick marks.
+	 */
+
+	if (tickInterval != 0) {
+	    double ticks, maxTicks;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
+	     * that they don't overlap
+	     */
+
+	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
+		    / tickInterval);
+	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Height(tkwin)
+		    / (double) scalePtr->fontHeight;
+	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
+		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
+	    }
+	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
+		    tickValue += tickInterval) {
+		/*
+		 * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
+		 * round-off errors, if any.
+		 */
+
+		tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
+		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
+		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
+			scalePtr->vertTickRightX, scalePtr->tickFormat);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the value, if it is desired.
+     */
+
+    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
+	DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
+		scalePtr->vertValueRightX, scalePtr->valueFormat);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the trough and the slider.
+     */
+
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable,
+	    scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->vertTroughX, scalePtr->inset,
+	    scalePtr->width + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset, scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
+    XFillRectangle(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->troughGC,
+	    scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    (unsigned) scalePtr->width,
+	    (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset
+		- 2*scalePtr->borderWidth));
+    if (scalePtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
+	sliderBorder = scalePtr->activeBorder;
+    } else {
+	sliderBorder = scalePtr->bgBorder;
+    }
+    width = scalePtr->width;
+    height = scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
+    x = scalePtr->vertTroughX + scalePtr->borderWidth;
+    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - height;
+    shadowWidth = scalePtr->borderWidth/2;
+    if (shadowWidth == 0) {
+	shadowWidth = 1;
+    }
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width,
+	    2*height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+    x += shadowWidth;
+    y += shadowWidth;
+    width -= 2*shadowWidth;
+    height -= shadowWidth;
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width,
+	    height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y+height,
+	    width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the label to the right of the scale.
+     */
+
+    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
+	Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
+	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
+		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
+		scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX,
+		scalePtr->inset + (3 * fm.ascent) / 2);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayVerticalValue --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to display values (scale readings) for
+ *	vertically-oriented scales.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The numerical value corresponding to value is displayed with its right
+ *	edge at "rightEdge", and at a vertical position in the scale that
+ *	corresponds to "value".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayVerticalValue(
+    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
+				 * display value. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
+				 * value. */
+    double value,		/* Y-coordinate of number to display,
+				 * specified in application coords, not in
+				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
+    int rightEdge,		/* X-coordinate of right edge of text,
+				 * specified in pixels. */
+    const char *format)		/* Format string to use for the value */
+{
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
+    int y, width, length;
+    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
+    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
+    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
+    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) {
+	valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
+    }
+    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
+    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);
+
+    /*
+     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
+     * the window.
+     */
+
+    if (y - fm.ascent < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) {
+	y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent;
+    }
+    if (y + fm.descent > Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING) {
+	y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent;
+    }
+    Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
+	    scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, rightEdge - width, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayHorizontalScale --
+ *
+ *	This function redraws the contents of a horizontal scale window. It is
+ *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
+ *	nothing else for the application to do.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	There is no return value. If only a part of the scale needs to be
+ *	redrawn, then drawnAreaPtr is modified to reflect the area that was
+ *	actually modified.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information appears on the screen.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayHorizontalScale(
+    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Widget record for scale. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Where to display scale (window or
+				 * pixmap). */
+    XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr)	/* Initally contains area of window; if only a
+				 * part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
+				 * to reflect the part of the window that was
+				 * redrawn. */
+{
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
+    int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth;
+    double tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval;
+    Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder;
+
+    /*
+     * Display the information from bottom to top across the window.
+     */
+
+    if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) {
+	drawnAreaPtr->x = scalePtr->inset;
+	drawnAreaPtr->y = scalePtr->horizValueY;
+	drawnAreaPtr->width -= 2*scalePtr->inset;
+	drawnAreaPtr->height = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width
+		+ 2*scalePtr->borderWidth - scalePtr->horizValueY;
+    }
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, scalePtr->bgBorder,
+	    drawnAreaPtr->x, drawnAreaPtr->y, drawnAreaPtr->width,
+	    drawnAreaPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+    if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
+	/*
+	 * Display the tick marks.
+	 */
+
+	if (tickInterval != 0) {
+	    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
+	    double ticks, maxTicks, tickValue;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
+	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
+	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
+	     */
+
+	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
+		    / tickInterval);
+	    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat,
+		    scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
+		valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
+		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
+	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
+		tickInterval *= ticks / maxTicks;
+	    }
+	    tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue;
+	    while (1) {
+		/*
+		 * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
+		 * round-off errors, if any.
+		 */
+
+		tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
+		if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
+		    if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
+			scalePtr->horizTickY, scalePtr->tickFormat);
+		tickValue += tickInterval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the value, if it is desired.
+     */
+
+    if (scalePtr->showValue) {
+	DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
+		scalePtr->horizValueY, scalePtr->valueFormat);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the trough and the slider.
+     */
+
+    y = scalePtr->horizTroughY;
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable,
+	    scalePtr->bgBorder, scalePtr->inset, y,
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset,
+	    scalePtr->width + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    scalePtr->borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
+    XFillRectangle(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->troughGC,
+	    scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    y + scalePtr->borderWidth,
+	    (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->inset
+		- 2*scalePtr->borderWidth),
+	    (unsigned) scalePtr->width);
+    if (scalePtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
+	sliderBorder = scalePtr->activeBorder;
+    } else {
+	sliderBorder = scalePtr->bgBorder;
+    }
+    width = scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
+    height = scalePtr->width;
+    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value) - width;
+    y += scalePtr->borderWidth;
+    shadowWidth = scalePtr->borderWidth/2;
+    if (shadowWidth == 0) {
+	shadowWidth = 1;
+    }
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder,
+	    x, y, 2*width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+    x += shadowWidth;
+    y += shadowWidth;
+    width -= shadowWidth;
+    height -= 2*shadowWidth;
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x, y, width, height,
+	    shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, sliderBorder, x+width, y,
+	    width, height, shadowWidth, scalePtr->sliderRelief);
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the label at the top of the scale.
+     */
+
+    if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
+	Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+	Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
+	Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
+		scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
+		scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2,
+		scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DisplayHorizontalValue --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to display values (scale readings) for
+ *	horizontally-oriented scales.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The numerical value corresponding to value is displayed with its
+ *	bottom edge at "bottom", and at a horizontal position in the scale
+ *	that corresponds to "value".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DisplayHorizontalValue(
+    register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget in which to
+				 * display value. */
+    Drawable drawable,		/* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
+				 * value. */
+    double value,		/* X-coordinate of number to display,
+				 * specified in application coords, not in
+				 * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
+    int top,			/* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified
+				 * in pixels. */
+    const char *format)		/* Format string to use for the value */
+{
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
+    int x, y, length, width;
+    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
+    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
+
+    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
+    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
+    y = top + fm.ascent;
+    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) {
+	valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
+    }
+    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
+    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);
+
+    /*
+     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
+     * the window.
+     */
+
+    x -= width / 2;
+    if (x < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) {
+	x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check the right border so use starting point +text width for the check.
+     */
+
+    if (x + width >= (Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset)) {
+	x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - width;
+    }
+    Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
+	    scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, x, y);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDisplayScale --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay the contents
+ *	of a scale widget.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The scale gets redisplayed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDisplayScale(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Widget record for scale. */
+{
+    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    int result;
+    char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
+    XRectangle drawnArea;
+    Tcl_DString buf;
+
+    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+    if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
+     */
+
+    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
+    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
+	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+	if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat,
+		scalePtr->value) < 0) {
+	    string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
+	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (command executed by scale)");
+	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
+	}
+	Tcl_Release(interp);
+    }
+    scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
+    if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
+	Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
+	return;
+    }
+    Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
+
+#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
+    /*
+     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the scale in a
+     * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
+     * This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen image has
+     * been cleared.
+     */
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scalePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+#else
+    pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
+#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
+    drawnArea.x = 0;
+    drawnArea.y = 0;
+    drawnArea.width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
+    drawnArea.height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Much of the redisplay is done totally differently for horizontal and
+     * vertical scales. Handle the part that's different.
+     */
+
+    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
+	DisplayVerticalScale(scalePtr, pixmap, &drawnArea);
+    } else {
+	DisplayHorizontalScale(scalePtr, pixmap, &drawnArea);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and
+     * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight.
+     */
+
+    if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
+	if (scalePtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
+	    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scalePtr->bgBorder,
+		    scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth,
+		    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth,
+		    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth,
+		    scalePtr->borderWidth, scalePtr->relief);
+	}
+	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
+	    GC gc;
+
+	    if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
+		gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
+	    } else {
+		gc = Tk_GCForColor(
+			Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap);
+	    }
+	    Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
+    /*
+     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then
+     * delete the pixmap.
+     */
+
+    XCopyArea(scalePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    scalePtr->copyGC, drawnArea.x, drawnArea.y, drawnArea.width,
+	    drawnArea.height, drawnArea.x, drawnArea.y);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(scalePtr->display, pixmap);
+#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
+
+  done:
+    scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_ALL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpScaleElement --
+ *
+ *	Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given point.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or OTHER,
+ *	depending on which of the scale's active elements (if any) is under
+ *	the point at (x,y).
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpScaleElement(
+    TkScale *scalePtr,		/* Widget record for scale. */
+    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scalePtr's window. */
+{
+    int sliderFirst;
+
+    if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
+	if ((x < scalePtr->vertTroughX)
+		|| (x >= (scalePtr->vertTroughX + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth +
+		scalePtr->width))) {
+	    return OTHER;
+	}
+	if ((y < scalePtr->inset)
+		|| (y >= (Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) {
+	    return OTHER;
+	}
+	sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
+		- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
+	if (y < sliderFirst) {
+	    return TROUGH1;
+	}
+	if (y < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) {
+	    return SLIDER;
+	}
+	return TROUGH2;
+    }
+
+    if ((y < scalePtr->horizTroughY)
+	    || (y >= (scalePtr->horizTroughY + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth +
+	    scalePtr->width))) {
+	return OTHER;
+    }
+    if ((x < scalePtr->inset)
+	    || (x >= (Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) {
+	return OTHER;
+    }
+    sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
+	    - scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
+    if (x < sliderFirst) {
+	return TROUGH1;
+    }
+    if (x < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) {
+	return SLIDER;
+    }
+    return TROUGH2;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b75431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixScrollbar.c --
+ *
+ *	This file implements the Unix specific portion of the scrollbar
+ *	widget.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tkScrollbar.h"
+
+/*
+ * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is
+ * always easy to grab with the mouse).
+ */
+
+#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH	5
+
+/*
+ * Declaration of Unix specific scrollbar structure.
+ */
+
+typedef struct UnixScrollbar {
+    TkScrollbar info;		/* Generic scrollbar info. */
+    GC troughGC;		/* For drawing trough. */
+    GC copyGC;			/* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */
+} UnixScrollbar;
+
+/*
+ * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size
+ * are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the
+ * variable is declared at this scope.
+ */
+
+const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
+    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
+    NULL,					/* worldChangedProc */
+    NULL,					/* createProc */
+    NULL					/* modalProc */
+};
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpCreateScrollbar --
+ *
+ *	Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkScrollbar *
+TkpCreateScrollbar(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)
+{
+    UnixScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixScrollbar));
+
+    scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL;
+    scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL;
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
+	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
+	    TkScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);
+
+    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDisplayScrollbar --
+ *
+ *	This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
+ *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
+ *	nothing else for the application to do.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information appears on the screen.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDisplayScrollbar(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
+{
+    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
+    register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
+    XPoint points[7];
+    Tk_3DBorder border;
+    int relief, width, elementBorderWidth;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+
+    if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset;
+    } else {
+	width = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset;
+    }
+    elementBorderWidth = scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth;
+    if (elementBorderWidth < 0) {
+	elementBorderWidth = scrollPtr->borderWidth;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the scrollbar
+     * in a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single
+     * operation. This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen
+     * image has been cleared.
+     */
+
+    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(scrollPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
+
+    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
+	GC gc;
+
+	if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
+	} else {
+	    gc = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap);
+	}
+	Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
+    }
+    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
+	    scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+	    Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+	    scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
+    XFillRectangle(scrollPtr->display, pixmap,
+	    ((UnixScrollbar*)scrollPtr)->troughGC,
+	    scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
+	    (unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset),
+	    (unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset));
+
+    /*
+     * Draw the top or left arrow. The coordinates of the polygon points
+     * probably seem odd, but they were carefully chosen with respect to X's
+     * rules for filling polygons. These point choices cause the arrows to
+     * just fill the narrow dimension of the scrollbar and be properly
+     * centered.
+     */
+
+    if (scrollPtr->activeField == TOP_ARROW) {
+	border = scrollPtr->activeBorder;
+	relief = scrollPtr->activeField == TOP_ARROW ? scrollPtr->activeRelief
+		: TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    } else {
+	border = scrollPtr->bgBorder;
+	relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	points[0].x = scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	points[0].y = scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	points[1].x = width + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[1].y = points[0].y;
+	points[2].x = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, points, 3,
+		elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    } else {
+	points[0].x = scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	points[0].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	points[1].x = scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[1].y = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].x = points[0].x;
+	points[2].y = width + scrollPtr->inset;
+	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border, points, 3,
+		elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the bottom or right arrow.
+     */
+
+    if (scrollPtr->activeField == BOTTOM_ARROW) {
+	border = scrollPtr->activeBorder;
+	relief = scrollPtr->activeField == BOTTOM_ARROW
+		? scrollPtr->activeRelief : TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    } else {
+	border = scrollPtr->bgBorder;
+	relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	points[0].x = scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[0].y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scrollPtr->arrowLength
+		- scrollPtr->inset + 1;
+	points[1].x = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[1].y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].x = width + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].y = points[0].y;
+	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		points, 3, elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    } else {
+	points[0].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scrollPtr->arrowLength
+		- scrollPtr->inset + 1;
+	points[0].y = scrollPtr->inset - 1;
+	points[1].x = points[0].x;
+	points[1].y = width + scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - scrollPtr->inset;
+	points[2].y = width/2 + scrollPtr->inset;
+	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		points, 3, elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Display the slider.
+     */
+
+    if (scrollPtr->activeField == SLIDER) {
+	border = scrollPtr->activeBorder;
+	relief = scrollPtr->activeField == SLIDER ? scrollPtr->activeRelief
+		: TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    } else {
+	border = scrollPtr->bgBorder;
+	relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->sliderFirst,
+		width, scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst,
+		elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    } else {
+	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
+		scrollPtr->sliderFirst, scrollPtr->inset,
+		scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst, width,
+		elementBorderWidth, relief);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then
+     * delete the pixmap.
+     */
+
+    XCopyArea(scrollPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+	    ((UnixScrollbar*)scrollPtr)->copyGC, 0, 0,
+	    (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
+    Tk_FreePixmap(scrollPtr->display, pixmap);
+
+  done:
+    scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
+ *
+ *	After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure
+ *	recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the
+ *	scrollbar.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+extern void
+TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
+    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
+				/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
+				 * changed. */
+{
+    int width, fieldLength;
+
+    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
+	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
+    }
+    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
+    width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)
+	    : Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Next line assumes that the arrow area is a square.
+     */
+
+    scrollPtr->arrowLength = width - 2*scrollPtr->inset + 1;
+    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
+	    : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
+	    - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
+    if (fieldLength < 0) {
+	fieldLength = 0;
+    }
+    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
+    scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;
+
+    /*
+     * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the
+     * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be
+     * grabbed with the mouse).
+     */
+
+    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
+	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
+	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
+	scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
+    }
+    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
+	scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
+    }
+    scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
+    scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
+
+    /*
+     * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space for
+     * the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around the whole
+     * window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be redisplayed.
+     */
+
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
+		scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
+		2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
+		+ scrollPtr->inset));
+    } else {
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
+		2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
+		+ scrollPtr->inset), scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
+    }
+    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
+ *
+ *	Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Frees the GCs associated with the scrollbar.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpDestroyScrollbar(
+    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
+{
+    UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
+
+    if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC);
+    }
+    if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->copyGC);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpConfigureScrollbar --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is called after the generic code has finished
+ *	processing configuration options, in order to configure platform
+ *	specific options.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Configuration info may get changed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpConfigureScrollbar(
+    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
+				/* Information about widget; may or may not
+				 * already have values for some fields. */
+{
+    XGCValues gcValues;
+    GC new;
+    UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
+
+    Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->bgBorder);
+
+    gcValues.foreground = scrollPtr->troughColorPtr->pixel;
+    new = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+    if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != NULL) {
+	Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC);
+    }
+    unixScrollPtr->troughGC = new;
+    if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC == NULL) {
+	gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
+	unixScrollPtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin,
+		GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpScrollbarPosition --
+ *
+ *	Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element of the
+ *	scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If (x,y) is outside the
+ *	scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpScrollbarPosition(
+    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
+				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
+    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
+{
+    int length, width, tmp;
+    register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;
+
+    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+    } else {
+	tmp = x;
+	x = y;
+	y = tmp;
+	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+    }
+
+    if (x<inset || x>=width-inset || y<inset || y>=length-inset) {
+	return OUTSIDE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
+     * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
+     */
+
+    if (y < inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength) {
+	return TOP_ARROW;
+    }
+    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
+	return TOP_GAP;
+    }
+    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
+	return SLIDER;
+    }
+    if (y >= length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
+	return BOTTOM_ARROW;
+    }
+    return BOTTOM_GAP;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4819183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSelect.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1552 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixSelect.c --
+ *
+ *	This file contains X specific routines for manipulating selections.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkInt.h"
+#include "tkSelect.h"
+
+typedef struct ConvertInfo {
+    int offset;			/* The starting byte offset into the selection
+				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
+				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
+				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
+				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
+				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
+				 * transfer. */
+    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
+    char buffer[4];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
+				 * that is split across chunks.*/
+} ConvertInfo;
+
+/*
+ * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
+ * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
+ * function and TkSelPropProc.
+ */
+
+typedef struct IncrInfo {
+    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Window that owns selection. */
+    Atom selection;		/* Selection that is being retrieved. */
+    Atom *multAtoms;		/* Information about conversions to perform:
+				 * one or more pairs of (target, property).
+				 * This either points to a retrieved property
+				 * (for MULTIPLE retrievals) or to a static
+				 * array. */
+    unsigned long numConversions;
+				/* Number of entries in converts (same as # of
+				 * pairs in multAtoms). */
+    ConvertInfo *converts;	/* One entry for each pair in multAtoms. This
+				 * array is malloc-ed. */
+    char **tempBufs;		/* One pointer for each pair in multAtoms;
+				 * each pointer is either NULL, or it points
+				 * to a small bit of character data that was
+				 * left over from the previous chunk. */
+    Tcl_EncodingState *state;	/* One state info per pair in multAtoms: State
+				 * info for encoding conversions that span
+				 * multiple buffers. */
+    int *flags;			/* One state flag per pair in multAtoms:
+				 * Encoding flags, set to TCL_ENCODING_START
+				 * at the beginning of an INCR transfer. */
+    int numIncrs;		/* Number of entries in converts that aren't
+				 * -1 (i.e. # of INCR-mode transfers not yet
+				 * completed). */
+    Tcl_TimerToken timeout;	/* Token for timer function. */
+    int idleTime;		/* Number of seconds since we heard anything
+				 * from the selection requestor. */
+    Window reqWindow;		/* Requestor's window id. */
+    Time time;			/* Timestamp corresponding to selection at
+				 * beginning of request; used to abort
+				 * transfer if selection changes. */
+    struct IncrInfo *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals
+				 * currently pending. */
+} IncrInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+    IncrInfo *pendingIncrs;	/* List of all incr structures currently
+				 * active. */
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000
+
+static TkSelRetrievalInfo *pendingRetrievals = NULL;
+				/* List of all retrievals currently being
+				 * waited for. */
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
+ */
+
+static void		ConvertSelection(TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		IncrTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData);
+static void		SelCvtFromX32(long *propPtr, int numValues, Atom type,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+static void		SelCvtFromX8(char *propPtr, int numValues, Atom type,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+static long *		SelCvtToX(char *string, Atom type, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    int *numLongsPtr);
+static int		SelectionSize(TkSelHandler *selPtr);
+static void		SelRcvIncrProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		SelTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkSelGetSelection --
+ *
+ *	Retrieve the specified selection from another process.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
+ *	(such as no selection exists) then an error message is left in the
+ *	interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkSelGetSelection(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on whose behalf to retrieve the
+				 * selection (determines display from which to
+				 * retrieve). */
+    Atom selection,		/* Selection to retrieve. */
+    Atom target,		/* Desired form in which selection is to be
+				 * returned. */
+    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Function to call to process the selection,
+				 * once it has been retrieved. */
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
+{
+    TkSelRetrievalInfo retr;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * The selection is owned by some other process. To retrieve it, first
+     * record information about the retrieval in progress. Use an internal
+     * window as the requestor.
+     */
+
+    retr.interp = interp;
+    if (dispPtr->clipWindow == NULL) {
+	int result;
+
+	result = TkClipInit(interp, dispPtr);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    return result;
+	}
+    }
+    retr.winPtr = (TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow;
+    retr.selection = selection;
+    retr.property = selection;
+    retr.target = target;
+    retr.proc = proc;
+    retr.clientData = clientData;
+    retr.result = -1;
+    retr.idleTime = 0;
+    retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START;
+    retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals;
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf);
+    pendingRetrievals = &retr;
+
+    /*
+     * Delete the property to indicate that no parameters are supplied for
+     * the conversion request.
+     */
+
+    XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, retr.winPtr->window, retr.property);
+
+    /*
+     * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime
+     * for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X
+     * events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and
+     * could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this
+     * happens, the request will be rejected.
+     */
+
+    XConvertSelection(winPtr->display, retr.selection, retr.target,
+	    retr.property, retr.winPtr->window, CurrentTime);
+
+    /*
+     * Enter a loop processing X events until the selection has been retrieved
+     * and processed. If no response is received within a few seconds, then
+     * timeout.
+     */
+
+    retr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
+	    &retr);
+    while (retr.result == -1) {
+	Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(retr.timeout);
+
+    /*
+     * Unregister the information about the selection retrieval in progress.
+     */
+
+    if (pendingRetrievals == &retr) {
+	pendingRetrievals = retr.nextPtr;
+    } else {
+	TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr;
+
+	for (retrPtr = pendingRetrievals; retrPtr != NULL;
+		retrPtr = retrPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (retrPtr->nextPtr == &retr) {
+		retrPtr->nextPtr = retr.nextPtr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&retr.buf);
+    return retr.result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkSelPropProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when property-change events occur on windows
+ *	not known to the toolkit. Its function is to implement the sending
+ *	side of the INCR selection retrieval protocol when the selection
+ *	requestor deletes the property containing a part of the selection.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If the property that is receiving the selection was just deleted, then
+ *	a new piece of the selection is fetched and placed in the property,
+ *	until eventually there's no more selection to fetch.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkSelPropProc(
+    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X PropertyChange event. */
+{
+    register IncrInfo *incrPtr;
+    register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
+    int length, numItems;
+    unsigned long i;
+    Atom target, formatType;
+    long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE];
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xany.display);
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    /*
+     * See if this event announces the deletion of a property being used for
+     * an INCR transfer. If so, then add the next chunk of data to the
+     * property.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyDelete) {
+	return;
+    }
+    for (incrPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; incrPtr != NULL;
+	    incrPtr = incrPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (incrPtr->reqWindow != eventPtr->xproperty.window) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * For each conversion that has been requested, handle any chunks that
+	 * haven't been transmitted yet.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < incrPtr->numConversions; i++) {
+	    if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i + 1])
+		    || (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == -1)) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    target = incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i];
+	    incrPtr->idleTime = 0;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Look for a matching selection handler.
+	     */
+
+	    for (selPtr = incrPtr->winPtr->selHandlerList; ;
+		    selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
+		if (selPtr == NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * No handlers match, so mark the conversion as done.
+		     */
+
+		    incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
+		    incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -1;
+		    incrPtr->numIncrs --;
+		    return;
+		}
+		if ((selPtr->target == target)
+			&& (selPtr->selection == incrPtr->selection)) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * We found a handler, so get the next chunk from it.
+	     */
+
+	    formatType = selPtr->format;
+	    if (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == -2) {
+		/*
+		 * We already got the last chunk, so send a null chunk to
+		 * indicate that we are finished.
+		 */
+
+		numItems = 0;
+		length = 0;
+	    } else {
+		TkSelInProgress ip;
+
+		ip.selPtr = selPtr;
+		ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
+		TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy any bytes left over from a partial character at the
+		 * end of the previous chunk into the beginning of the buffer.
+		 * Pass the rest of the buffer space into the selection
+		 * handler.
+		 */
+
+		length = strlen(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer);
+		strcpy((char *)buffer, incrPtr->converts[i].buffer);
+
+		numItems = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData,
+			incrPtr->converts[i].offset,
+			((char *) buffer) + length,
+			TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE - length);
+		TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr);
+		if (ip.selPtr == NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * The selection handler deleted itself.
+		     */
+
+		    return;
+		}
+		if (numItems < 0) {
+		    numItems = 0;
+		}
+		numItems += length;
+		if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
+		    Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
+		}
+	    }
+	    ((char *) buffer)[numItems] = 0;
+
+	    errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
+		    -1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Encode the data using the proper format for each type.
+	     */
+
+	    if ((formatType == XA_STRING)
+		    || (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->utf8Atom)
+		    || (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
+		Tcl_DString ds;
+		int encodingCvtFlags;
+		int srcLen, dstLen, result, srcRead, dstWrote, soFar;
+		char *src, *dst;
+		Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+
+		/*
+		 * Set up the encoding state based on the format and whether
+		 * this is the first and/or last chunk.
+		 */
+
+		encodingCvtFlags = 0;
+		if (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == 0) {
+		    encodingCvtFlags |= TCL_ENCODING_START;
+		}
+		if (numItems < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
+		    encodingCvtFlags |= TCL_ENCODING_END;
+		}
+		if (formatType == XA_STRING) {
+		    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
+		} else if (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
+		    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
+		} else {
+		    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Now convert the data.
+		 */
+
+		src = (char *)buffer;
+		srcLen = numItems;
+		Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+		dst = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
+		dstLen = ds.spaceAvl - 1;
+
+
+		/*
+		 * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer as
+		 * needed.
+		 */
+
+		while (1) {
+		    result = Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen,
+			    encodingCvtFlags, &incrPtr->converts[i].state,
+			    dst, dstLen, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL);
+		    soFar = dst + dstWrote - Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
+		    encodingCvtFlags &= ~TCL_ENCODING_START;
+		    src += srcRead;
+		    srcLen -= srcRead;
+		    if (result != TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE) {
+			Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, soFar);
+			break;
+		    }
+		    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) == 0) {
+			Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, dstLen);
+		    }
+		    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
+		    dst = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds) + soFar;
+		    dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) - soFar - 1;
+		}
+		Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, soFar);
+
+		if (encoding) {
+		    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.
+		 */
+
+		XChangeProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
+			eventPtr->xproperty.window, eventPtr->xproperty.atom,
+			formatType, 8, PropModeReplace,
+			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
+			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
+
+		/*
+		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
+		 */
+
+		if (srcLen > 3) {
+		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
+		}
+		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
+		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.
+		 */
+
+		char *propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,
+			formatType, (Tk_Window) incrPtr->winPtr, &numItems);
+
+		if (propPtr == NULL) {
+		    numItems = 0;
+		}
+		XChangeProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
+			eventPtr->xproperty.window, eventPtr->xproperty.atom,
+			formatType, 32, PropModeReplace,
+			(unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems);
+		if (propPtr != NULL) {
+		    ckfree(propPtr);
+		}
+	    }
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Compute the next offset value. If this was the last chunk, then
+	     * set the offset to -2. If this was an empty chunk, then set the
+	     * offset to -1 to indicate we are done.
+	     */
+
+	    if (numItems < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
+		if (numItems <= 0) {
+		    incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -1;
+		    incrPtr->numIncrs--;
+		} else {
+		    incrPtr->converts[i].offset = -2;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Advance over the selection data that was consumed this
+		 * time.
+		 */
+
+		incrPtr->converts[i].offset += numItems - length;
+	    }
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkSelEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked whenever a selection-related event occurs.
+ *	It does the lion's share of the work in implementing the selection
+ *	protocol.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Lots: depends on the type of event.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkSelEventProc(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which event was targeted. */
+    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X event: either SelectionClear,
+				 * SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */
+{
+    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+
+    /*
+     * Case #1: SelectionClear events.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) {
+	TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Case #2: SelectionNotify events. Call the relevant function to handle
+     * the incoming selection.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify) {
+	register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr;
+	char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
+	Atom type;
+	int format, result;
+	unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
+	Tcl_DString ds;
+
+	for (retrPtr = pendingRetrievals; ; retrPtr = retrPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (retrPtr == NULL) {
+		return;
+	    }
+	    if ((retrPtr->winPtr == winPtr)
+		    && (retrPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselection.selection)
+		    && (retrPtr->target == eventPtr->xselection.target)
+		    && (retrPtr->result == -1)) {
+		if (retrPtr->property == eventPtr->xselection.property) {
+		    break;
+		}
+		if (eventPtr->xselection.property == None) {
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			    "%s selection doesn't exist or form \"%s\" not defined",
+			    Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->selection),
+			    Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->target)));
+		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION",
+			    "NONE", NULL);
+		    retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	propInfo = NULL;
+	result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xselection.display,
+		eventPtr->xselection.requestor, retrPtr->property,
+		0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, (Atom) AnyPropertyType,
+		&type, &format, &numItems, &bytesAfter,
+		(unsigned char **) propInfoPtr);
+	if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) {
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (bytesAfter != 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "selection property too large", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "SIZE",NULL);
+	    retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    XFree(propInfo);
+	    return;
+	}
+	if ((type == XA_STRING) || (type == dispPtr->textAtom)
+		|| (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
+	    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+
+	    if (format != 8) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
+			format));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT",
+			NULL);
+		retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+		return;
+	    }
+	    interp = retrPtr->interp;
+	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Convert the X selection data into UTF before passing it to the
+	     * selection callback. Note that the COMPOUND_TEXT uses a modified
+	     * iso2022 encoding, not the current system encoding. For now
+	     * we'll just blindly apply the iso2022 encoding. This is probably
+	     * wrong, but it's a placeholder until we figure out what we're
+	     * really supposed to do. For STRING, we need to use Latin-1
+	     * instead. Again, it's not really the full iso8859-1 space, but
+	     * this is close enough.
+	     */
+
+	    if (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) {
+		encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
+	    } else {
+		encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
+	    }
+	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, propInfo, (int)numItems, &ds);
+	    if (encoding) {
+		Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
+	    }
+
+	    retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp,
+		    Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	    Tcl_Release(interp);
+	} else if (type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
+	    /*
+	     * The X selection data is in UTF-8 format already. We can't
+	     * guarantee that propInfo is NULL-terminated, so we might have to
+	     * copy the string.
+	     */
+
+	    char *propData = propInfo;
+
+	    if (format != 8) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
+			format));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT",
+			NULL);
+		retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+		return;
+	    }
+
+	    if (propInfo[numItems] != '\0') {
+		propData = ckalloc(numItems + 1);
+		strcpy(propData, propInfo);
+		propData[numItems] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData,
+		    retrPtr->interp, propData);
+	    if (propData != propInfo) {
+		ckfree(propData);
+	    }
+
+	} else if (type == dispPtr->incrAtom) {
+	    /*
+	     * It's a !?#@!?!! INCR-style reception. Arrange to receive the
+	     * selection in pieces, using the ICCCM protocol, then hang around
+	     * until either the selection is all here or a timeout occurs.
+	     */
+
+	    retrPtr->idleTime = 0;
+	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc,
+		    retrPtr);
+	    XDeleteProperty(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
+		    retrPtr->property);
+	    while (retrPtr->result == -1) {
+		Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
+	    }
+	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc,
+		    retrPtr);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DString ds;
+
+	    if (format != 32 && format != 8) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or "
+			"\"8\", got \"%d\"", format));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT",
+			NULL);
+		retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+		return;
+	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+	    if (format == 32) {
+		SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
+			(Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds);
+	    } else {
+		SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
+			(Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds);
+	    }
+	    interp = retrPtr->interp;
+	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+	    retrPtr->result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData,
+		    interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	    Tcl_Release(interp);
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	}
+	XFree(propInfo);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Case #3: SelectionRequest events. Call ConvertSelection to do the dirty
+     * work.
+     */
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == SelectionRequest) {
+	ConvertSelection(winPtr, &eventPtr->xselectionrequest);
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelTimeoutProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked once every second while waiting for the
+ *	selection to be returned. After a while it gives up and aborts the
+ *	selection retrieval.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new timer callback is created to call us again in another second,
+ *	unless time has expired, in which case an error is recorded for the
+ *	retrieval.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+SelTimeoutProc(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about retrieval in progress. */
+{
+    register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = clientData;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure that the retrieval is still in progress. Then see how long
+     * it's been since any sort of response was received from the other side.
+     */
+
+    if (retrPtr->result != -1) {
+	return;
+    }
+    retrPtr->idleTime++;
+    if (retrPtr->idleTime >= 5) {
+	/*
+	 * Use a careful function to store the error message, because the
+	 * result could already be partially filled in with a partial
+	 * selection return.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"selection owner didn't respond", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "IGNORED", NULL);
+	retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+    } else {
+	retrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
+		(ClientData) retrPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ConvertSelection --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to handle SelectionRequest events. It
+ *	responds to the requests, obeying the ICCCM protocols.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties are created for the selection requestor, and a
+ *	SelectionNotify event is generated for the selection requestor. In the
+ *	event of long selections, this function implements INCR-mode
+ *	transfers, using the ICCCM protocol.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ConvertSelection(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window that received the conversion
+				 * request; may not be selection's current
+				 * owner, be we set it to the current
+				 * owner. */
+    register XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr)
+				/* Event describing request. */
+{
+	union {
+		XSelectionEvent xsel;
+		XEvent ev;
+	} reply;	/* Used to notify requestor that selection
+				 * info is ready. */
+    int multiple;		/* Non-zero means a MULTIPLE request is being
+				 * handled. */
+    IncrInfo incr;		/* State of selection conversion. */
+    Atom singleInfo[2];		/* incr.multAtoms points here except for
+				 * multiple conversions. */
+    unsigned long i;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler;
+    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
+    TkSelInProgress ip;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->display, -1, -1,-1,
+	    (int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize the reply event.
+     */
+
+    reply.xsel.type = SelectionNotify;
+    reply.xsel.serial = 0;
+    reply.xsel.send_event = True;
+    reply.xsel.display = eventPtr->display;
+    reply.xsel.requestor = eventPtr->requestor;
+    reply.xsel.selection = eventPtr->selection;
+    reply.xsel.target = eventPtr->target;
+    reply.xsel.property = eventPtr->property;
+    if (reply.xsel.property == None) {
+	reply.xsel.property = reply.xsel.target;
+    }
+    reply.xsel.time = eventPtr->time;
+
+    for (infoPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
+	    infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (infoPtr == NULL) {
+	goto refuse;
+    }
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner;
+
+    /*
+     * Figure out which kind(s) of conversion to perform. If handling a
+     * MULTIPLE conversion, then read the property describing which
+     * conversions to perform.
+     */
+
+    incr.winPtr = winPtr;
+    incr.selection = eventPtr->selection;
+    if (eventPtr->target != winPtr->dispPtr->multipleAtom) {
+	multiple = 0;
+	singleInfo[0] = reply.xsel.target;
+	singleInfo[1] = reply.xsel.property;
+	incr.multAtoms = singleInfo;
+	incr.numConversions = 1;
+    } else {
+	Atom type, **multAtomsPtr = &incr.multAtoms;
+	int format, result;
+	unsigned long bytesAfter;
+
+	multiple = 1;
+	incr.multAtoms = NULL;
+	if (eventPtr->property == None) {
+	    goto refuse;
+	}
+	result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor,
+		eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False,
+		winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom, &type, &format,
+		&incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter,
+		(unsigned char **) multAtomsPtr);
+	if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32)
+		|| (type == None)) {
+	    if (incr.multAtoms != NULL) {
+		XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
+	    }
+	    goto refuse;
+	}
+	incr.numConversions /= 2;	/* Two atoms per conversion. */
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Loop through all of the requested conversions, and either return the
+     * entire converted selection, if it can be returned in a single bunch, or
+     * return INCR information only (the actual selection will be returned
+     * below).
+     */
+
+    incr.converts = ckalloc(incr.numConversions * sizeof(ConvertInfo));
+    incr.numIncrs = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < incr.numConversions; i++) {
+	Atom target, property, type;
+	long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE];
+	register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
+	int numItems, format;
+	char *propPtr;
+
+	target = incr.multAtoms[2*i];
+	property = incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1];
+	incr.converts[i].offset = -1;
+	incr.converts[i].buffer[0] = '\0';
+
+	for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; selPtr != NULL;
+		selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if ((selPtr->target == target)
+		    && (selPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (selPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a
+	     * sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark
+	     * the request as an errror.
+	     */
+
+	    numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer,
+		    TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE, &type);
+	    if (numItems < 0) {
+		incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    ip.selPtr = selPtr;
+	    ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
+	    TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
+	    type = selPtr->format;
+	    numItems = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData, 0, (char *) buffer,
+		    TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
+	    TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr);
+	    if ((ip.selPtr == NULL) || (numItems < 0)) {
+		incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
+		Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
+	    }
+	    ((char *) buffer)[numItems] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Got the selection; store it back on the requestor's property.
+	 */
+
+	if (numItems == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
+	    /*
+	     * Selection is too big to send at once; start an INCR-mode
+	     * transfer.
+	     */
+
+	    incr.numIncrs++;
+	    type = winPtr->dispPtr->incrAtom;
+	    buffer[0] = SelectionSize(selPtr);
+	    if (buffer[0] == 0) {
+		incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    numItems = 1;
+	    propPtr = (char *) buffer;
+	    format = 32;
+	    incr.converts[i].offset = 0;
+	    XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		    property, type, format, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems);
+	} else if (type == winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
+	    /*
+	     * This matches selection requests of type UTF8_STRING, which
+	     * allows us to pass our utf-8 information untouched.
+	     */
+
+	    XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		    property, type, 8, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *) buffer, numItems);
+	} else if ((type == XA_STRING)
+		|| (type == winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
+	    Tcl_DString ds;
+	    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+
+	    /*
+	     * STRING is Latin-1, COMPOUND_TEXT is an iso2022 variant. We need
+	     * to convert the selection text into these external forms before
+	     * modifying the property.
+	     */
+
+	    if (type == XA_STRING) {
+		encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
+	    } else {
+		encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
+	    }
+	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, (char *) buffer, -1, &ds);
+	    XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		    property, type, 8, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
+		    Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
+	    if (encoding) {
+		Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
+	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	} else {
+	    propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,
+		    type, (Tk_Window) winPtr, &numItems);
+	    if (propPtr == NULL) {
+		goto refuse;
+	    }
+	    format = 32;
+	    XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		    property, type, format, PropModeReplace,
+		    (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems);
+	    ckfree(propPtr);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Send an event back to the requestor to indicate that the first stage of
+     * conversion is complete (everything is done except for long conversions
+     * that have to be done in INCR mode).
+     */
+
+    if (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
+	XSelectInput(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		PropertyChangeMask);
+	incr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc, &incr);
+	incr.idleTime = 0;
+	incr.reqWindow = reply.xsel.requestor;
+	incr.time = infoPtr->time;
+	incr.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs;
+	tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = &incr;
+    }
+    if (multiple) {
+	XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
+		reply.xsel.property, winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom,
+		32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms,
+		(int) incr.numConversions*2);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set
+	 * to None if there was an error in conversion.
+	 */
+
+	reply.xsel.property = incr.multAtoms[1];
+    }
+    XSendEvent(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, False, 0, &reply.ev);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
+
+    /*
+     * Handle any remaining INCR-mode transfers. This all happens in callbacks
+     * to TkSelPropProc, so just wait until the number of uncompleted INCR
+     * transfers drops to zero.
+     */
+
+    if (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
+	IncrInfo *incrPtr2;
+
+	while (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
+	    Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(incr.timeout);
+	errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display,
+		-1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
+	XSelectInput(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, 0L);
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
+	if (tsdPtr->pendingIncrs == &incr) {
+	    tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = incr.nextPtr;
+	} else {
+	    for (incrPtr2 = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; incrPtr2 != NULL;
+		    incrPtr2 = incrPtr2->nextPtr) {
+		if (incrPtr2->nextPtr == &incr) {
+		    incrPtr2->nextPtr = incr.nextPtr;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * All done. Cleanup and return.
+     */
+
+    ckfree(incr.converts);
+    if (multiple) {
+	XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
+    }
+    return;
+
+    /*
+     * An error occurred. Send back a refusal message.
+     */
+
+  refuse:
+    reply.xsel.property = None;
+    XSendEvent(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor, False, 0, &reply.ev);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
+    return;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelRcvIncrProc --
+ *
+ *	This function handles the INCR protocol on the receiving side. It is
+ *	invoked in response to property changes on the requestor's window
+ *	(which hopefully are because a new chunk of the selection arrived).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If a new piece of selection has arrived, a function is invoked to deal
+ *	with that piece. When the whole selection is here, a flag is left for
+ *	the higher-level function that initiated the selection retrieval.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+SelRcvIncrProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about retrieval. */
+    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X PropertyChange event. */
+{
+    register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = clientData;
+    char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
+    Atom type;
+    int format, result;
+    unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+
+    if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != retrPtr->property)
+	    || (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue)
+	    || (retrPtr->result != -1)) {
+	return;
+    }
+    propInfo = NULL;
+    result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
+	    eventPtr->xproperty.window, retrPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS,
+	    True, (Atom) AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &numItems,
+	    &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr);
+    if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (bytesAfter != 0) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"selection property too large", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "SIZE", NULL);
+	retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+	goto done;
+    }
+    if ((type == XA_STRING)
+	    || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->textAtom)
+	    || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom)
+	    || (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
+	char *dst, *src;
+	int srcLen, dstLen, srcRead, dstWrote, soFar;
+	Tcl_Encoding encoding;
+	Tcl_DString *dstPtr, temp;
+
+	if (format != 8) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
+		    format));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT",
+		    NULL);
+	    retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	interp = retrPtr->interp;
+	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+
+	if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) {
+	    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
+	} else if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
+	    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
+	} else {
+	    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check to see if there is any data left over from the previous
+	 * chunk. If there is, copy the old data and the new data into a new
+	 * buffer.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&temp);
+	if (Tcl_DStringLength(&retrPtr->buf) > 0) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&temp, Tcl_DStringValue(&retrPtr->buf),
+		    Tcl_DStringLength(&retrPtr->buf));
+	    if (numItems > 0) {
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&temp, propInfo, (int)numItems);
+	    }
+	    src = Tcl_DStringValue(&temp);
+	    srcLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&temp);
+	} else if (numItems == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * There is no new data, so we're done.
+	     */
+
+	    retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
+	    Tcl_Release(interp);
+	    goto done;
+	} else {
+	    src = propInfo;
+	    srcLen = numItems;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up the destination buffer so we can use as much space as is
+	 * available.
+	 */
+
+	dstPtr = &retrPtr->buf;
+	dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr);
+	dstLen = dstPtr->spaceAvl - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer as needed.
+	 */
+
+	while (1) {
+	    result = Tcl_ExternalToUtf(NULL, encoding, src, srcLen,
+		    retrPtr->encFlags, &retrPtr->encState,
+		    dst, dstLen, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL);
+	    soFar = dst + dstWrote - Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr);
+	    retrPtr->encFlags &= ~TCL_ENCODING_START;
+	    src += srcRead;
+	    srcLen -= srcRead;
+	    if (result != TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE) {
+		Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) == 0) {
+		Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, dstLen);
+	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) + 1);
+	    dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr) + soFar;
+	    dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) - soFar - 1;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar);
+
+	result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp,
+		Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr));
+	Tcl_Release(interp);
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy any unused data into the destination buffer so we can pick it
+	 * up next time around.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 0);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(dstPtr, src, srcLen);
+
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&temp);
+	if (encoding) {
+	    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
+	}
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    retrPtr->result = result;
+	}
+    } else if (numItems == 0) {
+	retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	Tcl_DString ds;
+
+	if (format != 32 && format != 8) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(retrPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or "
+		    "\"8\", got \"%d\"", format));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(retrPtr->interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "FORMAT",
+		    NULL);
+	    retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+	if (format == 32) {
+	    SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
+		    (Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds);
+	} else {
+	    SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
+		    (Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds);
+	}
+	interp = retrPtr->interp;
+	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+	result = retrPtr->proc(retrPtr->clientData, interp,
+		Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	Tcl_Release(interp);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    retrPtr->result = result;
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    XFree(propInfo);
+    retrPtr->idleTime = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelectionSize --
+ *
+ *	This function is called when the selection is too large to send in a
+ *	single buffer; it computes the total length of the selection in bytes.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the number of bytes in the selection given by
+ *	selPtr.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The selection is retrieved from its current owner (this is the only
+ *	way to compute its size).
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SelectionSize(
+    TkSelHandler *selPtr)	/* Information about how to retrieve the
+				 * selection whose size is wanted. */
+{
+    char buffer[TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE+1];
+    int size, chunkSize;
+    TkSelInProgress ip;
+
+    size = TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE;
+    ip.selPtr = selPtr;
+    ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
+    TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
+
+    do {
+	chunkSize = selPtr->proc(selPtr->clientData, size, (char *) buffer,
+		TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
+	if (ip.selPtr == NULL) {
+	    size = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+	size += chunkSize;
+    } while (chunkSize == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
+
+    TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr);
+    return size;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * IncrTimeoutProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked once a second while sending the selection to
+ *	a requestor in INCR mode. After a while it gives up and aborts the
+ *	selection operation.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A new timeout gets registered so that this function gets called again
+ *	in another second, unless too many seconds have elapsed, in which case
+ *	incrPtr is marked as "all done".
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+IncrTimeoutProc(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about INCR-mode selection
+				 * retrieval for which we are selection
+				 * owner. */
+{
+    register IncrInfo *incrPtr = clientData;
+
+    incrPtr->idleTime++;
+    if (incrPtr->idleTime >= 5) {
+	incrPtr->numIncrs = 0;
+    } else {
+	incrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc,
+		incrPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelCvtToX --
+ *
+ *	Given a selection represented as a string (the normal Tcl form),
+ *	convert it to the ICCCM-mandated format for X, depending on the type
+ *	argument. This function and SelCvtFromX are inverses.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a malloc'ed buffer holding a value equivalent to
+ *	"string", but formatted as for "type". It is the caller's
+ *	responsibility to free the string when done with it. The word at
+ *	*numLongsPtr is filled in with the number of 32-bit words returned in
+ *	the result. If NULL is returned, the input list was not actually a
+ *	list.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static long *
+SelCvtToX(
+    char *string,		/* String representation of selection. */
+    Atom type,			/* Atom specifying the X format that is
+				 * desired for the selection. Should not be
+				 * XA_STRING (if so, don't bother calling this
+				 * function at all). */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that governs atom conversion. */
+    int *numLongsPtr)		/* Number of 32-bit words contained in the
+				 * result. */
+{
+    const char **field;
+    int numFields, i;
+    long *propPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * The string is assumed to consist of fields separated by spaces. The
+     * property gets generated by converting each field to an integer number,
+     * in one of two ways:
+     * 1. If type is XA_ATOM, convert each field to its corresponding atom.
+     * 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number to
+     *    a 32-bit binary number.
+     */
+
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, string, &numFields, &field) != TCL_OK) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    propPtr = ckalloc(numFields * sizeof(long));
+
+    /*
+     * Convert the fields one-by-one.
+     */
+
+    for (i=0 ; i<numFields ; i++) {
+	if (type == XA_ATOM) {
+	    propPtr[i] = (long) Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, field[i]);
+	} else {
+	    char *dummy;
+
+	    /*
+	     * If this fails to parse a number, we just plunge on regardless
+	     * anyway.
+	     */
+
+	    propPtr[i] = strtol(field[i], &dummy, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Release the parsed list.
+     */
+
+    ckfree(field);
+    *numLongsPtr = i;
+    return propPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SelCvtFromX32, SelCvtFromX8 --
+ *
+ *	Given an X property value, formatted as a collection of 32-bit or
+ *	8-bit values according to "type" and the ICCCM conventions, convert
+ *	the value to a string suitable for manipulation by Tcl. These
+ *	functions are the inverse of SelCvtToX.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value (stored in a Tcl_DString) is the string equivalent of
+ *	"property". It is up to the caller to initialize and free the DString.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+SelCvtFromX32(
+    register long *propPtr,	/* Property value from X. */
+    int numValues,		/* Number of 32-bit values in property. */
+    Atom type,			/* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING
+				 * (if so, don't bother calling this function
+				 * at all). */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to use for atom conversion. */
+    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Where to store the converted string. */
+{
+    /*
+     * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is either
+     * the name of an atom (if type is XA_ATOM) or a hexadecimal string. We
+     * build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is easier than trying to
+     * get the quoting correct ourselves; this is tricky because atoms can
+     * contain spaces in their names (encountered when the atoms are really
+     * MIME types). [Bug 1353414]
+     */
+
+    for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
+	if (type == XA_ATOM) {
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr,
+		    Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) *propPtr));
+	} else {
+	    char buf[12];
+
+	    sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned int) *propPtr);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf);
+	}
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
+}
+
+static void
+SelCvtFromX8(
+    register char *propPtr,	/* Property value from X. */
+    int numValues,		/* Number of 8-bit values in property. */
+    Atom type,			/* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING
+				 * (if so, don't bother calling this function
+				 * at all). */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to use for atom conversion. */
+    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Where to store the converted string. */
+{
+    /*
+     * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is a
+     * hexadecimal string. We build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is
+     * easier than trying to get the quoting correct ourselves.
+     */
+
+    for ( ; numValues > 0; propPtr++, numValues--) {
+	char buf[12];
+
+	sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned char) *propPtr);
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(dsPtr, buf);
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee4bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixSend.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2066 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixSend.c --
+ *
+ *	This file provides functions that implement the "send" command,
+ *	allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following structure is used to keep track of the interpreters
+ * registered by this process.
+ */
+
+typedef struct RegisteredInterp {
+    char *name;			/* Interpreter's name (malloc-ed). */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with name. NULL
+				 * means that the application was unregistered
+				 * or deleted while a send was in progress to
+				 * it. */
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;		/* Display for the application. Needed because
+				 * we may need to unregister the interpreter
+				 * after its main window has been deleted. */
+    struct RegisteredInterp *nextPtr;
+				/* Next in list of names associated with
+				 * interps in this process. NULL means end of
+				 * list. */
+} RegisteredInterp;
+
+/*
+ * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property
+ * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a
+ * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each
+ * of the form
+ * 	window space name '\0'
+ * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an
+ * interpreter named "name".
+ *
+ * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or
+ * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the
+ * following type:
+ */
+
+typedef struct NameRegistry {
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;		/* Display from which the registry was
+				 * read. */
+    int locked;			/* Non-zero means that the display was locked
+				 * when the property was read in. */
+    int modified;		/* Non-zero means that the property has been
+				 * modified, so it needs to be written out
+				 * when the NameRegistry is closed. */
+    unsigned long propLength;	/* Length of the property, in bytes. */
+    char *property;		/* The contents of the property, or NULL if
+				 * none. See format description above; this is
+				 * *not* terminated by the first null
+				 * character. Dynamically allocated. */
+    int allocedByX;		/* Non-zero means must free property with
+				 * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
+} NameRegistry;
+
+/*
+ * When a result is being awaited from a sent command, one of the following
+ * structures is present on a list of all outstanding sent commands. The
+ * information in the structure is used to process the result when it arrives.
+ * You're probably wondering how there could ever be multiple outstanding sent
+ * commands. This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively.
+ * It's unlikely, but possible.
+ */
+
+typedef struct PendingCommand {
+    int serial;			/* Serial number expected in result. */
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;		/* Display being used for communication. */
+    const char *target;		/* Name of interpreter command is being sent
+				 * to. */
+    Window commWindow;		/* Target's communication window. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter from which the send was
+				 * invoked. */
+    int code;			/* Tcl return code for command will be stored
+				 * here. */
+    char *result;		/* String result for command (malloc'ed), or
+				 * NULL. */
+    char *errorInfo;		/* Information for "errorInfo" variable, or
+				 * NULL (malloc'ed). */
+    char *errorCode;		/* Information for "errorCode" variable, or
+				 * NULL (malloc'ed). */
+    int gotResponse;		/* 1 means a response has been received, 0
+				 * means the command is still outstanding. */
+    struct PendingCommand *nextPtr;
+				/* Next in list of all outstanding commands.
+				 * NULL means end of list. */
+} PendingCommand;
+
+typedef struct {
+    PendingCommand *pendingCommands;
+				/* List of all commands currently being waited
+				 * for. */
+    RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr;
+				/* List of all interpreters registered in the
+				 * current process. */
+} ThreadSpecificData;
+static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
+
+/*
+ * The information below is used for communication between processes during
+ * "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never even mapped,
+ * with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to an interpreter, the
+ * command is appended to the comm property of the communication window
+ * associated with the interp's process. Similarly, when a result is returned
+ * from a sent command, it is also appended to the comm property.
+ *
+ * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a command,
+ * the text consists of a zero character followed by several null-terminated
+ * ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter "c".
+ * Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following options
+ * are supported:
+ *
+ * -r commWindow serial
+ *
+ *	This option means that a response should be sent to the window whose X
+ *	identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should be
+ *	identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). If
+ *	this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and no
+ *	response is sent.
+ *
+ * -n name
+ *
+ *	"Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is
+ *	intended. This option must be present.
+ *
+ * -s script
+ *
+ *	"Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present.
+ *
+ * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be present,
+ * but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility with future
+ * releases that may add new features, there may be additional options
+ * present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will be ignored.
+ *
+ * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null-
+ * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter
+ * "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following
+ * options are supported:
+ *
+ * -s serial
+ *
+ *	Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the same as
+ *	the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This option must
+ *	be present.
+ *
+ * -c code
+ *
+ *	"Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the code
+ *	is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK.
+ *
+ * -r result
+ *
+ *	"Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either a
+ *	result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it defaults
+ *	to an empty string.
+ *
+ * -i errorInfo
+ *
+ *	"ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo
+ *	variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the
+ *	completion code is TCL_ERROR.
+ *
+ * -e errorCode
+ *
+ *	"ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode
+ *	variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the
+ *	completion code is TCL_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be present. As
+ * with commands, there may be additional options besides these; unknown
+ * options are ignored.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Other miscellaneous per-process data:
+ */
+
+static struct {
+    int sendSerial;		/* The serial number that was used in the last
+				 * "send" command. */
+    int sendDebug;		/* This can be set while debugging to do
+				 * things like skip locking the server. */
+} localData = {0, 0};
+
+/*
+ * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by this module:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
+ */
+
+static int		AppendErrorProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XErrorEvent *errorPtr);
+static void		AppendPropCarefully(Display *display,
+			    Window window, Atom property, char *value,
+			    int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr);
+static void		DeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
+static void		RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr,
+			    const char *name, Window commWindow);
+static void		RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr);
+static void		RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name);
+static Window		RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name);
+static NameRegistry *	RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock);
+static void		SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int		SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr);
+static Tk_RestrictProc SendRestrictProc;
+static int		ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
+static void		UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
+static int		ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, const char *name,
+			    Window commWindow, int oldOK);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RegOpen --
+ *
+ *	This function loads the name registry for a display into memory so
+ *	that it can be manipulated.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the loaded registry.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If "lock" is set then the server will be locked. It is the caller's
+ *	responsibility to call RegClose when finished with the registry, so
+ *	that we can write back the registry if needed, unlock the server if
+ *	needed, and free memory.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static NameRegistry *
+RegOpen(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting
+				 * (errors cause a panic so in fact no error
+				 * is ever returned, but the interpreter is
+				 * needed anyway). */
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr,		/* Display whose name registry is to be
+				 * opened. */
+    int lock)			/* Non-zero means lock the window server when
+				 * opening the registry, so no-one else can
+				 * use the registry until we close it. */
+{
+    NameRegistry *regPtr;
+    int result, actualFormat;
+    unsigned long bytesAfter;
+    Atom actualType;
+    char **propertyPtr;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+    if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
+	SendInit(interp, dispPtr);
+    }
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+
+    regPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(NameRegistry));
+    regPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
+    regPtr->locked = 0;
+    regPtr->modified = 0;
+    regPtr->allocedByX = 1;
+    propertyPtr = &regPtr->property;
+
+    if (lock && !localData.sendDebug) {
+	XGrabServer(dispPtr->display);
+	regPtr->locked = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Read the registry property.
+     */
+
+    result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display,
+	    RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0),
+	    dispPtr->registryProperty, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS,
+	    False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat,
+	    &regPtr->propLength, &bytesAfter,
+	    (unsigned char **) propertyPtr);
+
+    if (actualType == None) {
+	regPtr->propLength = 0;
+	regPtr->property = NULL;
+    } else if ((result != Success) || (actualFormat != 8)
+	    || (actualType != XA_STRING)) {
+	/*
+	 * The property is improperly formed; delete it.
+	 */
+
+	if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
+	    XFree(regPtr->property);
+	    regPtr->propLength = 0;
+	    regPtr->property = NULL;
+	}
+	XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display,
+		RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0),
+		dispPtr->registryProperty);
+        XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
+    }
+
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+
+    /*
+     * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to
+     * make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this
+     * byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as
+     * of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it
+     * shouldn't be).
+     */
+
+    if ((regPtr->propLength > 0)
+	    && (regPtr->property[regPtr->propLength-1] != 0)) {
+	regPtr->propLength++;
+    }
+    return regPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RegFindName --
+ *
+ *	Given an open name registry, this function finds an entry with a given
+ *	name, if there is one, and returns information about that entry.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the X identifier for the comm window for the
+ *	application named "name", or None if there is no such entry in the
+ *	registry.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Window
+RegFindName(
+    NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
+				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
+{
+    char *p;
+
+    for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
+	char *entry = p;
+
+	while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) {
+	    unsigned id;
+
+	    if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) {
+		/*
+		 * Must cast from an unsigned int to a Window in case we are
+		 * on a 64-bit architecture.
+		 */
+
+		return (Window) id;
+	    }
+	}
+	while (*p != 0) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	p++;
+    }
+    return None;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RegDeleteName --
+ *
+ *	This function deletes the entry for a given name from an open
+ *	registry.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If there used to be an entry named "name" in the registry, then it is
+ *	deleted and the registry is marked as modified so it will be written
+ *	back when closed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RegDeleteName(
+    NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
+				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
+{
+    char *p;
+
+    for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
+	char *entry = p, *entryName;
+
+	while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	if (*p != 0) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	entryName = p;
+	while (*p != 0) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	p++;
+	if (strcmp(name, entryName) == 0) {
+	    int count;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Found the matching entry. Copy everything after it down on top
+	     * of it.
+	     */
+
+	    count = regPtr->propLength - (p - regPtr->property);
+	    if (count > 0) {
+		char *src, *dst;
+
+		for (src=p , dst=entry ; count>0 ; src++, dst++, count--) {
+		    *dst = *src;
+		}
+	    }
+	    regPtr->propLength -= p - entry;
+	    regPtr->modified = 1;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RegAddName --
+ *
+ *	Add a new entry to an open registry.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The open registry is expanded; it is marked as modified so that it
+ *	will be written back when closed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RegAddName(
+    NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
+				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
+    const char *name,		/* Name of an application. The caller must
+				 * ensure that this name isn't already
+				 * registered. */
+    Window commWindow)		/* X identifier for comm. window of
+				 * application. */
+{
+    char id[30], *newProp;
+    int idLength, newBytes;
+
+    sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned) commWindow);
+    idLength = strlen(id);
+    newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1;
+    newProp = ckalloc(regPtr->propLength + newBytes);
+    strcpy(newProp, id);
+    strcpy(newProp+idLength, name);
+    if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
+	memcpy(newProp + newBytes, regPtr->property, regPtr->propLength);
+	if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
+	    XFree(regPtr->property);
+	} else {
+	    ckfree(regPtr->property);
+	}
+    }
+    regPtr->modified = 1;
+    regPtr->propLength += newBytes;
+    regPtr->property = newProp;
+    regPtr->allocedByX = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RegClose --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to end a series of operations on a name
+ *	registry.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The registry is written back if it has been modified, and the X server
+ *	is unlocked if it was locked. Memory for the registry is freed, so the
+ *	caller should never use regPtr again.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RegClose(
+    NameRegistry *regPtr)	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
+				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
+{
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(regPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
+            NULL, NULL);
+
+    if (regPtr->modified) {
+	if (!regPtr->locked && !localData.sendDebug) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("The name registry was modified without being locked!");
+	}
+	XChangeProperty(regPtr->dispPtr->display,
+		RootWindow(regPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
+		regPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_STRING, 8,
+		PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) regPtr->property,
+		(int) regPtr->propLength);
+    }
+
+    if (regPtr->locked) {
+	XUngrabServer(regPtr->dispPtr->display);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output
+     * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we
+     * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such
+     * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
+     * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
+     * deadlock.
+     */
+
+    XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display);
+
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+
+    if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
+	if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
+	    XFree(regPtr->property);
+	} else {
+	    ckfree(regPtr->property);
+	}
+    }
+    ckfree(regPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ValidateName --
+ *
+ *	This function checks to see if an entry in the registry is still
+ *	valid.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is 1 if the given commWindow exists and its name is
+ *	"name". Otherwise 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ValidateName(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr,		/* Display for which to perform the
+				 * validation. */
+    const char *name,		/* The name of an application. */
+    Window commWindow,		/* X identifier for the application's comm.
+				 * window. */
+    int oldOK)			/* Non-zero means that we should consider an
+				 * application to be valid even if it looks
+				 * like an old-style (pre-4.0) one; 0 means
+				 * consider these invalid. */
+{
+    int result, actualFormat, argc, i;
+    unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
+    Atom actualType;
+    char *property, **propertyPtr = &property;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    const char **argv;
+
+    property = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Ignore X errors when reading the property (e.g., the window might not
+     * exist). If an error occurs, result will be some value other than
+     * Success.
+     */
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+    result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
+	    dispPtr->appNameProperty, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS,
+	    False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat,
+	    &length, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propertyPtr);
+
+    if ((result == Success) && (actualType == None)) {
+	XWindowAttributes atts;
+
+	/*
+	 * The comm. window exists but the property we're looking for doesn't
+	 * exist. This probably means that the application comes from an older
+	 * version of Tk (< 4.0) that didn't set the property; if this is the
+	 * case, then assume for compatibility's sake that everything's OK.
+	 * However, it's also possible that some random application has
+	 * re-used the window id for something totally unrelated. Check a few
+	 * characteristics of the window, such as its dimensions and mapped
+	 * state, to be sure that it still "smells" like a commWindow.
+	 */
+
+	if (!oldOK
+		|| !XGetWindowAttributes(dispPtr->display, commWindow, &atts)
+		|| (atts.width != 1) || (atts.height != 1)
+		|| (atts.map_state != IsUnmapped)) {
+	    result = 0;
+	} else {
+	    result = 1;
+	}
+    } else if ((result == Success) && (actualFormat == 8)
+	    && (actualType == XA_STRING)) {
+	result = 0;
+	if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, property, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) {
+	    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(argv[i], name) == 0) {
+		    result = 1;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    ckfree(argv);
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = 0;
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    if (property != NULL) {
+	XFree(property);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ServerSecure --
+ *
+ *	Check whether a server is secure enough for us to trust Tcl scripts
+ *	arriving via that server.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is 1 if the server is secure, which means that
+ *	host-style authentication is turned on but there are no hosts in the
+ *	enabled list. This means that some other form of authorization
+ *	(presumably more secure, such as xauth) is in use.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ServerSecure(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display to check. */
+{
+#ifdef TK_NO_SECURITY
+    return 1;
+#else
+    XHostAddress *addrPtr;
+    int numHosts, secure;
+    Bool enabled;
+
+    addrPtr = XListHosts(dispPtr->display, &numHosts, &enabled);
+    if (!enabled) {
+    insecure:
+	secure = 0;
+    } else if (numHosts == 0) {
+	secure = 1;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Recent versions of X11 have the extra feature of allowing more
+	 * sophisticated authorization checks to be performed than the dozy
+	 * old ones that used to plague xhost usage. However, not all deployed
+	 * versions of Xlib know how to deal with this feature, so this code
+	 * is conditional on having the right #def in place. [Bug 1909931]
+	 *
+	 * Note that at this point we know that there's at least one entry in
+	 * the list returned by XListHosts. However there may be multiple
+	 * entries; as long as each is one of either 'SI:localhost:*' or
+	 * 'SI:localgroup:*' then we will claim to be secure enough.
+	 */
+
+#ifdef FamilyServerInterpreted
+	XServerInterpretedAddress *siPtr;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<numHosts ; i++) {
+	    if (addrPtr[i].family != FamilyServerInterpreted) {
+		/*
+		 * We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we
+		 * err on the side of safety.
+		 */
+
+		goto insecure;
+	    }
+	    siPtr = (XServerInterpretedAddress *) addrPtr[0].address;
+
+	    /*
+	     * We don't check the username or group here. This is because it's
+	     * officially non-portable and we are just making sure there
+	     * aren't silly misconfigurations. (Apparently 'root' is not a
+	     * very good choice, but we still don't put any effort in to spot
+	     * that.) However we do check to see that the constraints are
+	     * imposed against the connecting user and/or group.
+	     */
+
+	    if (       !(siPtr->typelength == 9 /* ==strlen("localuser") */
+			&& !memcmp(siPtr->type, "localuser", 9))
+		    && !(siPtr->typelength == 10 /* ==strlen("localgroup") */
+			&& !memcmp(siPtr->type, "localgroup", 10))) {
+		/*
+		 * The other defined types of server-interpreted controls
+		 * involve particular hosts. These are still insecure for the
+		 * same reasons that classic xhost access is insecure; there's
+		 * just no way to be sure that the users on those systems are
+		 * the ones who should be allowed to connect to this display.
+		 */
+
+		goto insecure;
+	    }
+	}
+	secure = 1;
+#else
+	/*
+	 * We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we err on
+	 * the side of safety.
+	 */
+
+	secure = 0;
+#endif /* FamilyServerInterpreted */
+    }
+    if (addrPtr != NULL) {
+	XFree((char *) addrPtr);
+    }
+    return secure;
+#endif /* TK_NO_SECURITY */
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_SetAppName --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk
+ *	application. If the application has already been named, the name
+ *	replaces the old one.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the name actually given to the application. This
+ *	will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for
+ *	an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with
+ *	a high enough number to make the name unique.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be
+ *	used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the
+ *	"send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The
+ *	registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is
+ *	deleted or the "send" command is removed.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+const char *
+Tk_SetAppName(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in the application to
+				 * be named: it is just used to identify the
+				 * application and the display. */
+    const char *name)		/* The name that will be used to refer to the
+				 * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
+				 * be globally unique. */
+{
+    RegisteredInterp *riPtr, *riPtr2;
+    Window w;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+    NameRegistry *regPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    const char *actualName;
+    Tcl_DString dString;
+    int offset, i;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
+    if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
+	SendInit(interp, winPtr->dispPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its current
+     * name from the registry.
+     */
+
+    regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1);
+    for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; ; riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (riPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * This interpreter isn't currently registered; create the data
+	     * structure that will be used to register it locally, plus add
+	     * the "send" command to the interpreter.
+	     */
+
+	    riPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
+	    riPtr->interp = interp;
+	    riPtr->dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+	    riPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr;
+	    tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr;
+	    riPtr->name = NULL;
+	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr, DeleteProc);
+	    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
+		Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send");
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (riPtr->interp == interp) {
+	    /*
+	     * The interpreter is currently registered; remove it from the
+	     * name registry.
+	     */
+
+	    if (riPtr->name) {
+		RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name);
+		ckfree(riPtr->name);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not already
+     * in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying larger and larger
+     * numbers until we eventually find one that is unique.
+     */
+
+    actualName = name;
+    offset = 0;				/* Needed only to avoid "used before
+					 * set" compiler warnings. */
+    for (i = 1; ; i++) {
+	if (i > 1) {
+	    if (i == 2) {
+		Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
+		offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
+		Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE);
+		actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString);
+	    }
+	    sprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, "%d", i);
+	}
+	w = RegFindName(regPtr, actualName);
+	if (w == None) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The name appears to be in use already, but double-check to be sure
+	 * (perhaps the application died without removing its name from the
+	 * registry?).
+	 */
+
+	if (w == Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin)) {
+	    for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL;
+		    riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) {
+		if ((riPtr2->interp != interp) &&
+			(strcmp(riPtr2->name, actualName) == 0)) {
+		    goto nextSuffix;
+		}
+	    }
+	    RegDeleteName(regPtr, actualName);
+	    break;
+	} else if (!ValidateName(winPtr->dispPtr, actualName, w, 1)) {
+	    RegDeleteName(regPtr, actualName);
+	    break;
+	}
+    nextSuffix:
+	continue;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and in the
+     * local entry for this application, plus put it in a property on the
+     * commWindow.
+     */
+
+    RegAddName(regPtr, actualName, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin));
+    RegClose(regPtr);
+    riPtr->name = ckalloc(strlen(actualName) + 1);
+    strcpy(riPtr->name, actualName);
+    if (actualName != name) {
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
+    }
+    UpdateCommWindow(dispPtr);
+
+    return riPtr->name;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_SendObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the
+ *	user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tk_SendObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about sender (only dispPtr
+				 * field is used). */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    enum {
+	SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST
+    };
+    static const char *const sendOptions[] = {
+	"-async",   "-displayof",   "--",  NULL
+    };
+    TkWindow *winPtr;
+    Window commWindow;
+    PendingCommand pending;
+    register RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
+    const char *destName;
+    int result, index, async, i, firstArg;
+    Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc;
+    ClientData prevArg;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+    Tcl_Time timeout;
+    NameRegistry *regPtr;
+    Tcl_DString request;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    Tcl_Interp *localInterp;	/* Used when the interpreter to send the
+				 * command to is within the same process. */
+
+    /*
+     * Process options, if any.
+     */
+
+    async = 0;
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+    if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], sendOptions,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (index == SEND_ASYNC) {
+	    ++async;
+	} else if (index == SEND_DISPLAYOF) {
+	    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[++i]),
+		    (Tk_Window) winPtr);
+	    if (winPtr == NULL) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else if (index == SEND_LAST) {
+	    i++;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (objc < (i+2)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+		"?-option value ...? interpName arg ?arg ...?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    destName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
+    firstArg = i+1;
+
+    dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+    if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
+	SendInit(interp, winPtr->dispPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command
+     * directly without going through the X server. The only tricky thing is
+     * passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking
+     * interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same!
+     */
+
+    for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL;
+	    riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((riPtr->dispPtr != dispPtr)
+		|| (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	Tcl_Preserve(riPtr);
+	localInterp = riPtr->interp;
+	Tcl_Preserve(localInterp);
+	if (firstArg == (objc-1)) {
+	    result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1);
+	    for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) {
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1);
+	    }
+	    result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&request), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
+	}
+	if (interp != localInterp) {
+	    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+		Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr;
+
+		/*
+		 * An error occurred, so transfer error information from the
+		 * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear
+		 * interp's result before calling Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since
+		 * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in
+		 * errorInfo before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've
+		 * already got everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo.
+		 */
+
+		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_GetVar2(localInterp,
+			"errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY));
+		errorObjPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(localInterp, "errorCode", NULL,
+			TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+		Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr);
+	    }
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp));
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp);
+	}
+	Tcl_Release(riPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(localInterp);
+	return result;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Bind the interpreter name to a communication window.
+     */
+
+    regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 0);
+    commWindow = RegFindName(regPtr, destName);
+    RegClose(regPtr);
+    if (commWindow == None) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"no application named \"%s\"", destName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "APPLICATION", destName,
+		NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Send the command to the target interpreter by appending it to the comm
+     * window in the communication window.
+     */
+
+    localData.sendSerial++;
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0c\0-n ", 6);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, destName, -1);
+    if (!async) {
+	char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
+
+	sprintf(buffer, "%x %d",
+		(unsigned) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
+		localData.sendSerial);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1);
+    }
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1);
+    for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) {
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1);
+    }
+
+    if (!async) {
+	/*
+	 * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete
+	 * (this is needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass
+	 * back the command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that
+	 * we can check during long sends to make sure that the destination
+	 * application is still alive.
+	 *
+	 * We prepare the pending struct here in order to catch potential
+	 * early X errors from AppendPropCarefully() due to XSync().
+	 */
+
+	pending.serial = localData.sendSerial;
+	pending.dispPtr = dispPtr;
+	pending.target = destName;
+	pending.commWindow = commWindow;
+	pending.interp = interp;
+	pending.result = NULL;
+	pending.errorInfo = NULL;
+	pending.errorCode = NULL;
+	pending.gotResponse = 0;
+	pending.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands;
+	tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending;
+    }
+    (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
+	    dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request),
+	    Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending));
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
+    if (async) {
+	/*
+	 * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting
+	 * for a response.
+	 */
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the
+     * target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at
+     * send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to
+     * other events in the application.
+     */
+
+    prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(SendRestrictProc, NULL, &prevArg);
+    Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
+    timeout.sec += 2;
+    while (!pending.gotResponse) {
+	if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) {
+	    /*
+	     * An unusually long amount of time has elapsed during the
+	     * processing of a sent command. Check to make sure that the
+	     * target application still exists. If it does, reset the timeout.
+	     */
+
+	    if (!ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target,
+		    pending.commWindow, 0)) {
+		const char *msg;
+
+		if (ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target,
+			pending.commWindow, 1)) {
+		    msg = "target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0";
+		} else {
+		    msg = "target application died";
+		}
+		pending.code = TCL_ERROR;
+		pending.result = ckalloc(strlen(msg) + 1);
+		strcpy(pending.result, msg);
+		pending.gotResponse = 1;
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
+		timeout.sec += 2;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
+
+    /*
+     * Unregister the information about the pending command and return the
+     * result.
+     */
+
+    if (tsdPtr->pendingCommands != &pending) {
+	Tcl_Panic("Tk_SendCmd: corrupted send stack");
+    }
+    tsdPtr->pendingCommands = pending.nextPtr;
+    if (pending.errorInfo != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Special trick: must clear the interp's result before calling
+	 * Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's
+	 * result in errorInfo before appending pending.errorInfo; we've
+	 * already got everything we need in pending.errorInfo.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, pending.errorInfo);
+	ckfree(pending.errorInfo);
+    }
+    if (pending.errorCode != NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pending.errorCode, -1));
+	ckfree(pending.errorCode);
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pending.result, -1));
+    ckfree(pending.result);
+    return pending.code;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkGetInterpNames --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names
+ *	currently registered for the display of a particular window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl return value. The interp's result will be set to hold a
+ *	list of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an
+ *	error occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and the interp's result will
+ *	hold an error message.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkGetInterpNames(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for returning a result. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window whose display is to be used for the
+				 * lookup. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    NameRegistry *regPtr;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
+    char *p;
+
+    /*
+     * Read the registry property, then scan through all of its entries.
+     * Validate each entry to be sure that its application still exists.
+     */
+
+    regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1);
+    for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
+	char *entry = p, *entryName;
+	Window commWindow;
+	unsigned id;
+
+	if (sscanf(p, "%x", (unsigned *) &id) != 1) {
+	    commWindow = None;
+	} else {
+	    commWindow = id;
+	}
+	while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	if (*p != 0) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	entryName = p;
+	while (*p != 0) {
+	    p++;
+	}
+	p++;
+	if (ValidateName(winPtr->dispPtr, entryName, commWindow, 1)) {
+	    /*
+	     * The application still exists; add its name to the result.
+	     */
+
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
+		    Tcl_NewStringObj(entryName, -1));
+	} else {
+	    int count;
+
+	    /*
+	     * This name is bogus (perhaps the application died without
+	     * cleaning up its entry in the registry?). Delete the name.
+	     */
+
+	    count = regPtr->propLength - (p - regPtr->property);
+	    if (count > 0) {
+		char *src, *dst;
+
+		for (src = p, dst = entry; count > 0; src++, dst++, count--) {
+		    *dst = *src;
+		}
+	    }
+	    regPtr->propLength -= p - entry;
+	    regPtr->modified = 1;
+	    p = entry;
+	}
+    }
+    RegClose(regPtr);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkSendCleanup --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to free resources used by the communication
+ *	channels for sending commands and receiving results.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Frees various data structures and windows.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkSendCleanup(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
+{
+    if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) {
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
+		SendEventProc, dispPtr);
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->commTkwin);
+	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->commTkwin);
+	dispPtr->commTkwin = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SendInit --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to initialize the communication channels for
+ *	sending commands and receiving results.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets up various data structures and windows.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SendInit(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no
+				 * errors are ever returned, but the
+				 * interpreter is needed anyway). */
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display to initialize. */
+{
+    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
+
+    /*
+     * Create the window used for communication, and set up an event handler
+     * for it.
+     */
+
+    dispPtr->commTkwin = (Tk_Window) TkAllocWindow(dispPtr,
+    	DefaultScreen(dispPtr->display), NULL);
+    Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->commTkwin);
+    ((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin)->flags |=
+	    TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
+    TkWmNewWindow((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin);
+    atts.override_redirect = True;
+    Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->commTkwin,
+	    CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
+	    SendEventProc, dispPtr);
+    Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->commTkwin);
+
+    /*
+     * Get atoms used as property names.
+     */
+
+    dispPtr->commProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin, "Comm");
+    dispPtr->registryProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin,
+	    "InterpRegistry");
+    dispPtr->appNameProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin,
+	    "TK_APPLICATION");
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SendEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked automatically by the toolkit event manager
+ *	when a property changes on the communication window. This function
+ *	reads the property and handles command requests and responses.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If there are command requests in the property, they are executed. If
+ *	there are responses in the property, their information is saved for
+ *	the (ostensibly waiting) "send" commands. The property is deleted.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+SendEventProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Display information. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
+    char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
+    const char *p;
+    int result, actualFormat;
+    unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
+    Atom actualType;
+    Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp;	/* Interp in which to execute the command. */
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != dispPtr->commProperty)
+	    || (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Read the comm property and delete it.
+     */
+
+    propInfo = NULL;
+    result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display,
+	    Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), dispPtr->commProperty, 0,
+	    MAX_PROP_WORDS, True, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat,
+	    &numItems, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * If the property doesn't exist or is improperly formed then ignore it.
+     */
+
+    if ((result != Success) || (actualType != XA_STRING)
+	    || (actualFormat != 8)) {
+	if (propInfo != NULL) {
+	    XFree(propInfo);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Several commands and results could arrive in the property at one time;
+     * each iteration through the outer loop handles a single command or
+     * result.
+     */
+
+    for (p = propInfo; (p-propInfo) < (int) numItems; ) {
+	/*
+	 * Ignore leading NULLs; each command or result starts with a NULL so
+	 * that no matter how badly formed a preceding command is, we'll be
+	 * able to tell that a new command/result is starting.
+	 */
+
+	if (*p == 0) {
+	    p++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if ((*p == 'c') && (p[1] == 0)) {
+	    Window commWindow;
+	    const char *interpName, *script, *serial;
+	    char *end;
+	    Tcl_DString reply;
+	    RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
+
+	    /*
+	     *----------------------------------------------------------
+	     * This is an incoming command from some other application.
+	     * Iterate over all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of
+	     * the property or something that doesn't look like an option.
+	     *----------------------------------------------------------
+	     */
+
+	    p += 2;
+	    interpName = NULL;
+	    commWindow = None;
+	    serial = "";
+	    script = NULL;
+	    while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) {
+		switch (p[1]) {
+		case 'r':
+		    commWindow = (Window) strtoul(p+2, &end, 16);
+		    if ((end == p+2) || (*end != ' ')) {
+			commWindow = None;
+		    } else {
+			p = serial = end+1;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'n':
+		    if (p[2] == ' ') {
+			interpName = p+3;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 's':
+		    if (p[2] == ' ') {
+			script = p+3;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+		while (*p != 0) {
+		    p++;
+		}
+		p++;
+	    }
+
+	    if ((script == NULL) || (interpName == NULL)) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Initialize the result property, so that we're ready at any time
+	     * if we need to return an error.
+	     */
+
+	    if (commWindow != None) {
+		Tcl_DStringInit(&reply);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0r\0-s ", 6);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, serial, -1);
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-r ", 4);
+	    }
+
+	    if (!ServerSecure(dispPtr)) {
+		if (commWindow != None) {
+		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply,
+			    "X server insecure (must use xauth-style "
+			    "authorization); command ignored", -1);
+		}
+		result = TCL_ERROR;
+		goto returnResult;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Locate the application, then execute the script.
+	     */
+
+	    for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; ; riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) {
+		if (riPtr == NULL) {
+		    if (commWindow != None) {
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply,
+				"receiver never heard of interpreter \"", -1);
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, interpName, -1);
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\"", 1);
+		    }
+		    result = TCL_ERROR;
+		    goto returnResult;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(riPtr->name, interpName) == 0) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    Tcl_Preserve(riPtr);
+
+	    /*
+	     * We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter
+	     * another event loop, which might call Tcl_DeleteInterp.
+	     */
+
+	    remoteInterp = riPtr->interp;
+	    Tcl_Preserve(remoteInterp);
+
+	    result = Tcl_EvalEx(remoteInterp, script, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+
+	    /*
+	     * The call to Tcl_Release may have released the interpreter which
+	     * will cause the "send" command for that interpreter to be
+	     * deleted. The command deletion callback will set the
+	     * riPtr->interp field to NULL, hence the check below for NULL.
+	     */
+
+	    if (commWindow != None) {
+		Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(remoteInterp)),
+			-1);
+		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+		    const char *varValue;
+
+		    varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo",
+			    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+		    if (varValue != NULL) {
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-i ", 4);
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1);
+		    }
+		    varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorCode",
+			    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+		    if (varValue != NULL) {
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-e ", 4);
+			Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    Tcl_Release(remoteInterp);
+	    Tcl_Release(riPtr);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified
+	     * (if none was specified then this is an asynchronous call).
+	     * Right now reply has everything but the completion code, but it
+	     * needs the NULL to terminate the current option.
+	     */
+
+	returnResult:
+	    if (commWindow != None) {
+		if (result != TCL_OK) {
+		    char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+
+		    sprintf(buffer, "%d", result);
+		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-c ", 4);
+		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, buffer, -1);
+		}
+		(void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
+			dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply),
+			Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL);
+		XFlush(dispPtr->display);
+		Tcl_DStringFree(&reply);
+	    }
+	} else if ((*p == 'r') && (p[1] == 0)) {
+	    int serial, code, gotSerial;
+	    const char *errorInfo, *errorCode, *resultString;
+	    PendingCommand *pcPtr;
+
+	    /*
+	     *----------------------------------------------------------
+	     * This is a reply to some command that we sent out. Iterate over
+	     * all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of the property
+	     * or something that doesn't look like an option.
+	     *----------------------------------------------------------
+	     */
+
+	    p += 2;
+	    code = TCL_OK;
+	    gotSerial = 0;
+	    errorInfo = NULL;
+	    errorCode = NULL;
+	    resultString = "";
+	    while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) {
+		switch (p[1]) {
+		case 'c':
+		    if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &code) != 1) {
+			code = TCL_OK;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'e':
+		    if (p[2] == ' ') {
+			errorCode = p+3;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'i':
+		    if (p[2] == ' ') {
+			errorInfo = p+3;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'r':
+		    if (p[2] == ' ') {
+			resultString = p+3;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 's':
+		    if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &serial) == 1) {
+			gotSerial = 1;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+		while (*p != 0) {
+		    p++;
+		}
+		p++;
+	    }
+
+	    if (!gotSerial) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Give the result information to anyone who's waiting for it.
+	     */
+
+	    for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
+		    pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
+		if ((serial != pcPtr->serial) || (pcPtr->result != NULL)) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		pcPtr->code = code;
+		if (resultString != NULL) {
+		    pcPtr->result = ckalloc(strlen(resultString) + 1);
+		    strcpy(pcPtr->result, resultString);
+		}
+		if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
+		    if (errorInfo != NULL) {
+			pcPtr->errorInfo = ckalloc(strlen(errorInfo) + 1);
+			strcpy(pcPtr->errorInfo, errorInfo);
+		    }
+		    if (errorCode != NULL) {
+			pcPtr->errorCode = ckalloc(strlen(errorCode) + 1);
+			strcpy(pcPtr->errorCode, errorCode);
+		    }
+		}
+		pcPtr->gotResponse = 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Didn't recognize this thing. Just skip through the next null
+	     * character and try again.
+	     */
+
+	    while (*p != 0) {
+		p++;
+	    }
+	    p++;
+	}
+    }
+    XFree(propInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * AppendPropCarefully --
+ *
+ *	Append a given property to a given window, but set up an X error
+ *	handler so that if the append fails this function can return an error
+ *	code rather than having Xlib panic.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The given property on the given window is appended to. If this
+ *	operation fails and if pendingPtr is non-NULL, then the pending
+ *	operation is marked as complete with an error.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+AppendPropCarefully(
+    Display *display,		/* Display on which to operate. */
+    Window window,		/* Window whose property is to be modified. */
+    Atom property,		/* Name of property. */
+    char *value,		/* Characters to append to property. */
+    int length,			/* Number of bytes to append. */
+    PendingCommand *pendingPtr)	/* Pending command to mark complete if an
+				 * error occurs during the property op. NULL
+				 * means just ignore the error. */
+{
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc,
+	    pendingPtr);
+    XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8,
+	    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The function below is invoked if an error occurs during the XChangeProperty
+ * operation above.
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+AppendErrorProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */
+    XErrorEvent *errorPtr)	/* Information about error. */
+{
+    PendingCommand *pendingPtr = clientData;
+    register PendingCommand *pcPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    if (pendingPtr == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure this command is still pending.
+     */
+
+    for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
+	    pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((pcPtr == pendingPtr) && (pcPtr->result == NULL)) {
+	    pcPtr->result = ckalloc(strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50);
+	    sprintf(pcPtr->result, "no application named \"%s\"",
+		    pcPtr->target);
+	    pcPtr->code = TCL_ERROR;
+	    pcPtr->gotResponse = 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DeleteProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command is deleted in
+ *	an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The interpreter given by riPtr is unregistered.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+DeleteProc(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Info about registration, passed as
+				 * ClientData. */
+{
+    RegisteredInterp *riPtr = clientData;
+    register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2;
+    NameRegistry *regPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1);
+    RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name);
+    RegClose(regPtr);
+
+    if (tsdPtr->interpListPtr == riPtr) {
+	tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
+    } else {
+	for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL;
+		riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) {
+	    if (riPtr2->nextPtr == riPtr) {
+		riPtr2->nextPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    ckfree(riPtr->name);
+    riPtr->interp = NULL;
+    UpdateCommWindow(riPtr->dispPtr);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SendRestrictProc --
+ *
+ *	This function filters incoming events when a "send" command is
+ *	outstanding. It defers all events except those containing send
+ *	commands and results.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	False is returned except for property-change events on a commWindow.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+    /* ARGSUSED */
+static Tk_RestrictAction
+SendRestrictProc(
+    ClientData clientData,		/* Not used. */
+    register XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event that just arrived. */
+{
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != PropertyNotify) {
+	return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+    }
+    for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
+	    dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((eventPtr->xany.display == dispPtr->display)
+		&& (eventPtr->xproperty.window
+		== Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin))) {
+	    return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
+	}
+    }
+    return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateCommWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function updates the list of application names stored on our
+ *	commWindow. It is typically called when interpreters are registered
+ *	and unregistered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The TK_APPLICATION property on the comm window is updated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateCommWindow(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display whose commWindow is to be
+				 * updated. */
+{
+    Tcl_DString names;
+    RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&names);
+    for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL;
+	    riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) {
+	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&names, riPtr->name);
+    }
+    XChangeProperty(dispPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
+	    dispPtr->appNameProperty, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+	    (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&names),
+	    Tcl_DStringLength(&names));
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&names);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpTestsendCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function implements the "testsend" command. It provides a set of
+ *	functions for testing the "send" command and support function in
+ *	tkSend.c.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on option; see below.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+TkpTestsendCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
+{
+    enum {
+	TESTSEND_BOGUS, TESTSEND_PROP, TESTSEND_SERIAL
+    };
+    static const char *const testsendOptions[] = {
+	"bogus",   "prop",   "serial",  NULL
+    };
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    int index;
+
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+		"option ?arg ...?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], testsendOptions,
+		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (index == TESTSEND_BOGUS) {
+        handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
+                NULL, NULL);
+	XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
+		RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
+		winPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+		PropModeReplace,
+		(unsigned char *) "This is bogus information", 6);
+        Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    } else if (index == TESTSEND_PROP) {
+	int result, actualFormat;
+	unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
+	Atom actualType, propName;
+	char *property, **propertyPtr = &property, *p, *end;
+	Window w;
+
+	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
+		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+			"prop window name ?value ?");
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "root") == 0) {
+	    w = RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0);
+	} else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "comm") == 0) {
+	    w = Tk_WindowId(winPtr->dispPtr->commTkwin);
+	} else {
+	    w = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &end, 0);
+	}
+	propName = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+	if (objc == 4) {
+	    property = NULL;
+	    result = XGetWindowProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName,
+		    0, 100000, False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat,
+		    &length, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propertyPtr);
+	    if ((result == Success) && (actualType != None)
+		    && (actualFormat == 8) && (actualType == XA_STRING)) {
+		for (p = property; (unsigned long)(p-property) < length; p++) {
+		    if (*p == 0) {
+			*p = '\n';
+		    }
+		}
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(property, -1));
+	    }
+	    if (property != NULL) {
+		XFree(property);
+	    }
+	} else if (Tcl_GetString(objv[4])[0] == 0) {
+            handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
+                    -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+	    XDeleteProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName);
+            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_DString tmp;
+
+	    Tcl_DStringInit(&tmp);
+	    for (p = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tmp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),
+		    (int) strlen(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]))); *p != 0; p++) {
+		if (*p == '\n') {
+		    *p = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+            handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
+                    -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+	    XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
+		    8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
+		    p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
+            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
+	}
+    } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc7f1cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixWm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7466 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixWm.c --
+ *
+ *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
+ *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
+ *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
+ *	manager.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window
+ * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl
+ * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window.
+ */
+
+typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
+    Atom protocol;		/* Identifies the protocol. */
+    struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
+				/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
+				 * same top-level window, or NULL for end of
+				 * list. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
+    char command[1];		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
+				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
+				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
+				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
+				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
+} ProtocolHandler;
+
+#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
+    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))
+
+/*
+ * Data for [wm attributes] command:
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    double alpha;		/* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
+    int topmost;		/* Flag: true=>stay-on-top */
+    int zoomed;			/* Flag: true=>maximized */
+    int fullscreen;		/* Flag: true=>fullscreen */
+} WmAttributes;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_ZOOMED, WMATT_FULLSCREEN,
+    WMATT_TYPE, _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE
+} WmAttribute;
+
+static const char *const WmAttributeNames[] = {
+    "-alpha", "-topmost", "-zoomed", "-fullscreen",
+    "-type", NULL
+};
+
+/*
+ * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
+ * information for each top-level window in an application.
+ */
+
+typedef struct TkWmInfo {
+    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Pointer to main Tk information for this
+				 * window. */
+    Window reparent;		/* If the window has been reparented, this
+				 * gives the ID of the ancestor of the window
+				 * that is a child of the root window (may not
+				 * be window's immediate parent). If the
+				 * window isn't reparented, this has the value
+				 * None. */
+    char *title;		/* Title to display in window caption. If
+				 * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
+    char *iconName;		/* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
+    XWMHints hints;		/* Various pieces of information for window
+				 * manager. */
+    char *leaderName;		/* Path name of leader of window group
+				 * (corresponds to hints.window_group).
+				 * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
+				 * updated if leader is destroyed. */
+    TkWindow *masterPtr;	/* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
+				 * or NULL. */
+    Tk_Window icon;		/* Window to use as icon for this window, or
+				 * NULL. */
+    Tk_Window iconFor;		/* Window for which this window is icon, or
+				 * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
+    int withdrawn;		/* Non-zero means window has been withdrawn. */
+
+    /*
+     * In order to support menubars transparently under X, each toplevel
+     * window is encased in an additional window, called the wrapper, that
+     * holds the toplevel and the menubar, if any. The information below is
+     * used to keep track of the wrapper and the menubar.
+     */
+
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;	/* Pointer to information about the wrapper.
+				 * This is the "real" toplevel window as seen
+				 * by the window manager. Although this is an
+				 * official Tk window, it doesn't appear in
+				 * the application's window hierarchy. NULL
+				 * means that the wrapper hasn't been created
+				 * yet. */
+    Tk_Window menubar;		/* Pointer to information about the menubar,
+				 * or NULL if there is no menubar for this
+				 * toplevel. */
+    int menuHeight;		/* Amount of vertical space needed for
+				 * menubar, measured in pixels. If menubar is
+				 * non-NULL, this is >= 1 (X servers don't
+				 * like dimensions of 0). */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
+     * manager:
+     */
+
+    int sizeHintsFlags;		/* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the
+				 * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is
+				 * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */
+    int minWidth, minHeight;	/* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or
+				 * grid units. */
+    int maxWidth, maxHeight;	/* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or
+				 * grid units. 0 to default.*/
+    Tk_Window gridWin;		/* Identifies the window that controls
+				 * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the
+				 * top-level isn't currently gridded. */
+    int widthInc, heightInc;	/* Increments for size changes (# pixels per
+				 * step). */
+    struct {
+	int x;			/* numerator */
+	int y;			/* denominator */
+    } minAspect, maxAspect;	/* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
+    int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
+				/* The dimensions of the window (in grid
+				 * units) requested through the geometry
+				 * manager. */
+    int gravity;		/* Desired window gravity. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
+     */
+
+    int width, height;		/* Desired dimensions of window, specified in
+				 * pixels or grid units. These values are set
+				 * by the "wm geometry" command and by
+				 * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes
+				 * window). -1 means user hasn't requested
+				 * dimensions. */
+    int x, y;			/* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
+				 * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus
+				 * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves
+				 * window). These numbers are different than
+				 * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes
+				 * because (a) they could be measured from the
+				 * right or bottom edge of the screen (see
+				 * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and
+				 * (b) if the window has been reparented then
+				 * they refer to the parent rather than the
+				 * window itself. */
+    int parentWidth, parentHeight;
+				/* Width and height of reparent, in pixels
+				 * *including border*. If window hasn't been
+				 * reparented then these will be the outer
+				 * dimensions of the window, including
+				 * border. */
+    int xInParent, yInParent;	/* Offset of wrapperPtr within reparent,
+				 * measured in pixels from upper-left outer
+				 * corner of reparent's border to upper-left
+				 * outer corner of wrapperPtr's border. If not
+				 * reparented then these are zero. */
+    int configWidth, configHeight;
+				/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
+				 * issued to change geometry of the wrapper.
+				 * Used to eliminate redundant resize
+				 * operations. */
+
+    /*
+     * Information about the virtual root window for this top-level, if there
+     * is one.
+     */
+
+    Window vRoot;		/* Virtual root window for this top-level, or
+				 * None if there is no virtual root window
+				 * (i.e. just use the screen's root). */
+    int vRootX, vRootY;		/* Position of the virtual root inside the
+				 * root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE
+				 * flag is set then this information may be
+				 * incorrect and needs to be refreshed from
+				 * the X server. If vRoot is None then these
+				 * values are both 0. */
+    int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;/* Dimensions of the virtual root window. If
+				 * vRoot is None, gives the dimensions of the
+				 * containing screen. This information is
+				 * never stale, even though vRootX and vRootY
+				 * can be. */
+
+    /*
+     * Miscellaneous information.
+     */
+
+    WmAttributes attributes;	/* Current state of [wm attributes] */
+    WmAttributes reqState;	/* Requested state of [wm attributes] */
+    ProtocolHandler *protPtr;	/* First in list of protocol handlers for this
+				 * window (NULL means none). */
+    int cmdArgc;		/* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
+    const char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
+				 * property. NULL means nothing available. */
+    char *clientMachine;	/* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
+				 * property, or NULL. */
+    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
+    int numTransients;		/* number of transients on this window */
+    int iconDataSize;		/* size of iconphoto image data */
+    unsigned char *iconDataPtr;	/* iconphoto image data, if set */
+    struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all top-level windows. */
+} WmInfo;
+
+/*
+ * Flag values for WmInfo structures:
+ *
+ * WM_NEVER_MAPPED -		non-zero means window has never been mapped;
+ *				need to update all info when window is first
+ *				mapped.
+ * WM_UPDATE_PENDING -		non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
+ *				has already been scheduled for this window;
+ *				no need to schedule another one.
+ * WM_NEGATIVE_X -		non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
+ *				pixels from right edge of screen, rather than
+ *				from left edge.
+ * WM_NEGATIVE_Y -		non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
+ *				pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
+ *				down from top.
+ * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS -	non-zero means that new size hints need to be
+ *				propagated to window manager.
+ * WM_SYNC_PENDING -		set to non-zero while waiting for the window
+ *				manager to respond to some state change.
+ * WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE -	non-zero means that (x,y) offset information
+ *				about the virtual root window is stale and
+ *				needs to be fetched fresh from the X server.
+ * WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP -		non-zero means that the window is about to be
+ *				mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used by
+ *				UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior.
+ * WM_MOVE_PENDING -		non-zero means the application has requested a
+ *				new position for the window, but it hasn't
+ *				been reflected through the window manager yet.
+ * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT -	non-zero means the colormap windows were set
+ *				explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
+ * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
+ *				was called the top-level itself wasn't
+ *				specified, so we added it implicitly at the
+ *				end of the list.
+ * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE -	non-zero means that we're not supposed to
+ *				allow the user to change the width of the
+ *				window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
+ * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE -	non-zero means that we're not supposed to
+ *				allow the user to change the height of the
+ *				window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
+ * WM_WITHDRAWN -		non-zero means that this window has explicitly
+ *				been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
+ *				not mirror state changes in the master.
+ */
+
+#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED			1
+#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING		2
+#define WM_NEGATIVE_X			4
+#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y			8
+#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS		0x10
+#define WM_SYNC_PENDING			0x20
+#define WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE		0x40
+#define WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP			0x100
+#define WM_MOVE_PENDING			0x200
+#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT		0x400
+#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP	0x800
+#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE		0x1000
+#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE		0x2000
+#define WM_WITHDRAWN			0x4000
+
+/*
+ * Wrapper for XGetWindowProperty and XChangeProperty to make them a *bit*
+ * less verbose.
+ */
+
+#define GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atom, length, type, typePtr, formatPtr, numItemsPtr, bytesAfterPtr, itemsPtr) \
+    (XGetWindowProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window,	\
+	    (atom), 0, (long) (length), False, (type),			\
+	    (typePtr), (formatPtr), (numItemsPtr), (bytesAfterPtr),	\
+	    (unsigned char **) (itemsPtr)) == Success)
+#define SetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atomName, type, width, data, length) \
+    XChangeProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window,	\
+	    Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, (atomName)),		\
+	    (type), (width), PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) (data), \
+	    (int) (length))
+
+/*
+ * This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to simplify
+ * the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called firstWmPtr and is stored
+ * in the TkDisplay structure.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The following structures are the official type records for geometry
+ * management of top-level and menubar windows.
+ */
+
+static void		TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
+static void		MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin);
+
+static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
+    "wm",			/* name */
+    TopLevelReqProc,		/* requestProc */
+    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
+};
+static const Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = {
+    "menubar",			/* name */
+    MenubarReqProc,		/* requestProc */
+    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Structures of the following type are used for communication between
+ * WaitForEvent, WaitRestrictProc, and WaitTimeoutProc.
+ */
+
+typedef struct WaitRestrictInfo {
+    Display *display;		/* Window belongs to this display. */
+    WmInfo *wmInfoPtr;
+    int type;			/* We only care about this type of event. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr;		/* Where to store the event when it's found. */
+    int foundEvent;		/* Non-zero means that an event of the desired
+				 * type has been found. */
+} WaitRestrictInfo;
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
+ */
+
+static int		ComputeReparentGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr);
+static void		ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr,
+			    XConfigureEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr);
+static void		GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
+			    int *maxHeightPtr);
+static void		MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int		ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string,
+			    TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void		ReparentEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XReparentEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		PropertyEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XPropertyEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable);
+static void		TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
+static void		UpdateCommand(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void		UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData);
+static void		UpdateHints(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void		UpdateSizeHints(TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    int newWidth, int newHeight);
+static void		UpdateTitle(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void		UpdatePhotoIcon(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void		UpdateVRootGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr);
+static void		UpdateWmProtocols(WmInfo *wmPtr);
+static int		SetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Obj *typePtr);
+static Tcl_Obj *	GetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void 		SetNetWmState(TkWindow*, const char *atomName, int on);
+static void 		CheckNetWmState(WmInfo *, Atom *atoms, int numAtoms);
+static void 		UpdateNetWmState(WmInfo *);
+static void		WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    unsigned long serial);
+static int		WaitForEvent(Display *display,
+			    WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped);
+static Tk_RestrictProc WaitRestrictProc;
+static void		WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void		WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData,
+			    XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int		WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmCleanup --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to cleanup remaining wm resources associated
+ *	with a display.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	All WmInfo structure resources are freed and invalidated.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void TkWmCleanup(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr, *nextPtr;
+
+    for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = nextPtr) {
+	/*
+	 * We can't assume we have access to winPtr's anymore, so some cleanup
+	 * requiring winPtr data is avoided.
+	 */
+
+	nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
+	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
+	    Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
+	}
+	while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
+	    ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
+
+	    wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
+	}
+	ckfree(wmPtr);
+    }
+    if (dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
+	ckfree(dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
+	dispPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmNewWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
+ *	Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A WmInfo structure gets allocated and initialized.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmNewWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Newly-created top-level window. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
+
+    wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
+    memset(wmPtr, 0, sizeof(WmInfo));
+    wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
+    wmPtr->reparent = None;
+    wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    wmPtr->numTransients = 0;
+    wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
+    wmPtr->hints.input = True;
+    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
+    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
+    wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
+    wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
+    wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
+    wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize attributes.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0;
+    wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
+    wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
+    wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0;
+    wmPtr->reqState = wmPtr->attributes;
+
+    /*
+     * Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display, minus a
+     * guess about how space is needed for window manager decorations.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
+    wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
+    wmPtr->maxWidth = wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
+    wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
+    wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
+    wmPtr->maxAspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.y = 1;
+    wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
+    wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
+    wmPtr->width = -1;
+    wmPtr->height = -1;
+    wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
+    wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
+    wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width
+	    + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
+    wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height
+	    + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
+    wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
+    wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
+    wmPtr->vRoot = None;
+    wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
+    wmPtr->nextPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr;
+    dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
+    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
+
+    UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
+     * window manager.
+     */
+
+    Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmMapWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a
+ *	chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties
+ *	before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
+ *	properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
+ *	window after all.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
+ *	to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
+ *	be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
+ *	window is withdrawn).
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmMapWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
+				 * mapped. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    XTextProperty textProp;
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	Tcl_DString ds;
+
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
+
+	/*
+	 * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. First
+	 * create the wrapper window that provides space for a menubar.
+	 */
+
+	if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Store all the window-manager-related information for the window.
+	 */
+
+	TkWmSetClass(winPtr);
+	UpdateTitle(winPtr);
+	UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr);
+
+	if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
+	     */
+
+	    if (!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
+		wmPtr->withdrawn = 1;
+		wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Make sure that we actually set the transient-for property, even
+	     * if we are withdrawn. [Bug 1163496]
+	     */
+
+	    XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		    wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
+	}
+
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+	UpdateHints(winPtr);
+	UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr);
+	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	    UpdateCommand(winPtr);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
+	    if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
+		    &textProp) != 0) {
+		unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid();
+
+		XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display,
+			wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &textProp);
+		XFree((char *) textProp.value);
+
+		/*
+		 * Inform the server (and more particularly any session
+		 * manager) what our process ID is. We only do this when the
+		 * CLIENT_MACHINE property is set since the spec for
+		 * _NET_WM_PID requires that to be set too.
+		 */
+
+		SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID",
+			XA_CARDINAL, 32, &pid, 1);
+	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	}
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that the
+	 * geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping the window.
+	 */
+
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	}
+	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
+	return;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+    }
+    UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
+
+    /*
+     * Update _NET_WM_STATE hints:
+     */
+    UpdateNetWmState(wmPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Map the window, then wait to be sure that the window manager has
+     * processed the map operation.
+     */
+
+    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
+    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) {
+	WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmUnmapWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing
+ *	it does special is to wait for the window actually to be unmapped.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Unmaps the window.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmUnmapWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
+				 * mapped. */
+{
+    /*
+     * It seems to be important to wait after unmapping a top-level window
+     * until the window really gets unmapped. I don't completely understand
+     * all the interactions with the window manager, but if we go on without
+     * waiting, and if the window is then mapped again quickly, events seem to
+     * get lost so that we think the window isn't mapped when in fact it is
+     * mapped. I suspect that this has something to do with the window manager
+     * filtering Map events (and possily not filtering Unmap events?).
+     */
+
+    XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
+    WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmDeadWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
+ *	deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The WmInfo structure for winPtr gets freed up.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmDeadWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
+
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if ((WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
+	winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
+    } else {
+	register WmInfo *prevPtr;
+
+	for (prevPtr = (WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
+		prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    /* ASSERT: prevPtr != NULL [Bug 1789819] */
+	    if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
+		prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->title);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
+	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
+	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
+	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
+	wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
+	wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
+	wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
+	wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
+	UpdateHints((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * The rest of Tk doesn't know that we reparent the toplevel inside
+	 * the wrapper, so reparent it back out again before deleting the
+	 * wrapper; otherwise the toplevel will get deleted twice (once
+	 * implicitly by the deletion of the wrapper).
+	 */
+
+	XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
+	XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
+		XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, 0);
+	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
+    }
+    while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
+	ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
+
+	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window.
+     */
+
+    for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
+	    wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
+	if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
+	    wmPtr->numTransients--;
+	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
+		    StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
+	    wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
+	    if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window,
+			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
+
+		/*
+		 * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
+		 * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
+		 * decorations.
+		 */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    /* ASSERT: numTransients == 0 [Bug 1789819] */
+
+    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore
+	 */
+
+	if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
+	    wmPtr2->numTransients--;
+	}
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
+		StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    }
+    ckfree(wmPtr);
+    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmSetClass --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
+ *	changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the
+ *	window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
+ *	mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A window property may get updated.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmSetClass(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Newly-created top-level window. */
+{
+    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) {
+	XClassHint *classPtr;
+	Tcl_DString name, ds;
+
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->nameUid, -1, &name);
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &ds);
+	classPtr = XAllocClassHint();
+	classPtr->res_name = Tcl_DStringValue(&name);
+	classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
+	XSetClassHint(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		classPtr);
+	XFree((char *) classPtr);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&name);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_WmObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+Tk_WmObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
+	"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget",
+	"frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
+	"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname", "iconphoto",
+	"iconposition", "iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize",
+	"minsize", "overrideredirect", "positionfrom",
+	"protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", "stackorder",
+	"state", "title", "transient", "withdraw", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
+	WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET,
+	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
+	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
+	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
+	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
+	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
+	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
+	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
+    int index, length;
+    const char *argv1;
+    TkWindow *winPtr;
+    Tk_Window targetWin;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+
+    if (objc < 2) {
+    wrongNumArgs:
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
+    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
+	    && (length >= 3)) {
+	int wmTracing;
+
+	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
+	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (objc == 2) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
+		    dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (wmTracing) {
+	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
+	} else {
+	    dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (objc < 3) {
+	goto wrongNumArgs;
+    }
+
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &targetWin) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *) targetWin;
+    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
+	    (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName,
+		NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    switch ((enum options) index) {
+    case WMOPT_ASPECT:
+	return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
+	return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_CLIENT:
+	return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
+	return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_COMMAND:
+	return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
+	return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
+	return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FORGET:
+	return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FRAME:
+	return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
+	return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GRID:
+	return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GROUP:
+	return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
+	return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
+	return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
+	return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
+	return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
+	return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
+	return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
+	return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MANAGE:
+	return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
+	return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
+	return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
+	return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
+	return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
+	return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
+	return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
+	return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
+	return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_STATE:
+	return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_TITLE:
+	return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
+	return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
+	return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    }
+
+    /* This should not happen */
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmAspectCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmAspectCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
+		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];
+
+	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
+	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
+	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
+	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
+    } else {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
+		(denom2 <= 0)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "aspect number can't be <= 0", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "ASPECT", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
+	wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
+	wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
+	wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmSetAttribute --
+ *
+ * 	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value of the specified
+ * 	attribute.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ *
+ * 	TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an error, leaves
+ * 	a message in the interpreter's result.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmSetAttribute(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter */
+    WmAttribute attribute,	/* Code of attribute to set */
+    Tcl_Obj *value)		/* New value */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    switch (attribute) {
+    case WMATT_ALPHA: {
+	unsigned long opacity;	/* 0=transparent, 0xFFFFFFFF=opaque */
+
+	if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value,
+		&wmPtr->reqState.alpha)) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha < 0.0) {
+	    wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 0.0;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha > 1.0) {
+	    wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 1.0;
+	}
+
+	if (!wmPtr->wrapperPtr) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	opacity = 0xFFFFFFFFul * wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
+	SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY",
+		XA_CARDINAL, 32, &opacity, 1L);
+	wmPtr->attributes.alpha = wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
+
+	break;
+    }
+    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
+		&wmPtr->reqState.topmost) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE", wmPtr->reqState.topmost);
+	break;
+    case WMATT_TYPE:
+	if (TCL_OK != SetNetWmType(winPtr, value))
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	break;
+    case WMATT_ZOOMED:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
+		&wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
+		wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
+	SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
+		wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
+	break;
+    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
+		&wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN",
+		wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen);
+	break;
+    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:	/* NOTREACHED */
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmGetAttribute --
+ *
+ * 	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value of the
+ * 	specified attribute.
+ *
+ * See also: CheckNetWmState().
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tcl_Obj *
+WmGetAttribute(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    WmAttribute attribute)	/* Code of attribute to get */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    switch (attribute) {
+    case WMATT_ALPHA:
+	return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
+    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
+	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost);
+    case WMATT_ZOOMED:
+	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed);
+    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
+	return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen);
+    case WMATT_TYPE:
+	return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
+    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:	/*NOTREACHED*/
+	break;
+    }
+    /*NOTREACHED*/
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmAttributesCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
+ *
+ * Syntax:
+ *
+ * 	wm attributes $win ?-attribute ?value attribute value...??
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *
+ *	Attributes of mapped windows are set by sending a _NET_WM_STATE
+ *	ClientMessage to the root window (see SetNetWmState). For withdrawn
+ *	windows, we keep track of the requested attribute state, and set the
+ *	_NET_WM_STATE property ourselves immediately prior to mapping the
+ *	window.
+ *
+ * See also: TIP#231, EWMH.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmAttributesCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    int attribute = 0;
+
+    if (objc == 3) {		/* wm attributes $win */
+	Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
+
+	for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
+		    Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
+		    WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else if (objc == 4) {	/* wm attributes $win -attribute */
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
+		sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) {	/* wm attributes $win -att value... */
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
+	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
+		    sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr,interp,attribute,objv[i+1]) != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmClientCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmClientCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    const char *argv3;
+    int length;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
+		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
+    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
+	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
+	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
+	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
+				"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
+	    }
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
+    }
+    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
+    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	XTextProperty textProp;
+	Tcl_DString ds;
+
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
+	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
+		&textProp) != 0) {
+	    unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid();
+
+	    XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		    &textProp);
+	    XFree((char *) textProp.value);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Inform the server (and more particularly any session manager)
+	     * what our process ID is. We only do this when the CLIENT_MACHINE
+	     * property is set since the spec for _NET_WM_PID requires that to
+	     * be set too.
+	     */
+
+	    SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID", XA_CARDINAL,
+		    32, &pid, 1);
+	}
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmColormapwindowsCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
+ *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmColormapwindowsCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Window *cmapList;
+    TkWindow *winPtr2;
+    int count, i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
+    Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+    if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (XGetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display,
+		wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &cmapList, &count) == 0) {
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+	    if ((i == (count-1))
+		    && (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    winPtr2 = (TkWindow *)
+		   Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, cmapList[i]);
+	    if (winPtr2 == NULL) {
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
+			Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%lx", cmapList[i]));
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr2->pathName, -1));
+	    }
+	}
+	XFree((char *) cmapList);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
+	    != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    cmapList = ckalloc((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(Window));
+    gotToplevel = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
+	Tk_Window mapWin;
+
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
+		&mapWin) != TCL_OK) {
+	    ckfree(cmapList);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) mapWin;
+	if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
+	    gotToplevel = 1;
+	}
+	if (winPtr2->window == None) {
+	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
+	}
+	cmapList[i] = winPtr2->window;
+    }
+    if (!gotToplevel) {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
+	cmapList[windowObjc] = wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
+	windowObjc++;
+    } else {
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
+    XSetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+	    cmapList, windowObjc);
+    ckfree(cmapList);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmCommandCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmCommandCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    const char *argv3;
+    int cmdArgc;
+    const char **cmdArgv;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	    char *arg = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(arg, -1));
+	    ckfree(arg);
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
+	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+	    wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
+	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
+	    }
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+    }
+    wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
+    wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	UpdateCommand(winPtr);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmDeiconifyCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmDeiconifyCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't deiconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
+		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't deiconify %s: it is an embedded window",
+		winPtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
+    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmFocusmodelCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmFocusmodelCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"active", "passive", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
+    int index;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
+	    sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
+	wmPtr->hints.input = False;
+    } else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
+	wmPtr->hints.input = True;
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmForgetCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmForgetCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+
+    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+	TkFocusJoin(winPtr);
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
+	TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
+	winPtr->flags &=
+		~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
+	RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr);
+
+        /*
+         * Make sure wm no longer manages this window
+         */
+        Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Flags (above) must be cleared before calling TkMapTopFrame (below).
+	 */
+
+	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Already not managed by wm - ignore it.
+	 */
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmFrameCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmFrameCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Window window;
+    char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
+
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    window = wmPtr->reparent;
+    if (window == None) {
+	window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+    }
+    sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmGeometryCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmGeometryCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    char xSign, ySign;
+    int width, height;
+    const char *argv3;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
+	ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
+	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	    width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
+		    - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
+	    height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
+		    - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
+	} else {
+	    width = winPtr->changes.width;
+	    height = winPtr->changes.height;
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+		width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->width = -1;
+	wmPtr->height = -1;
+	WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    return ParseGeometry(interp, argv3, winPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmGridCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the
+ *	user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmGridCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
+		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];
+
+	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
+	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
+	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
+	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
+	/*
+	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
+	 * ungridded numbers.
+	 */
+
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
+	if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
+	    wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
+		    - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+	    wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
+		    - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+	}
+	wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
+	wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
+    } else {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (reqWidth < 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "baseWidth can't be < 0", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (reqHeight < 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "baseHeight can't be < 0", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (widthInc <= 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "widthInc can't be <= 0", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (heightInc <= 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "heightInc can't be <= 0", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
+		heightInc);
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmGroupCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmGroupCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin2;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
+    const char *argv3;
+    int length;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
+    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
+	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
+	}
+	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
+    } else {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin2)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ensure that the group leader is actually a Tk toplevel.
+	     */
+
+	    tkwin2 = Tk_Parent(tkwin2);
+	}
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
+	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
+	if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
+	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
+	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
+	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconbitmapCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconbitmapCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    const char *argv3;
+
+    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
+			    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap), -1));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
+	    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
+    } else {
+	pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, argv3);
+	if (pixmap == None) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
+	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconifyCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconifyCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
+		winPtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
+		NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
+		winPtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
+		winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't iconify %s: it is an embedded window",
+		winPtr->pathName));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"couldn't send iconify message to window manager", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconmaskCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconmaskCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Pixmap pixmap;
+    const char *argv3;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
+		    -1));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
+	    Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint;
+    } else {
+	pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, argv3);
+	if (pixmap == None) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = pixmap;
+	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconMaskHint;
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconnameCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconnameCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    const char *argv3;
+    int length;
+
+    if (objc > 4) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    } else {
+	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
+	}
+	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
+	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
+	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
+	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconphotoCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconphotoCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
+    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
+    int i, size = 0, width, height, index = 0, x, y, isDefault = 0;
+    unsigned long *iconPropertyData;
+
+    if (objc < 4) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
+		"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
+	isDefault = 1;
+	if (objc == 4) {
+	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
+		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
+     * buffer large enough to hold all images.
+     */
+
+    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
+	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
+	if (photo == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
+
+	/*
+	 * We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each
+	 * image pixel.
+	 */
+
+	size += 2 + width * height;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
+     * memory space. This is an unsigned long array (despite this being twice
+     * as much as is really needed on LP64 platforms) because that's what X
+     * defines CARD32 arrays to use. [Bug 2902814]
+     */
+
+    iconPropertyData = attemptckalloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
+    if (iconPropertyData == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
+
+    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
+	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
+	if (photo == NULL) {
+	    ckfree((char *) iconPropertyData);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
+	Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
+
+	/*
+	 * Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed
+	 * CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": _NET_WM_ICON
+	 *
+	 * _NET_WM_ICON CARDINAL[][2+n]/32
+	 *
+	 * This is an array of possible icons for the client. This spec. does
+	 * not stipulate what size these icons should be, but individual
+	 * desktop environments or toolkits may do so. The Window Manager MAY
+	 * scale any of these icons to an appropriate size.
+	 *
+	 * This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being
+	 * A, low byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height.
+	 * Data is in rows, left to right and top to bottom. The data will be
+	 * endian-swapped going to the server if necessary. [Bug 2830420]
+	 *
+	 * The image data will be encoded in the iconPropertyData array.
+	 */
+
+	iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) width;
+	iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) height;
+	for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
+	    for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
+		register unsigned char *pixelPtr =
+			block.pixelPtr + x*block.pixelSize + y*block.pitch;
+		register unsigned long R, G, B, A;
+
+		R = pixelPtr[block.offset[0]];
+		G = pixelPtr[block.offset[1]];
+		B = pixelPtr[block.offset[2]];
+		A = pixelPtr[block.offset[3]];
+		iconPropertyData[index++] = A<<24 | R<<16 | G<<8 | B<<0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
+	ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
+	wmPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
+    }
+    if (isDefault) {
+	if (winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
+	}
+	winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
+	winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize = size;
+    } else {
+	wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
+	wmPtr->iconDataSize = size;
+    }
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconpositionCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconpositionCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int x, y;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];
+
+	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
+	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
+    } else {
+	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
+	wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
+	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmIconwindowCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmIconwindowCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Tk_Window tkwin2;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
+    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
+	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Remove the icon window relationship. In principle we should
+	     * also re-enable button events for the window, but this doesn't
+	     * work in general because the window manager is probably
+	     * selecting on them (we'll get an error if we try to re-enable
+	     * the events). So, just leave the icon window event-challenged;
+	     * the user will have to recreate it if they want button events.
+	     */
+
+	    wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
+	    wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
+	    wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1;
+	    wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
+	}
+	wmPtr->icon = NULL;
+    } else {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "can't use %s as icon window: not at top level",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "INNER", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
+	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "%s is already an icon for %s",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "ICON", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
+	    WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
+
+	    wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
+	    wmPtr3->withdrawn = 1;
+	    wmPtr3->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
+	 * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows
+	 * one application at a time to receive button events for a window.
+	 */
+
+	atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask
+		& ~ButtonPressMask;
+	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin2, CWEventMask, &atts);
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
+	if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
+	}
+	wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
+	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
+	wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
+	wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+	if (!wmPtr2->withdrawn && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	    wmPtr2->withdrawn = 0;
+	    if (XWithdrawWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin2),
+		    Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr),
+		    Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin2)) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
+			-1));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    WaitForMapNotify((TkWindow *) tkwin2, 0);
+	}
+    }
+    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmManageCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmManageCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+	if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame,"
+		    " labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
+	winPtr->flags |=
+		TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
+	if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	    TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
+	    TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
+	}
+	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
+	RemapWindows(winPtr, wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
+
+	/*
+	 * Flags (above) must be set before calling TkMapTopFrame (below).
+	 */
+
+	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
+    } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+	/*
+	 * Already managed by wm - ignore it.
+	 */
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmMaxsizeCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmMaxsizeCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int width, height;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
+
+	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
+	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
+	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
+    wmPtr->maxHeight = height;
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+
+    if (width <= 0 && height <= 0) {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PMaxSize;
+    } else {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PMaxSize;
+    }
+
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmMinsizeCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmMinsizeCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int width, height;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
+
+	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth);
+	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    wmPtr->minWidth = width;
+    wmPtr->minHeight = height;
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmOverrideredirectCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
+ *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmOverrideredirectCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    int boolean, curValue;
+    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (curValue != boolean) {
+	/*
+	 * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
+	 * some funky stuff to occur
+	 */
+
+	atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
+	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
+		&atts);
+	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(
+		    (Tk_Window) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr,
+		    CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmPositionfromCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmPositionfromCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"program", "user", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
+    int index;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	const char *sourceStr = "";
+
+	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
+	    sourceStr = "user";
+	} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
+	    sourceStr = "program";
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
+    } else {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (index == OPT_USER) {
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
+	} else {
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PPosition;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmProtocolCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmProtocolCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
+    Atom protocol;
+    const char *cmd;
+    int cmdLength;
+
+    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	/*
+	 * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
+	for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
+		protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window)winPtr, protPtr->protocol),-1));
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
+    if (objc == 4) {
+	/*
+	 * Return the command to handle a given protocol.
+	 */
+
+	for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
+		protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(protPtr->command, -1));
+		return TCL_OK;
+	    }
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Special case for _NET_WM_PING: that's always handled directly.
+     */
+
+    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "_NET_WM_PING") == 0) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"may not alter handling of that protocol", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "PROTOCOL", "RESERVED", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
+     * specified command, unless the command is empty.
+     */
+
+    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
+	    prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
+	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
+		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
+	    } else {
+		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
+	    }
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
+    if (cmdLength > 0) {
+	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
+	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
+	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
+	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
+	protPtr->interp = interp;
+	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
+    }
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmResizableCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmResizableCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int width, height;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
+
+	results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
+	results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
+	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (width) {
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
+    } else {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
+    }
+    if (height) {
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
+    } else {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmSizefromCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmSizefromCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"program", "user", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
+    int index;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	const char *sourceStr = "";
+
+	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
+	    sourceStr = "user";
+	} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
+	    sourceStr = "program";
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
+    } else {
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (index == OPT_USER) {
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
+	} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PSize;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmStackorderCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmStackorderCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"isabove", "isbelow", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
+    int index;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
+	if (windows != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
+
+	    /* ASSERT: true [Bug 1789819]*/
+	    for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj((*window_ptr)->pathName, -1));
+	    }
+	    ckfree(windows);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tk_Window relWin;
+	TkWindow *winPtr2;
+	int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
+
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], &relWin) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) relWin;
+
+	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window",
+		    winPtr2->pathName));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr->pathName));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr2->pathName));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
+	 * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
+	 */
+
+	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
+	if (windows == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", -1));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
+	    if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
+		index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
+	    }
+	    if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
+		index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
+	    }
+	}
+	/* ASSERT: index1 != -1 && index2 != -2 [Bug 1789819] */
+	ckfree(windows);
+
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
+	    result = index1 > index2;
+	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
+	    result = index1 < index2;
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmStateCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmStateCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+	"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL };
+    enum options {
+	OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN };
+    int index;
+
+    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 4) {
+	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
+		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
+	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
+	    (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+	} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
+	    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
+			winPtr->pathName));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
+			"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
+			winPtr->pathName));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
+			NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"couldn't send iconify message to window manager",
+			-1));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else { /* OPT_WITHDRAWN */
+	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
+	    if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
+			-1));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	const char *state;
+
+	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	    state = "icon";
+	} else if (wmPtr->withdrawn) {
+	    state = "withdrawn";
+	} else if (Tk_IsMapped((Tk_Window) winPtr)
+		|| ((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
+			&& (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState))) {
+	    state = "normal";
+	} else {
+	    state = "iconic";
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(state, -1));
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmTitleCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmTitleCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    const char *argv3;
+    int length;
+
+    if (objc > 4) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (wmPtr->title) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
+	}
+	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
+	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
+	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
+
+	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmTransientCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmTransientCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, *w;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
+
+    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (masterPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) masterPtr));
+	}
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
+	if (masterPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
+	     * anymore
+	     */
+
+	    masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
+	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
+		    WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
+
+	    /*
+	     * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
+	     * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
+	     * decorations.
+	     */
+	}
+
+	wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    } else {
+	Tk_Window masterWin;
+
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &masterWin)!=TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	masterPtr = (TkWindow *) masterWin;
+	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
+	     */
+
+	    masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
+	}
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
+
+	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+	if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
+	}
+
+	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
+		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
+	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
+	     w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) {
+	    if (w == winPtr) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
+		    Tk_PathName(masterPtr)));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
+	    /*
+	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
+	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
+	     * reflect the state of the master.
+	     */
+
+	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+		wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
+		Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
+			StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
+	    }
+
+	    masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
+	    Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
+		    StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
+
+	    wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+	}
+    }
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
+	    if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
+			-1));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+		XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display,
+			wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+			wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
+	    } else {
+		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmWithdrawCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmWithdrawCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
+		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
+    if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", -1));
+	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
+ * update.
+ */
+
+static void
+WmUpdateGeom(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a toplevel
+ * that is the master of a transient toplevel.
+ */
+
+static void
+WmWaitMapProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+    TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
+
+    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
+	if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
+	    (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
+	(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_SetGrid --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
+ *	coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
+ *	provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
+ *	usually associated with the -setgrid option.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
+ *	the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
+ *	units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
+ *	top-level window then this function call has no effect.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_SetGrid(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. New window mgr info will
+				 * be posted for the top-level window
+				 * associated with this window. */
+    int reqWidth,		/* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
+				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+    int reqHeight,		/* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
+				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+    int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
+				 * of one grid unit. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
+     */
+
+    if (widthInc <= 0) {
+	widthInc = 1;
+    }
+    if (heightInc <= 0) {
+	heightInc = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
+     * information.
+     */
+
+    while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
+	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
+	if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window is being deleted... just skip this operation.
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ((wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) && (wmPtr->gridWin != tkwin)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
+	    && (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
+	    && (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
+	    && (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
+	    && ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
+		    == (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
+     * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
+     * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
+     * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
+     * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
+     * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
+     * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
+     * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was
+     * called.
+     */
+
+    if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	wmPtr->width = -1;
+	wmPtr->height = -1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
+     * of this information to the window manager.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
+    wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
+    wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
+    wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
+    wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
+    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_UnsetGrid --
+ *
+ *	This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
+ *	gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
+ *	controls gridding then this function has no effect.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_UnsetGrid(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window that is currently
+				 * controlling gridding. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
+     * information.
+     */
+
+    while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
+	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
+	if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window is being deleted... just skip this operation.
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
+    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
+    if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
+	wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
+		- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+	wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
+		- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+    }
+    wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
+    wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
+
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ConfigureEvent --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to handle ConfigureNotify events on wrapper
+ *	windows.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window and
+ *	the toplevel itself gets repositioned within the wrapper.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ConfigureEvent(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Information about toplevel window. */
+    XConfigureEvent *configEventPtr)
+				/* Event that just occurred for
+				 * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+    /*
+     * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of tricky
+     * points here:
+     *
+     * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width and
+     *    wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been invoked
+     *    with the same information.
+     * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming
+     *    from us (WM_SYNC_PENDING is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or
+     *    wmPtr->height if they were previously -1 (otherwise the window will
+     *    stop tracking geometry manager requests).
+     */
+
+    if (((wrapperPtr->changes.width != configEventPtr->width)
+	    || (wrapperPtr->changes.height != configEventPtr->height))
+	    && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
+	if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	    printf("TopLevelEventProc: user changed %s size to %dx%d\n",
+		    winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->width,
+		    configEventPtr->height);
+	}
+	if ((wmPtr->width == -1)
+		&& (configEventPtr->width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it from
+	     * what the widgets asked for.
+	     */
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Note: if this window is embedded then don't set the external
+	     * size, since it came from the containing application, not the
+	     * user. In this case we want to keep sending our size requests to
+	     * the containing application; if the user fixes the size of that
+	     * application then it will still percolate down to us in the
+	     * right way.
+	     */
+
+	    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+		if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+		    wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
+			    + (configEventPtr->width
+			    - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
+		    if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
+			wmPtr->width = 0;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    wmPtr->width = configEventPtr->width;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if ((wmPtr->height == -1)
+		&& (configEventPtr->height ==
+			(winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
+	    /*
+	     * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it from
+	     * what the widgets asked for.
+	     */
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * See note for wmPtr->width about not setting external size for
+	     * embedded windows.
+	     */
+
+	    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+		if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+		    wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
+			    + (configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight
+			    - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
+		    if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
+			wmPtr->height = 0;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    wmPtr->height = configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	wmPtr->configWidth = configEventPtr->width;
+	wmPtr->configHeight = configEventPtr->height;
+    }
+
+    if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("ConfigureEvent: %s x = %d y = %d, width = %d, height = %d\n",
+		winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->x, configEventPtr->y,
+		configEventPtr->width, configEventPtr->height);
+	printf("    send_event = %d, serial = %ld (win %p, wrapper %p)\n",
+		configEventPtr->send_event, configEventPtr->serial,
+		winPtr, wrapperPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr->changes.width = configEventPtr->width;
+    wrapperPtr->changes.height = configEventPtr->height;
+    wrapperPtr->changes.border_width = configEventPtr->border_width;
+    wrapperPtr->changes.sibling = configEventPtr->above;
+    wrapperPtr->changes.stack_mode = Above;
+
+    /*
+     * Reparenting window managers make life difficult. If the window manager
+     * reparents a top-level window then the x and y information that comes in
+     * events for the window is wrong: it gives the location of the window
+     * inside its decorative parent, rather than the location of the window in
+     * root coordinates, which is what we want. Window managers are supposed
+     * to send synthetic events with the correct information, but ICCCM
+     * doesn't require them to do this under all conditions, and the
+     * information provided doesn't include everything we need here. So, the
+     * code below maintains a bunch of information about the parent window.
+     * If the window hasn't been reparented, we pretend that there is a parent
+     * shrink-wrapped around the window.
+     */
+
+    if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("    %s parent == %p, above %p\n",
+		winPtr->pathName, (void *) wmPtr->reparent,
+		(void *) configEventPtr->above);
+    }
+
+    if ((wmPtr->reparent == None) || !ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) {
+	wmPtr->parentWidth = configEventPtr->width
+		+ 2*configEventPtr->border_width;
+	wmPtr->parentHeight = configEventPtr->height
+		+ 2*configEventPtr->border_width;
+	wrapperPtr->changes.x = wmPtr->x = configEventPtr->x;
+	wrapperPtr->changes.y = wmPtr->y = configEventPtr->y;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
+	    wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth);
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
+	    wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure that the toplevel and menubar are properly positioned within
+     * the wrapper. If the menuHeight happens to be zero, we'll get a BadValue
+     * X error that we want to ignore [Bug: 3377]
+     */
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+    XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, 0,
+	    wmPtr->menuHeight, (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
+	    (unsigned) (wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight));
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL)
+	    && ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wrapperPtr->changes.width)
+	    || (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0, wrapperPtr->changes.width,
+		wmPtr->menuHeight);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Update the coordinates in the toplevel (they should refer to the
+     * position in root window coordinates, not the coordinates of the wrapper
+     * window). Then synthesize a ConfigureNotify event to tell the
+     * application about the change.
+     */
+
+    winPtr->changes.x = wrapperPtr->changes.x;
+    winPtr->changes.y = wrapperPtr->changes.y + wmPtr->menuHeight;
+    winPtr->changes.width = wrapperPtr->changes.width;
+    winPtr->changes.height = wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight;
+    TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ReparentEvent --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to handle ReparentNotify events on wrapper
+ *	windows.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+ReparentEvent(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Information about toplevel window. */
+    XReparentEvent *reparentEventPtr)
+				/* Event that just occurred for
+				 * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr, **vrPtrPtr;
+    Atom actualType;
+    int actualFormat;
+    unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
+    unsigned dummy;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
+    Atom WM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__WM_ROOT");
+    Atom SWM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__SWM_ROOT");
+
+    /*
+     * Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of
+     * virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a property
+     * named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives the id for a
+     * virtual root window that should be used instead of the root window of
+     * the screen.
+     */
+
+    vRoot = RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum);
+    wmPtr->vRoot = None;
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
+    vrPtrPtr = &virtualRootPtr;		/* Silence GCC warning */
+    if ((GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, WM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW,
+	    &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr)
+	    && (actualType == XA_WINDOW))
+	|| (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, SWM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW,
+	    &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr)
+	    && (actualType == XA_WINDOW))) {
+	if ((actualFormat == 32) && (numItems == 1)) {
+	    vRoot = wmPtr->vRoot = *virtualRootPtr;
+	} else if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	    printf("%s format %d numItems %ld\n",
+		    "ReparentEvent got bogus VROOT property:", actualFormat,
+		    numItems);
+	}
+	XFree((char *) virtualRootPtr);
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+
+    if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("ReparentEvent: %s (%p) reparented to 0x%x, vRoot = 0x%x\n",
+		wmPtr->winPtr->pathName, wmPtr->winPtr,
+		(unsigned) reparentEventPtr->parent, (unsigned) vRoot);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Fetch correct geometry information for the new virtual root.
+     */
+
+    UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * If the window's new parent is the root window, then mark it as no
+     * longer reparented.
+     */
+
+    if (reparentEventPtr->parent == vRoot) {
+    noReparent:
+	wmPtr->reparent = None;
+	wmPtr->parentWidth = wrapperPtr->changes.width;
+	wmPtr->parentHeight = wrapperPtr->changes.height;
+	wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0;
+	wrapperPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x;
+	wrapperPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y;
+	wmPtr->winPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x;
+	wmPtr->winPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y + wmPtr->menuHeight;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Search up the window hierarchy to find the ancestor of this window that
+     * is just below the (virtual) root. This is tricky because it's possible
+     * that things have changed since the event was generated so that the
+     * ancestry indicated by the event no longer exists. If this happens then
+     * an error will occur and we just discard the event (there will be a more
+     * up-to-date ReparentNotify event coming later).
+     */
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
+    wmPtr->reparent = reparentEventPtr->parent;
+    while (1) {
+	if (XQueryTree(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, &dummy2,
+		&ancestor, &children, &dummy) == 0) {
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	    goto noReparent;
+	}
+	XFree((char *) children);
+	if ((ancestor == vRoot) ||
+		(ancestor == RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display,
+		wrapperPtr->screenNum))) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	wmPtr->reparent = ancestor;
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+
+    if (!ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) {
+	goto noReparent;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ComputeReparentGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to recompute geometry information related to
+ *	a reparented top-level window, such as the position and total size of
+ *	the parent and the position within it of the top-level window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is 1 if everything completed successfully and 0 if an
+ *	error occurred while querying information about winPtr's parents. In
+ *	this case winPtr is marked as no longer being reparented.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Geometry information in wmPtr, wmPtr->winPtr, and wmPtr->wrapperPtr
+ *	gets updated.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ComputeReparentGeometry(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)		/* Information about toplevel window whose
+				 * reparent info is to be recomputed. */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    int width, height, bd;
+    unsigned dummy;
+    int xOffset, yOffset, x, y;
+    Window dummy2;
+    Status status;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
+    (void) XTranslateCoordinates(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
+	    wmPtr->reparent, 0, 0, &xOffset, &yOffset, &dummy2);
+    status = XGetGeometry(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent,
+	    &dummy2, &x, &y, (unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height,
+	    (unsigned *) &bd, &dummy);
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    if (status == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * It appears that the reparented parent went away and no-one told us.
+	 * Reset the window to indicate that it's not reparented.
+	 */
+
+	wmPtr->reparent = None;
+	wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    wmPtr->xInParent = xOffset + bd;
+    wmPtr->yInParent = yOffset + bd;
+    wmPtr->parentWidth = width + 2*bd;
+    wmPtr->parentHeight = height + 2*bd;
+
+    /*
+     * Some tricky issues in updating wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y:
+     *
+     * 1. Don't update them if the event occurred because of something we did
+     * (i.e. WM_SYNC_PENDING and WM_MOVE_PENDING are both set). This is
+     * because window managers treat coords differently than Tk, and no two
+     * window managers are alike. If the window manager moved the window
+     * because we told it to, remember the coordinates we told it, not the
+     * ones it actually moved it to. This allows us to move the window back to
+     * the same coordinates later and get the same result. Without this check,
+     * windows can "walk" across the screen under some conditions.
+     *
+     * 2. Don't update wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y unless wrapperPtr->changes.x or
+     * wrapperPtr->changes.y has changed (otherwise a size change can spoof us
+     * into thinking that the position changed too and defeat the intent of
+     * (1) above.
+     *
+     * (As of 9/96 the above 2 comments appear to be stale. They're being left
+     * in place as a reminder of what was once true (and perhaps should still
+     * be true?)).
+     *
+     * 3. Ignore size changes coming from the window system if we're about to
+     * change the size ourselves but haven't seen the event for it yet: our
+     * size change is supposed to take priority.
+     */
+
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
+	    && ((wrapperPtr->changes.x != (x + wmPtr->xInParent))
+	    || (wrapperPtr->changes.y != (y + wmPtr->yInParent)))) {
+	wmPtr->x = x;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
+	    wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth);
+	}
+	wmPtr->y = y;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
+	    wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight);
+	}
+    }
+
+    wrapperPtr->changes.x = x + wmPtr->xInParent;
+    wrapperPtr->changes.y = y + wmPtr->yInParent;
+    if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("wrapperPtr %p coords %d,%d\n",
+		wrapperPtr, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y);
+	printf("     wmPtr %p coords %d,%d, offsets %d %d\n",
+		wmPtr, wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, wmPtr->xInParent, wmPtr->yInParent);
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PropertyEvent --
+ *
+ *	Handle PropertyNotify events on wrapper windows. The following
+ *	properties are of interest:
+ *
+ *	_NET_WM_STATE:
+ *		Used to keep wmPtr->attributes up to date.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+PropertyEvent(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Information about toplevel window. */
+    XPropertyEvent *eventPtr)	/* PropertyNotify event structure */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    Atom _NET_WM_STATE =
+	    Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE");
+
+    if (eventPtr->atom == _NET_WM_STATE) {
+	Atom actualType;
+	int actualFormat;
+	unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
+	unsigned char *propertyValue = 0;
+	long maxLength = 1024;
+
+	if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, _NET_WM_STATE, maxLength, XA_ATOM,
+		&actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter,
+		&propertyValue)) {
+	    CheckNetWmState(wmPtr, (Atom *) propertyValue, (int) numItems);
+	    XFree(propertyValue);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WrapperEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the event loop when a wrapper window is
+ *	restructured.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
+ *	the structural change.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static const unsigned WrapperEventMask =
+	(StructureNotifyMask | PropertyChangeMask);
+
+static void
+WrapperEventProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about toplevel window. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event that just happened. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData;
+    XEvent mapEvent;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
+
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
+    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
+	Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+	if (!(wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
+	    /*
+	     * A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
+	     * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
+	     * best we can. The error handler is needed because
+	     * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
+	     * it's already gone.
+	     */
+
+	    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wmPtr->winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
+		    NULL, NULL);
+	    Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr);
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	}
+	if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	    printf("TopLevelEventProc: %s deleted\n", wmPtr->winPtr->pathName);
+	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
+	/*
+	 * Ignore the event if the window has never been mapped yet. Such an
+	 * event occurs only in weird cases like changing the internal border
+	 * width of a top-level window, which results in a synthetic Configure
+	 * event. These events are not relevant to us, and if we process them
+	 * confusion may result (e.g. we may conclude erroneously that the
+	 * user repositioned or resized the window).
+	 */
+
+	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	    ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xconfigure);
+	}
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
+	wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
+	wmPtr->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
+	XMapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window);
+	goto doMapEvent;
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
+	wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
+	wmPtr->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
+	XUnmapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window);
+	goto doMapEvent;
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
+	ReparentEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xreparent);
+    } else if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) {
+	PropertyEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xproperty);
+    }
+    return;
+
+  doMapEvent:
+    mapEvent = *eventPtr;
+    mapEvent.xmap.event = wmPtr->winPtr->window;
+    mapEvent.xmap.window = wmPtr->winPtr->window;
+    Tk_HandleEvent(&mapEvent);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TopLevelReqProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
+ *	requested size for a top-level window is changed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
+ *	happens as a when-idle action).
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+TopLevelReqProc(
+    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Information about window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ((wmPtr->width >= 0) && (wmPtr->height >= 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we should
+	 * ignore the geometry request. It's actually important to ignore the
+	 * geometry request because, due to quirks in window managers,
+	 * invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the window to move. For
+	 * example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was invoked, the window may be
+	 * positioned incorrectly the first time it appears (because we didn't
+	 * know the proper width of the window manager borders); if we invoke
+	 * UpdateGeometryInfo again, the window will be positioned correctly,
+	 * which may cause it to jump on the screen.
+	 */
+
+	return;
+    }
+
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner then we
+     * have to move it as well.
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y)) {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateGeometryInfo --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
+ *	also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of
+ *	a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the
+ *	user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the window
+ *	manager has responded to the geometry change.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The size and location of both the toplevel window and its wrapper may
+ *	change, unless the WM prevents that from happening.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateGeometryInfo(
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to the window's record. */
+{
+    register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int x, y, width, height, min, max;
+    unsigned long serial;
+
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+
+    /*
+     * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
+     * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
+     * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
+     * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
+     * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
+     * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't
+     * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
+	width = winPtr->reqWidth;
+    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	width = winPtr->reqWidth
+		+ (wmPtr->width - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+    } else {
+	width = wmPtr->width;
+    }
+    if (width <= 0) {
+	width = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Account for window max/min width
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	min = winPtr->reqWidth
+		+ (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+	if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
+	    max = winPtr->reqWidth
+		+ (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+	} else {
+	    max = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	min = wmPtr->minWidth;
+	max = wmPtr->maxWidth;
+    }
+    if (width < min) {
+	width = min;
+    } else if ((max > 0) && (width > max)) {
+	width = max;
+    }
+
+    if (wmPtr->height == -1) {
+	height = winPtr->reqHeight;
+    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	height = winPtr->reqHeight
+		+ (wmPtr->height - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+    } else {
+	height = wmPtr->height;
+    }
+    if (height <= 0) {
+	height = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Account for window max/min height
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	min = winPtr->reqHeight
+		+ (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+	if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
+	    max = winPtr->reqHeight
+		+ (wmPtr->maxHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+	} else {
+	    max = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	min = wmPtr->minHeight;
+	max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
+    }
+    if (height < min) {
+	height = min;
+    } else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
+	height = max;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
+     * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
+     * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
+     * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
+     * of this code.
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
+	x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x
+		- (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width));
+    } else {
+	x = wmPtr->x;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
+	y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y
+		- (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height));
+    } else {
+	y = wmPtr->y;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to
+     * not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints.
+     * There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
+     * else, too.
+     */
+
+    if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
+	    || (height != winPtr->changes.height))
+	    && (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL)
+	    && !(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PMinSize|PMaxSize))) {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS) {
+	UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, width, height);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. A few
+     * tricky points:
+     *
+     * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this process,
+     *    don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on
+     *    to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
+     *    embedded windows are not allowed to move.
+     * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we
+     *    asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the
+     *    size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
+     * 3. Can't just reconfigure always, because we may not get a
+     *    ConfigureNotify event back if nothing changed, so
+     *    WaitForConfigureNotify will hang a long time.
+     * 4. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it.
+     *	  This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as
+     *	  of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to
+     *	  ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift
+     *	  position on the screen.
+     */
+
+    if ((winPtr->flags & (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES))
+	    == (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
+	TkWindow *childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
+
+	/*
+	 * This window is embedded and the container is also in this process,
+	 * so we don't need to do anything special about the geometry, except
+	 * to make sure that the desired size is known by the container. Also,
+	 * zero out any position information, since embedded windows are not
+	 * allowed to move.
+	 */
+
+	wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0;
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
+	height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
+	if (childPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) childPtr, width, height);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+    serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
+    height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) {
+	if ((x + wmPtr->xInParent == winPtr->changes.x) &&
+		(y+wmPtr->yInParent+wmPtr->menuHeight == winPtr->changes.y)
+		&& (width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
+		&& (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother to
+	     * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so
+	     * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the
+	     * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while.
+	     */
+
+	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+	    return;
+	}
+	wmPtr->configWidth = width;
+	wmPtr->configHeight = height;
+	if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	    printf("UpdateGeometryInfo moving to %d %d, resizing to %dx%d,\n",
+		    x, y, width, height);
+	}
+	XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, x, y,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else if ((width != wmPtr->configWidth)
+	    || (height != wmPtr->configHeight)) {
+	if ((width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
+		&& (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window is already just the size we want, so don't bother to
+	     * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so
+	     * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the
+	     * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while.
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+	wmPtr->configWidth = width;
+	wmPtr->configHeight = height;
+	if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	    printf("UpdateGeometryInfo resizing %p to %d x %d\n",
+		    (void *) wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, width, height);
+	}
+	XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL)
+	    && ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
+	    || (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
+	/*
+	 * It is possible that the window's overall size has not changed but
+	 * the menu size has.
+	 */
+
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0,
+		wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width, wmPtr->menuHeight);
+	XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
+    } else {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for the configure operation to complete. Don't need to do this,
+     * however, if the window is about to be mapped: it will be taken care of
+     * elsewhere.
+     */
+
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP)) {
+	WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateSizeHints --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to update the window manager's size hints
+ *	information from the information in a WmInfo structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties get changed for winPtr.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateSizeHints(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,
+    int newWidth,
+    int newHeight)
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    XSizeHints *hintsPtr;
+    int maxWidth, maxHeight;
+
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+
+    hintsPtr = XAllocSizeHints();
+    if (hintsPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Compute the pixel-based sizes for the various fields in the size hints
+     * structure, based on the grid-based sizes in our structure.
+     */
+
+    GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight);
+    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	hintsPtr->base_width = winPtr->reqWidth
+		- (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
+	if (hintsPtr->base_width < 0) {
+	    hintsPtr->base_width = 0;
+	}
+	hintsPtr->base_height = winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight
+		- (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
+	if (hintsPtr->base_height < 0) {
+	    hintsPtr->base_height = 0;
+	}
+	hintsPtr->min_width = hintsPtr->base_width
+		+ (wmPtr->minWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
+	hintsPtr->min_height = hintsPtr->base_height
+		+ (wmPtr->minHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
+	hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->base_width
+		+ (maxWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
+	hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->base_height
+		+ (maxHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
+    } else {
+	hintsPtr->min_width = wmPtr->minWidth;
+	hintsPtr->min_height = wmPtr->minHeight;
+	hintsPtr->max_width = maxWidth;
+	hintsPtr->max_height = maxHeight;
+	hintsPtr->base_width = 0;
+	hintsPtr->base_height = 0;
+    }
+    hintsPtr->width_inc = wmPtr->widthInc;
+    hintsPtr->height_inc = wmPtr->heightInc;
+    hintsPtr->min_aspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.x;
+    hintsPtr->min_aspect.y = wmPtr->minAspect.y;
+    hintsPtr->max_aspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.x;
+    hintsPtr->max_aspect.y = wmPtr->maxAspect.y;
+    hintsPtr->win_gravity = wmPtr->gravity;
+    hintsPtr->flags = wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags | PMinSize;
+
+    /*
+     * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
+     * maximum dimensions to be the same.
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
+	hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->min_width = newWidth;
+	hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
+	hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->min_height =
+		newHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight;
+	hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize;
+    }
+
+    XSetWMNormalHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, hintsPtr);
+
+    XFree((char *) hintsPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateTitle --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to update the window title and icon name. It
+ *	sets the ICCCM-defined properties WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME for older
+ *	window managers, and the freedesktop.org-defined _NET_WM_NAME and
+ *	_NET_WM_ICON_NAME properties for newer ones. The ICCCM properties are
+ *	stored in the system encoding, the newer properties are stored in
+ *	UTF-8.
+ *
+ *	NOTE: the ICCCM specifies that WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME are stored in
+ *	ISO-Latin-1. Tk has historically used the default system encoding
+ *	(since 8.1). It's not clear whether this is correct or not.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties get changed for winPtr.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateTitle(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Atom XA_UTF8_STRING = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "UTF8_STRING");
+    const char *string;
+    Tcl_DString ds;
+
+    /*
+     * Set window title:
+     */
+
+    string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid;
+    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds);
+    XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+	    Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+
+    SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_NAME", XA_UTF8_STRING, 8,
+	    string, strlen(string));
+
+    /*
+     * Set icon name:
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->iconName, -1, &ds);
+	XSetIconName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+
+	SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME",
+		XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, wmPtr->iconName, strlen(wmPtr->iconName));
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdatePhotoIcon --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to update the window photo icon. It sets the
+ *	EWMH-defined properties _NET_WM_ICON.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties get changed for winPtr.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdatePhotoIcon(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    unsigned char *data = wmPtr->iconDataPtr;
+    int size = wmPtr->iconDataSize;
+
+    if (data == NULL) {
+	data = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr;
+	size = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize;
+    }
+    if (data != NULL) {
+	SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON", XA_CARDINAL, 32,
+		data, size);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SetNetWmState --
+ *
+ * 	Sets the specified state property by sending a _NET_WM_STATE
+ * 	ClientMessage to the root window.
+ *
+ * Preconditions:
+ * 	Wrapper window must be created.
+ *
+ * See also:
+ * 	UpdateNetWmState; EWMH spec, section _NET_WM_STATE.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE    0l
+#define _NET_WM_STATE_ADD       1l
+#define _NET_WM_STATE_TOGGLE    2l
+
+static void
+SetNetWmState(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,
+    const char *atomName,
+    int on)
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+    Atom messageType = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE");
+    Atom action = on ? _NET_WM_STATE_ADD : _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE;
+    Atom property = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, atomName);
+    XEvent e;
+
+    if (!winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    e.xany.type = ClientMessage;
+    e.xany.window = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
+    e.xclient.message_type = messageType;
+    e.xclient.format = 32;
+    e.xclient.data.l[0] = action;
+    e.xclient.data.l[1] = property;
+    e.xclient.data.l[2] = e.xclient.data.l[3] = e.xclient.data.l[4] = 0l;
+
+    XSendEvent(winPtr->display,
+	RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0,
+	SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, &e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CheckNetWmState --
+ *
+ * 	Updates the window attributes whenever the _NET_WM_STATE property
+ * 	changes.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *
+ * 	Tk uses a single -zoomed state, while the EWMH spec supports separate
+ * 	vertical and horizontal maximization. We consider the window to be
+ * 	"zoomed" if _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT and
+ * 	_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ are both set.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+CheckNetWmState(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,
+    Atom *atoms,
+    int numAtoms)
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    int i;
+    Atom _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE
+	    = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE"),
+	_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT
+	    = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT"),
+	_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ
+	    = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ"),
+	_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN
+	    = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
+
+    wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
+    wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
+    wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < numAtoms; ++i) {
+	if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE) {
+	    wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 1;
+	} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT) {
+	    wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 1;
+	} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ) {
+	    wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 2;
+	} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN) {
+	    wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = (wmPtr->attributes.zoomed == 3);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateNetWmState --
+ *
+ * 	Sets the _NET_WM_STATE property to match the requested attribute state
+ * 	just prior to mapping a withdrawn window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS 4
+
+static void
+UpdateNetWmState(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)
+{
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    Atom atoms[NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS];
+    long numAtoms = 0;
+
+    if (wmPtr->reqState.topmost) {
+	atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE");
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) {
+	atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT");
+	atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ");
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) {
+	atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
+    }
+
+    SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE", XA_ATOM, 32, atoms,
+	    numAtoms);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WaitForConfigureNotify --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window
+ *	manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to arrive, signalling
+ *	that the window manager has seen an attempt on our part to move or
+ *	resize a top-level window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Delays the execution of the process until a ConfigureNotify event
+ *	arrives with serial number at least as great as serial. This is useful
+ *	for two reasons:
+ *
+ *	1. It's important to distinguish ConfigureNotify events that are
+ *	   coming in response to a request we've made from those generated
+ *	   spontaneously by the user. The reason for this is that if the user
+ *	   resizes the window we take that as an order to ignore geometry
+ *	   requests coming from inside the window hierarchy. If we
+ *	   accidentally interpret a response to our request as a user-
+ *	   initiated action, the window will stop responding to new geometry
+ *	   requests. To make this distinction, (a) this function sets a flag
+ *	   for TopLevelEventProc to indicate that we're waiting to sync with
+ *	   the wm, and (b) all changes to the size of a top-level window are
+ *	   followed by calls to this function.
+ *	2. Races and confusion can come about if there are multiple operations
+ *	   outstanding at a time (e.g. two different resizes of the top-level
+ *	   window: it's hard to tell which of the ConfigureNotify events
+ *	   coming back is for which request).
+ *	While waiting, some events covered by StructureNotifyMask are
+ *	processed (ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, and UnmapNotify) and all others
+ *	are deferred.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WaitForConfigureNotify(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Top-level window for which we want to see a
+				 * ConfigureNotify. */
+    unsigned long serial)	/* Serial number of resize request. Want to be
+				 * sure wm has seen this. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    XEvent event;
+    int diff, code;
+    int gotConfig = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * One more tricky detail about this function. In some cases the window
+     * manager will decide to ignore a configure request (e.g. because it
+     * thinks the window is already in the right place). To avoid hanging in
+     * this situation, only wait for a few seconds, then give up.
+     */
+
+    while (!gotConfig) {
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+	code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr, ConfigureNotify, &event);
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+	if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+		printf("WaitForConfigureNotify giving up on %s\n",
+			winPtr->pathName);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	diff = event.xconfigure.serial - serial;
+	if (diff >= 0) {
+	    gotConfig = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+    if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("WaitForConfigureNotify finished with %s, serial %ld\n",
+		winPtr->pathName, serial);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WaitForEvent --
+ *
+ *	This function is used by WaitForConfigureNotify and WaitForMapNotify
+ *	to wait for an event of a certain type to arrive.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Under normal conditions, TCL_OK is returned and an event for display
+ *	and window that matches "mask" is stored in *eventPtr. This event has
+ *	already been processed by Tk before this function returns. If a long
+ *	time goes by with no event of the right type arriving, or if an error
+ *	occurs while waiting for the event to arrive, then TCL_ERROR is
+ *	returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	While waiting for the desired event to occur, Configurenotify,
+ *	MapNotify, and UnmapNotify events for window are processed, as are all
+ *	ReparentNotify events.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WaitForEvent(
+    Display *display,		/* Display event is coming from. */
+    WmInfo *wmInfoPtr,		/* Window for which event is desired. */
+    int type,			/* Type of event that is wanted. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Place to store event. */
+{
+    WaitRestrictInfo info;
+    Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc;
+    ClientData prevArg;
+    Tcl_Time timeout;
+
+    /*
+     * Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and a timer
+     * handler, then wait for events until we get the event we want or a
+     * timeout happens.
+     */
+
+    info.display = display;
+    info.wmInfoPtr = wmInfoPtr;
+    info.type = type;
+    info.eventPtr = eventPtr;
+    info.foundEvent = 0;
+    prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(WaitRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg);
+
+    Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
+    timeout.sec += 2;
+
+    while (!info.foundEvent) {
+	if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
+    if (info.foundEvent) {
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WaitRestrictProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is a Tk_RestrictProc that is used to filter events while
+ *	WaitForEvent is active.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if the right event is found. Also returns
+ *	TK_PROCESS_EVENT if any ReparentNotify event is found or if the event
+ *	is a ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, or UnmapNotify for window. Otherwise
+ *	returns TK_DEFER_EVENT.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	An event may get stored in the area indicated by the caller of
+ *	WaitForEvent.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tk_RestrictAction
+WaitRestrictProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event that is about to be handled. */
+{
+    WaitRestrictInfo *infoPtr = clientData;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
+	return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
+    }
+    if (((eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window)
+	    && (eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent))
+	    || (eventPtr->xany.display != infoPtr->display)) {
+	return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+    }
+    if (eventPtr->type == infoPtr->type) {
+	*infoPtr->eventPtr = *eventPtr;
+	infoPtr->foundEvent = 1;
+	return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
+    }
+    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify || eventPtr->type == MapNotify
+	    || eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
+	return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
+    }
+    return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WaitForMapNotify --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window
+ *	manager. It waits for the window's mapped state to reach the value
+ *	given by mapped.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Delays the execution of the process until winPtr becomes mapped or
+ *	unmapped, depending on the "mapped" argument. This allows us to
+ *	synchronize with the window manager, and allows us to identify changes
+ *	in window size that come about when the window manager first starts
+ *	managing the window (as opposed to those requested interactively by
+ *	the user later). See the comments for WaitForConfigureNotify and
+ *	WM_SYNC_PENDING. While waiting, some events covered by
+ *	StructureNotifyMask are processed and all others are deferred.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+WaitForMapNotify(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Top-level window for which we want to see a
+				 * particular mapping state. */
+    int mapped)			/* If non-zero, wait for window to become
+				 * mapped, otherwise wait for it to become
+				 * unmapped. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    XEvent event;
+    int code;
+
+    while (1) {
+	if (mapped) {
+	    if (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+	code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr,
+		mapped ? MapNotify : UnmapNotify, &event);
+	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+	if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	    /*
+	     * There are some bizarre situations in which the window manager
+	     * can't respond or chooses not to (e.g. if we've got a grab set
+	     * it can't respond). If this happens then just quit.
+	     */
+
+	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+		printf("WaitForMapNotify giving up on %s\n", winPtr->pathName);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+    if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("WaitForMapNotify finished with %s (winPtr %p, wmPtr %p)\n",
+		winPtr->pathName, winPtr, wmPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateHints --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to update the window manager's hints
+ *	information from the information in a WmInfo structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Properties get changed for winPtr.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateHints(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	return;
+    }
+    XSetWMHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &wmPtr->hints);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SetNetWmType --
+ *
+ *	Set the extended window manager hints for a toplevel window to the
+ *	types provided. The specification states that this may be a list of
+ *	window types in preferred order. To permit for future type
+ *	definitions, the set of names is unconstrained and names are converted
+ *	to upper-case and appended to "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_" before being
+ *	converted to an Atom.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+SetNetWmType(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,
+    Tcl_Obj *typePtr)
+{
+    Atom *atoms = NULL;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    Tcl_Obj **objv;
+    int objc, n;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
+
+    if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, typePtr, &objc, &objv)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
+	return TCL_OK; /* error?? */
+    }
+
+    if (objc > 0) {
+	atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
+    }
+
+    for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
+	Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
+	int len;
+	char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);
+
+	Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
+	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
+		Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&dsName);
+	atoms[n] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+    }
+
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
+    }
+
+    SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", XA_ATOM, 32,
+	    atoms, objc);
+
+    ckfree(atoms);
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetNetWmType --
+ *
+ *	Read the extended window manager type hint from a window and return as
+ *	a list of names suitable for use with SetNetWmType.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static Tcl_Obj *
+GetNetWmType(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    Atom typeAtom, actualType, *atoms;
+    int actualFormat;
+    unsigned long n, count, bytesAfter;
+    unsigned char *propertyValue = NULL;
+    long maxLength = 1024;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
+    Tcl_Obj *typePtr;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+    Tcl_DString ds;
+
+    interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
+    typePtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+
+    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(winPtr->wmInfoPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
+
+    typeAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE");
+    if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, typeAtom, maxLength, XA_ATOM,
+	    &actualType, &actualFormat, &count, &bytesAfter, &propertyValue)){
+	atoms = (Atom *) propertyValue;
+	for (n = 0; n < count; ++n) {
+	    const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, atoms[n]);
+
+	    if (strncmp("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", name, 20) == 0) {
+		Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, name+20, -1, &ds);
+		Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, typePtr,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
+				Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
+		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+	    }
+	}
+	XFree(propertyValue);
+    }
+
+    return typePtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ParseGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to
+ *	control the geometry of a top-level window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
+ *	result if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ParseGeometry(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
+    const char *string,		/* String containing new geometry. Has the
+				 * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
+				 * is to be changed. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    int x, y, width, height, flags;
+    char *end;
+    register const char *p = string;
+
+    /*
+     * The leading "=" is optional.
+     */
+
+    if (*p == '=') {
+	p++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
+     * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
+     * geometry string.
+     */
+
+    width = wmPtr->width;
+    height = wmPtr->height;
+    x = wmPtr->x;
+    y = wmPtr->y;
+    flags = wmPtr->flags;
+    if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	width = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
+	p = end;
+	if (*p != 'x') {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	p++;
+	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	height = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
+	p = end;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the X and Y coordinates, if they are present.
+     */
+
+    if (*p != '\0') {
+	flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
+	if (*p == '-') {
+	    flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_X;
+	} else if (*p != '+') {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	p++;
+	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	x = strtol(p, &end, 10);
+	p = end;
+	if (*p == '-') {
+	    flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_Y;
+	} else if (*p != '+') {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	p++;
+	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+	y = strtol(p, &end, 10);
+	if (*end != '\0') {
+	    goto error;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
+	 * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
+	 * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
+	 * them.
+	 */
+
+	if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
+	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
+	    flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
+     * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
+     * at the next idle moment.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->width = width;
+    wmPtr->height = height;
+    wmPtr->x = x;
+    wmPtr->y = y;
+    flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+    wmPtr->flags = flags;
+
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+
+  error:
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+	    "bad geometry specifier \"%s\"", string));
+    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GEOMETRY", NULL);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetRootCoords --
+ *
+ *	Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's
+ *	lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
+ *	point (0,0) in the window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
+ *	coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is
+ *	in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are
+ *	returned.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_GetRootCoords(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
+    int *xPtr,			/* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
+    int *yPtr)			/* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
+{
+    int x, y;
+    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+
+    /*
+     * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level
+     * window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent.
+     */
+
+    x = y = 0;
+    while (1) {
+	x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
+	y += winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
+	if ((winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL)
+		&& (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menubar == (Tk_Window) winPtr)) {
+	    /*
+	     * This window is a special menubar; switch over to its associated
+	     * toplevel, compensate for their differences in y coordinates,
+	     * then continue with the toplevel (in case it's embedded).
+	     */
+
+	    y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuHeight;
+	    winPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
+	    TkWindow *otherPtr;
+
+	    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
+	    if (otherPtr == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * The container window is not in the same application. Query
+		 * the X server.
+		 */
+
+		Window root, dummyChild;
+		int rootX, rootY;
+
+		root = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot;
+		if (root == None) {
+		    root = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) winPtr));
+		}
+		XTranslateCoordinates(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
+			root, 0, 0, &rootX, &rootY, &dummyChild);
+		x += rootX;
+		y += rootY;
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * The container window is in the same application. Let's
+		 * query its coordinates.
+		 */
+
+		winPtr = otherPtr;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
+	if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    *xPtr = x;
+    *yPtr = y;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_CoordsToWindow --
+ *
+ *	Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns
+ *	the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists
+ *	such a window in this application.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
+ *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
+ *	window.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int PointInWindow(
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)
+{
+    XWindowChanges changes = wmPtr->winPtr->changes;
+    return (x >= changes.x &&
+            x < changes.x + changes.width &&
+            y >= changes.y - wmPtr->menuHeight &&
+            y < changes.y + changes.height);
+}
+
+Tk_Window
+Tk_CoordsToWindow(
+    int rootX, int rootY,	/* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
+				 * virtual-root window manager is in use,
+				 * these coordinates refer to the virtual
+				 * root, not the real root. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for any window in application; used
+				 * to identify the display. */
+{
+    Window window, parent, child;
+    int x, y, childX, childY, tmpx, tmpy, bd;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr, *nextPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Step 1: scan the list of toplevel windows to see if there is a virtual
+     * root for the screen we're interested in. If so, we have to translate
+     * the coordinates from virtual root to root coordinates.
+     */
+
+    parent = window = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
+    x = rootX;
+    y = rootY;
+    for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
+	    wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (Tk_Screen(wmPtr->winPtr) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
+	parent = wmPtr->vRoot;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Step 2: work down through the window hierarchy starting at the root.
+     * For each window, find the child that contains the given point and then
+     * see if this child is either a wrapper for one of our toplevel windows
+     * or a window manager decoration window for one of our toplevels. This
+     * approach handles several tricky cases:
+     *
+     * 1. There may be a virtual root window between the root and one of our
+     *    toplevels.
+     * 2. If a toplevel is embedded, we may have to search through the
+     *    windows of the container application(s) before getting to the
+     *    toplevel.
+     */
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+    while (1) {
+	if (XTranslateCoordinates(Tk_Display(tkwin), parent, window,
+		x, y, &childX, &childY, &child) == False) {
+	    /*
+	     * We can end up here when the window is in the middle of being
+	     * deleted
+	     */
+
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	if (child == None) {
+	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
+		wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
+            if (wmPtr->winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) {
+                continue;
+            }
+	    if (child == wmPtr->reparent) {
+                if (PointInWindow(x, y, wmPtr)) {
+                    goto gotToplevel;
+                } else {
+
+                    /*
+                     * Return NULL if the point is in the title bar or border.
+                     */
+
+                    return NULL;
+                }
+	    }
+	    if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
+		if (child == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window) {
+		    goto gotToplevel;
+		} else if (wmPtr->winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
+                           TkpGetOtherWindow(wmPtr->winPtr) == NULL) {
+
+                    /*
+                     * This toplevel is embedded in a window belonging to
+                     * a different application.
+                     */
+
+                    int rx, ry;
+                    Tk_GetRootCoords((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, &rx, &ry);
+                    childX -= rx;
+                    childY -= ry;
+                    goto gotToplevel;
+                }
+	    } else if (child == wmPtr->winPtr->window) {
+		goto gotToplevel;
+	    }
+	}
+	x = childX;
+	y = childY;
+	parent = window;
+	window = child;
+    }
+
+  gotToplevel:
+    if (handler) {
+	/*
+	 * Check value of handler, because we can reach this label from above
+	 * or below
+	 */
+
+	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+	handler = NULL;
+    }
+    winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that
+     * contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the
+     * translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide
+     * whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and
+     * translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window.
+     */
+
+    x = childX - winPtr->changes.x;
+    y = childY - winPtr->changes.y;
+    if ((x < 0) || (x >= winPtr->changes.width)
+	    || (y >= winPtr->changes.height)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if (y < 0) {
+	winPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar;
+	if (winPtr == NULL) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	y += wmPtr->menuHeight;
+	if (y < 0) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Step 4: work down through the hierarchy underneath the current window.
+     * At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in
+     * the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole
+     * process on that child.
+     */
+
+    while (1) {
+	nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
+		childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)
+		    || (childPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (childPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    tmpx = x - childPtr->changes.x;
+	    tmpy = y - childPtr->changes.y;
+	    bd = childPtr->changes.border_width;
+	    if ((tmpx >= -bd) && (tmpy >= -bd)
+		    && (tmpx < (childPtr->changes.width + bd))
+		    && (tmpy < (childPtr->changes.height + bd))) {
+		nextPtr = childPtr;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (nextPtr == NULL) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	x -= nextPtr->changes.x;
+	y -= nextPtr->changes.y;
+	if ((nextPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)
+		&& (nextPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
+	    /*
+	     * The window containing the point is a container, and the
+	     * embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to
+	     * the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing
+	     * that toplevel from scratch.
+	     */
+	    winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(nextPtr);
+	    if (winPtr == NULL) {
+		return (Tk_Window) nextPtr;
+	    }
+	    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+	    childX = x;
+	    childY = y;
+	    goto gotToplevel;
+	} else {
+            winPtr = nextPtr;
+        }
+    }
+    if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateVRootGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to update all the virtual root geometry
+ *	information in wmPtr.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are
+ *	filled with the most up-to-date information.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateVRootGeometry(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)		/* Window manager information to be updated.
+				 * The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
+    int bd;
+    unsigned dummy;
+    Window dummy2;
+    Status status;
+    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
+
+    /*
+     * If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information
+     * about the screen.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
+    if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
+    noVRoot:
+	wmPtr->vRootX = wmPtr->vRootY = 0;
+	wmPtr->vRootWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
+	wmPtr->vRootHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date.
+     */
+
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
+    status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot,
+	    &dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY,
+	    (unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootWidth,
+	    (unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootHeight, (unsigned *) &bd,
+	    &dummy);
+    if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
+	printf("UpdateVRootGeometry: x = %d, y = %d, width = %d, ",
+		wmPtr->vRootX, wmPtr->vRootY, wmPtr->vRootWidth);
+	printf("height = %d, status = %d\n", wmPtr->vRootHeight, status);
+    }
+    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
+    if (status == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed.
+	 */
+
+	wmPtr->vRoot = None;
+	goto noVRoot;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
+ *
+ *	This function returns information about the virtual root window
+ *	corresponding to a particular Tk window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
+ *	offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
+ *	tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
+ *	correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
+ *	the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose virtual root is to be
+				 * queried. */
+    int *xPtr, int *yPtr,	/* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
+				 * here. */
+    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
+				/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the top-level window for tkwin, and locate the window manager
+     * information for that window.
+     */
+
+    while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
+	    && (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL)) {
+	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
+    }
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	/* Punt. */
+	*xPtr = 0;
+	*yPtr = 0;
+	*widthPtr = 0;
+	*heightPtr = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out
+     * to the caller.
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) {
+	UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
+    }
+    *xPtr = wmPtr->vRootX;
+    *yPtr = wmPtr->vRootY;
+    *widthPtr = wmPtr->vRootWidth;
+    *heightPtr = wmPtr->vRootHeight;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
+ *
+ *	This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
+ *	location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
+ *	time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
+ *	(actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
+ *	there is one) is at (x,y).
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to move. */
+    int x, int y)		/* New location for window (within parent). */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
+	Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
+    }
+    wmPtr->x = x;
+    wmPtr->y = y;
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
+    wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
+    if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
+	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
+     * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
+     * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
+     */
+
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+	}
+	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateWmProtocols --
+ *
+ *	This function transfers the most up-to-date information about window
+ *	manager protocols from the WmInfo structure to the actual property on
+ *	the top-level window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The WM_PROTOCOLS property gets changed for wmPtr's window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateWmProtocols(
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr)	/* Information about top-level window. */
+{
+    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
+    Atom deleteWindowAtom, pingAtom;
+    int count;
+    Atom *arrayPtr, *atomPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any number
+     * of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array to hold all
+     * of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond to the
+     * WM_DELETE_WINDOW and _NET_WM_PING protocols, even if no-one's
+     * officially asked.
+     */
+
+    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, count = 2; protPtr != NULL;
+	    protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr, count++) {
+	/* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */
+    }
+    arrayPtr = ckalloc(count * sizeof(Atom));
+    deleteWindowAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr,
+	    "WM_DELETE_WINDOW");
+    pingAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING");
+    arrayPtr[0] = deleteWindowAtom;
+    arrayPtr[1] = pingAtom;
+    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, atomPtr = &arrayPtr[1];
+	    protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (protPtr->protocol != deleteWindowAtom
+		&& protPtr->protocol != pingAtom) {
+	    *(atomPtr++) = protPtr->protocol;
+	}
+    }
+    SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS", XA_ATOM, 32,
+	    arrayPtr, atomPtr-arrayPtr);
+    ckfree(arrayPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmProtocolEventProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage
+ *	event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the
+ *	message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmProtocolEventProc(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to which the event was sent. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
+    Atom protocol;
+    int result;
+    const char *protocolName;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;
+
+    protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
+
+    /*
+     * If this is a _NET_WM_PING message, send it back to the root window
+     * immediately. We do that here because scripts *cannot* respond correctly
+     * to this protocol.
+     */
+
+    if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING")) {
+	Window root = XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
+
+	eventPtr->xclient.window = root;
+	(void) XSendEvent(winPtr->display, root, False,
+		(SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask), eventPtr);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Note: it's very important to retrieve the protocol name now, before
+     * invoking the command, even though the name won't be used until after
+     * the command returns. This is because the command could delete winPtr,
+     * making it impossible for us to use it later in the call to
+     * Tk_GetAtomName.
+     */
+
+    protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
+    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
+	    protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
+	    Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
+	    interp = protPtr->interp;
+	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
+	    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+		Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			"\n    (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)",
+			protocolName));
+		Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
+	    }
+	    Tcl_Release(interp);
+	    Tcl_Release(protPtr);
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
+     * message then just destroy the window.
+     */
+
+    if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
+	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
+ *
+ *	This function will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id
+ *	for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track
+ *	of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that
+ *	does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window.
+ *	Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the
+ *	stacking order.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Adds entries to the passed hashtable.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* TkWindow to recurse on */
+    Display *display,		/* X display of parent window */
+    Tcl_HashTable *table)	/* Maps X id to TkWindow */
+{
+    TkWindow *childPtr;
+
+    if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
+	    !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
+	Window wrapper = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent != None)
+		? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent
+		: winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
+	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+	int newEntry;
+
+	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
+    }
+
+    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
+	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
+	TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmStackorderToplevel --
+ *
+ *	This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
+ *	NULL if there was an error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkWindow **
+TkWmStackorderToplevel(
+    TkWindow *parentPtr)	/* Parent toplevel window. */
+{
+    Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot;
+    Window *children;
+    unsigned numChildren, i;
+    TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr;
+    Tcl_HashTable table;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    Tcl_HashSearch search;
+
+    /*
+     * Map X Window ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
+     */
+
+    Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+    TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
+
+    window_ptr = windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
+
+    /*
+     * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
+     * call XQueryTree.
+     */
+
+    switch (table.numEntries) {
+    case 0:
+	windows[0] = NULL;
+	goto done;
+    case 1:
+	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
+	windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	windows[1] = NULL;
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    vRoot = parentPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot;
+    if (vRoot == None) {
+	vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr));
+    }
+
+    if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
+	    &children, &numChildren) == 0) {
+	ckfree(windows);
+	windows = NULL;
+    } else {
+	for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
+	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]);
+	    if (hPtr != NULL) {
+		childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+		*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * ASSERT: window_ptr - windows == table.numEntries
+	 * (#matched toplevel windows == #children) [Bug 1789819]
+	 */
+
+	*window_ptr = NULL;
+	if (numChildren) {
+	    XFree((char *) children);
+	}
+    }
+
+  done:
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
+    return windows;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmRestackToplevel --
+ *
+ *	This function restacks a top-level window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmRestackToplevel(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to restack. */
+    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
+				 * must be Above or Below. */
+    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
+				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
+				 * below *all* siblings. */
+{
+    XWindowChanges changes;
+    unsigned mask;
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
+
+    memset(&changes, 0, sizeof(XWindowChanges));
+    changes.stack_mode = aboveBelow;
+    mask = CWStackMode;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure that winPtr and its wrapper window have been created.
+     */
+
+    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
+
+    if (otherPtr != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * The window is to be restacked with respect to another toplevel.
+	 * Make sure it has been created as well.
+	 */
+
+	if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	    TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
+	}
+	changes.sibling = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
+	mask |= CWSibling;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Reconfigure the window. Note that we use XReconfigureWMWindow instead
+     * of XConfigureWindow, in order to handle the case where the window is to
+     * be restacked with respect to another toplevel. See [ICCCM] 4.1.5
+     * "Configuring the Window" and XReconfigureWMWindow(3) for details.
+     */
+
+    XReconfigureWMWindow(winPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
+	    Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), mask, &changes);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to add a given window to the
+ *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
+ *	there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
+ *	order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
+ *	window manager by default.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
+ *	nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
+ *	explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
+				 * not be a top-level window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
+    TkWindow *topPtr;
+    Window *oldPtr, *newPtr;
+    int count, i;
+
+    if (winPtr->window == None) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
+	if (topPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT) {
+	return;
+    }
+    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Fetch the old value of the property.
+     */
+
+    if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
+	    &oldPtr, &count) == 0) {
+	oldPtr = NULL;
+	count = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure that the window isn't already in the list.
+     */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+	if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) {
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
+     * add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
+     */
+
+    newPtr = ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(Window));
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+	newPtr[i] = oldPtr[i];
+    }
+    if (count == 0) {
+	count++;
+    }
+    newPtr[count-1] = winPtr->window;
+    newPtr[count] = topPtr->window;
+    XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, newPtr,
+	    count+1);
+    ckfree(newPtr);
+    if (oldPtr != NULL) {
+	XFree((char *) oldPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to remove a given window from the
+ *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
+ *	windows are deleted.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
+ *	its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
+ *	deleted too.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window that may be present in
+				 * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its
+				 * top-level. Should not be a top-level
+				 * window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
+    TkWindow *topPtr;
+    Window *oldPtr;
+    int count, i, j;
+
+    if (winPtr->window == None) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
+	if (topPtr == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation.
+	     * Seems like this can't ever happen?
+	     */
+
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
+	/*
+	 * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
+	 * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+	 */
+
+	return;
+    }
+    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    if (wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Fetch the old value of the property.
+     */
+
+    if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
+	    &oldPtr, &count) == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
+     */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+	if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) {
+	    for (j = i ; j < count-1; j++) {
+		oldPtr[j] = oldPtr[j+1];
+	    }
+	    XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
+		    oldPtr, count-1);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    XFree((char *) oldPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkGetPointerCoords --
+ *
+ *	Fetch the position of the mouse pointer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	*xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of
+ *	the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's
+ *	screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument
+ *	tkwin must be a toplevel window.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkGetPointerCoords(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Toplevel window that identifies screen on
+				 * which lookup is to be done. */
+    int *xPtr, int *yPtr)	/* Store pointer coordinates here. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    Window w, root, child;
+    int rootX, rootY;
+    unsigned mask;
+
+    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    w = wmPtr->vRoot;
+    if (w == None) {
+	w = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
+    }
+    if (XQueryPointer(winPtr->display, w, &root, &child, &rootX, &rootY,
+	    xPtr, yPtr, &mask) != True) {
+	*xPtr = -1;
+	*yPtr = -1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetMaxSize --
+ *
+ *	This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
+ *	window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
+ *	defaulted.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the
+ *	maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no
+ *	maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes
+ *	the largest sizes that will fit on the screen.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+GetMaxSize(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Window manager information for the
+				 * window. */
+    int *maxWidthPtr,		/* Where to store the current maximum width of
+				 * the window. */
+    int *maxHeightPtr)		/* Where to store the current maximum height
+				 * of the window. */
+{
+    int tmp;
+
+    if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
+	*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of
+	 * extra space for the window manager's borders.
+	 */
+
+	tmp = DisplayWidth(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum)
+	    - 15;
+	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
+	     */
+
+	    tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
+		    + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
+	}
+	*maxWidthPtr = tmp;
+    }
+    if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
+	*maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight;
+    } else {
+	tmp = DisplayHeight(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum)
+	    - 30;
+	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
+	    tmp = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
+		    + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
+	}
+	*maxHeightPtr = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkSetTransientFor --
+ *
+ *	Set a Tk window to be transient with reference to a specified
+ *	parent or the toplevel ancestor if None is passed as parent.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+TkSetTransientFor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window parent)
+{
+    if (parent == None) {
+	parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
+	while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent))
+	    parent = Tk_Parent(parent);
+    }
+    /*
+     * Prevent crash due to incomplete initialization, or other problems.
+     * [Bugs 3554026, 3561016]
+     */
+    if (((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr);
+    }
+    XSetTransientForHint(Tk_Display(tkwin),
+	((TkWindow *)tkwin)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+	((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpMakeMenuWindow --
+ *
+ *	Configure the window to be either a pull-down menu, a pop-up menu, or
+ *	as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Changes the style bit used to create a new Mac toplevel.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpMakeMenuWindow(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* New window. */
+    int typeFlag)		/* TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN means menu is only
+				 * posted briefly as a pulldown or cascade,
+				 * TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP means it is a popup.
+				 * TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF means menu is always
+				 * visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
+				 * Determines whether save_under and
+				 * override_redirect should be set, plus how
+				 * to flag it for the window manager. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
+    TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
+    Tcl_Obj *typeObj;
+
+    if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
+	return;
+    }
+    wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
+    if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+    if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF) {
+	atts.override_redirect = False;
+	atts.save_under = False;
+	typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("menu", -1);
+	TkSetTransientFor(tkwin, NULL);
+    } else {
+	atts.override_redirect = True;
+	atts.save_under = True;
+	if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN) {
+	    typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1);
+	} else {
+	    typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("popup_menu", -1);
+	}
+    }
+    SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj);
+
+    /*
+     * The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper
+     * window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the
+     * override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm
+     * overrideredirect" command will see it.
+     */
+
+    if ((atts.override_redirect!=Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->override_redirect)
+	    || (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->save_under)) {
+	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr,
+		CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts);
+    }
+    if (atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect) {
+	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CreateWrapper --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked to create the wrapper window for a toplevel
+ *	window. It is called just before a toplevel is mapped for the first
+ *	time.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The wrapper is created and the toplevel is reparented inside it.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+CreateWrapper(
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)		/* Window manager information for the
+				 * window. */
+{
+    TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
+    Window parent;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    int new;
+
+    winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
+    if (winPtr->window == None) {
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The code below is copied from CreateTopLevelWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist,
+     * and TkpMakeWindow. The idea is to create an "official" Tk window (so
+     * that we can get events on it), but to hide the window outside the
+     * official Tk hierarchy so that it isn't visible to the application. See
+     * the comments for the other functions if you have questions about this
+     * code.
+     */
+
+    wmPtr->wrapperPtr = wrapperPtr = TkAllocWindow(winPtr->dispPtr,
+	    Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), winPtr);
+    wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWBorderPixel;
+
+    /*
+     * Tk doesn't normally select for StructureNotifyMask events because the
+     * events are synthesized internally. However, for wrapper windows we need
+     * to know when the window manager modifies the window configuration. We
+     * also need to select on focus change events; these are the only windows
+     * for which we care about focus changes.
+     */
+
+    wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_WRAPPER;
+    wrapperPtr->atts.event_mask |= StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask;
+    wrapperPtr->atts.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
+    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+	parent = TkUnixContainerId(winPtr);
+    } else {
+	parent = XRootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum);
+    }
+    wrapperPtr->window = XCreateWindow(wrapperPtr->display,
+	    parent, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y,
+	    (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
+	    (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.height,
+	    (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.border_width, wrapperPtr->depth,
+	    InputOutput, wrapperPtr->visual,
+	    wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts|CWOverrideRedirect, &wrapperPtr->atts);
+    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wrapperPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
+	    (char *) wrapperPtr->window, &new);
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, wrapperPtr);
+    wrapperPtr->mainPtr = winPtr->mainPtr;
+    wrapperPtr->mainPtr->refCount++;
+    wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts = 0;
+    wrapperPtr->dirtyChanges = 0;
+    wrapperPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Reparent the toplevel window inside the wrapper.
+     */
+
+    XReparentWindow(wrapperPtr->display, winPtr->window, wrapperPtr->window,
+	    0, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect
+     * changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping,
+     * etc..
+     */
+
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr,
+	    WrapperEventMask, WrapperEventProc, wmPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkWmFocusToplevel --
+ *
+ *	This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. The focus
+ *	code responds to externally generated focus-related events on wrapper
+ *	windows but ignores those events for any other windows. This function
+ *	determines whether a given window is a wrapper window and, if so,
+ *	returns the toplevel window corresponding to the wrapper.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If winPtr is a wrapper window, returns a pointer to the corresponding
+ *	toplevel window; otherwise returns NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkWindow *
+TkWmFocusToplevel(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window that received a focus-related
+				 * event. */
+{
+    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_WRAPPER)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkUnixSetMenubar --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by menu management code to specify the window
+ *	to use as a menubar for a given toplevel window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The window given by menubar will be mapped and positioned inside the
+ *	wrapper for tkwin and above tkwin. Menubar will automatically be
+ *	resized to maintain the height specified by TkUnixSetMenuHeight the
+ *	same width as tkwin. Any previous menubar specified for tkwin will be
+ *	unmapped and ignored from now on.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkUnixSetMenubar(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for toplevel window. */
+    Tk_Window menubar)		/* Token for window that is to serve as
+				 * menubar for tkwin. Must not be a toplevel
+				 * window. If NULL, any existing menubar is
+				 * canceled and the menu height is reset to
+				 * 0. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
+    Tk_Window parent;
+    TkWindow *menubarPtr = (TkWindow *) menubar;
+
+    /*
+     * Could be a Frame (i.e. not a toplevel).
+     */
+
+    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the same
+	 * as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the way, and
+	 * reparent it back to its original parent.
+	 */
+
+	if (wmPtr->menubar == menubar) {
+	    return;
+	}
+	((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
+	((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->flags &= ~TK_REPARENTED;
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
+	parent = Tk_Parent(wmPtr->menubar);
+	if (parent != NULL) {
+	    Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
+	    XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->menubar),
+		    Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->menubar), Tk_WindowId(parent), 0, 0);
+	}
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
+		MenubarDestroyProc, wmPtr->menubar);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+
+    wmPtr->menubar = menubar;
+    if (menubar == NULL) {
+	wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
+    } else {
+	if ((menubarPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)
+		|| (Tk_Screen(menubar) != Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
+	    Tcl_Panic("TkUnixSetMenubar got bad menubar");
+	}
+	wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(menubar);
+	if (wmPtr->menuHeight == 0) {
+	    wmPtr->menuHeight = 1;
+	}
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
+	Tk_MakeWindowExist(menubar);
+	if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
+	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
+	}
+	XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(menubar), Tk_WindowId(menubar),
+		wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, 0, 0);
+	menubarPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(menubar, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), wmPtr->menuHeight);
+	Tk_MapWindow(menubar);
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
+		MenubarDestroyProc, menubar);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(menubar, &menubarMgrType, wmPtr);
+	menubarPtr->flags |= TK_REPARENTED;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, tkwin);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * MenubarDestroyProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the event dispatcher whenever a menubar
+ *	window is destroyed (it's also invoked for a few other kinds of
+ *	events, but we ignore those).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The association between the window and its toplevel is broken, so that
+ *	the window is no longer considered to be a menubar.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+MenubarDestroyProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* TkWindow pointer for menubar. */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+
+    if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
+	return;
+    }
+    wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) clientData)->wmInfoPtr;
+    wmPtr->menubar = NULL;
+    wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * MenubarReqProc --
+ *
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk geometry management code whenever a
+ *	menubar calls Tk_GeometryRequest to request a new size.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+MenubarReqProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to the window manager information
+				 * for tkwin's toplevel. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Handle for menubar window. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData;
+
+    wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin);
+    if (wmPtr->menuHeight <= 0) {
+	wmPtr->menuHeight = 1;
+    }
+    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
+    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr);
+	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpGetWrapperWindow --
+ *
+ *	Given a toplevel window return the hidden wrapper window for the
+ *	toplevel window if available.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The wrapper window. NULL is we were not passed a toplevel window or
+ *	the wrapper has yet to be created.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+TkWindow *
+TkpGetWrapperWindow(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* A toplevel window pointer. */
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if ((winPtr == NULL) || (wmPtr == NULL)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    return wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * UpdateCommand --
+ *
+ *	Update the WM_COMMAND property, taking care to translate the command
+ *	strings into the external encoding.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+UpdateCommand(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+    Tcl_DString cmds, ds;
+    int i, *offsets;
+    char **cmdArgv;
+
+    /*
+     * Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid
+     * allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer with
+     * nulls between each string.
+     *
+     * This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers to
+     * XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go because
+     * the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store offsets for
+     * each element as we go, then compute pointers from the offsets once the
+     * entire DString is done.
+     */
+
+    cmdArgv = ckalloc(sizeof(char *) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
+    offsets = ckalloc(sizeof(int) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
+    Tcl_DStringInit(&cmds);
+    for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
+	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->cmdArgv[i], -1, &ds);
+	offsets[i] = Tcl_DStringLength(&cmds);
+	Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmds, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
+		Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+1);
+	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+    }
+    cmdArgv[0] = Tcl_DStringValue(&cmds);
+    for (i = 1; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
+	cmdArgv[i] = cmdArgv[0] + offsets[i];
+    }
+
+    XSetCommand(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+	    cmdArgv, wmPtr->cmdArgc);
+    Tcl_DStringFree(&cmds);
+    ckfree(cmdArgv);
+    ckfree(offsets);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWmSetState --
+ *
+ *	Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
+ *	toplevel window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 on error, 1 otherwise
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May minimize, restore, or withdraw a window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpWmSetState(
+     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel window to operate on. */
+     int state)			/* One of IconicState, NormalState, or
+				 * WithdrawnState. */
+{
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+    if (state == WithdrawnState) {
+	wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
+	wmPtr->withdrawn = 1;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	if (XWithdrawWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		winPtr->screenNum) == 0) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
+    } else if (state == NormalState) {
+	wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
+	wmPtr->withdrawn = 0;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	UpdateHints(winPtr);
+	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+    } else if (state == IconicState) {
+	wmPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState;
+	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->withdrawn) {
+	    UpdateHints(winPtr);
+	    Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+	    wmPtr->withdrawn = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (XIconifyWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
+		    winPtr->screenNum) == 0) {
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RemapWindows
+ *
+ *	Adjust parent/child relationships of the given window hierarchy.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Keeps windowing system (X11) happy
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RemapWindows(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,
+    TkWindow *parentPtr)
+{
+    XWindowAttributes win_attr;
+
+    if (winPtr->window) {
+	XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, &win_attr);
+	if (parentPtr == NULL) {
+	    XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
+		    XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum),
+		    win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
+	} else if (parentPtr->window) {
+	    XReparentWindow(parentPtr->display, winPtr->window,
+		    parentPtr->window,
+		    win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec2451c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tk8.6/unix/tkUnixXId.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ * tkUnixXId.c --
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tkUnixInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_FreeXId --
+ *
+ *	This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is
+ *	now free.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its
+ *	display, so that it can be re-used.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_FreeXId(
+    Display *display,		/* Display for which xid was allocated. */
+    XID xid)			/* Identifier that is no longer in use. */
+{
+    /*
+     * This does nothing, because the XC-MISC extension takes care of
+     * freeing XIDs for us.  It has been a standard X11 extension for
+     * about 15 years as of 2008.  Keith Packard and another X.org
+     * developer suggested that we remove the previous code that used:
+     * #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS.
+     */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_GetPixmap --
+ *
+ *	Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource
+ *	identifiers better.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns a new pixmap.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Pixmap
+Tk_GetPixmap(
+    Display *display,		/* Display for new pixmap. */
+    Drawable d,			/* Drawable where pixmap will be used. */
+    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of pixmap. */
+    int depth)			/* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */
+{
+    return XCreatePixmap(display, d, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
+	    (unsigned) depth);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tk_FreePixmap --
+ *
+ *	Same as the XFreePixmap function except that it also marks the
+ *	resource identifier as free.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The pixmap is freed in the X server and its resource identifier is
+ *	saved for re-use.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tk_FreePixmap(
+    Display *display,		/* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */
+    Pixmap pixmap)		/* Identifier for pixmap. */
+{
+    XFreePixmap(display, pixmap);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpScanWindowId --
+ *
+ *	Given a string, produce the corresponding Window Id.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr will be set
+ *	to the Window value equivalent to string. If string is improperly
+ *	formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message will be left in
+ *	the interp's result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpScanWindowId(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    const char *string,
+    Window *idPtr)
+{
+    int code;
+    Tcl_Obj obj;
+
+    obj.refCount = 1;
+    obj.bytes = (char *) string;	/* DANGER?! */
+    obj.length = strlen(string);
+    obj.typePtr = NULL;
+
+    code = Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, &obj, (long *)idPtr);
+
+    if (obj.refCount > 1) {
+	Tcl_Panic("invalid sharing of Tcl_Obj on C stack");
+    }
+    if (obj.typePtr && obj.typePtr->freeIntRepProc) {
+	obj.typePtr->freeIntRepProc(&obj);
+    }
+    return code;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */